* TM 10-6640-215-13 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S, · PDF fileTM 10-6640-215-13 C 1 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY NO. 1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 29 April 1994 Operator's, Unit,

* TM 10-6640-215-13

TECHNICAL MANUALOPERATOR'S, UNIT, AND DIRECT

SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.*This manual together with TM 10-6640-215-23P, supersedes TM 10-6640-215-13&P, dated 24 October 1990.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY30 JUNE 1993

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONAND DATA 1-7

UNIT MAINTENANCEPROCEDURES 4-21

OPERATOR PREVENTIVEMAINTENANCE CHECKS ANDSERVICES (PMCS) 2-31

OPERATOR MAINTENANCEPROCEDURES 3-15

DIRECT SUPPORTMAINTENANCEINSTRUCTIONS 5-1

APPENDIX AREFERENCE A-1

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATIONCHART B-1

COMPONENTS OF END ITEMAND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS C-1

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATIONLIST D-1

EXPENDABLE / DURABLE ITEMSLIST E-1

ILLUSTRATED LIST OFMANUFACTURED PARTS F-1

ALPHABETICALINDEX Index 1

PETROLEUM LABORATORY

SEMI TRAILER MOUNTED

NSN 6640-00-538-2736

TM 10-6640-215-13C2

CHANGE HEADQUARTERSDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

NO. 2 WASHINGTON, D.C., 6 February 1996

Operator's, Unit, and DirectSupport Maintenance Manual

PETROLEUM LABORATORYSEMI-TRAILER MOUNTED

(NSN 6640-00-5382736)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

TM 10-6640-215-13, 30 June 1993, is changed as follows:

1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar in themargin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.

Remove pages Insert pages

2-61 and 2-62 2-61 and 2-623-29/(3-30 Blank) 3-29/(3-30 Blank)4-39 and 4-40 4-39 and 4-40

2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.

TM 10-6640-215-13C 1

CHANGE HEADQUARTERSDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

NO. 1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 29 April 1994

Operator's, Unit, and DirectSupport Maintenance Manual

PETROLEUM LABORATORY,SEMI-TRAILER MOUNTED

NSN 6640-00-538-2736


TM 10-6640-215-13, 30 June 1993, is changed as follows:

1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar in themargin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.

Remove pages Insert pages

C-7 and C-8 C-7 and C-8D-1/(D-2 blank) D-1/(D-2 blank)

2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

GORDON R. SULLIVANGeneral, United States Army

Official: Chief of Staff

MILTON H. HAMILTONAdministrative Assistant to the

Secretary of the Army06705

DISTRIBUTION:To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-25-E, block no. 6076, requirements for TM 10-6640-215-13.

TM 10-6640-215-13

WARNINGS

HIGH VOLTAGE is used in the operation of this equipment. DEATH ON CONTACT may result if safety precautions arenot observed.

DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY may result from connecting main power cable to Petroleum Laboratory before groundingthe Petroleum Laboratory.

Do not attempt to connect live main power cable to Petroleum Laboratory connector. Deactivate power source atgenerator set before connecting power cable to connector.

COMBUSTIBLE GASES may be present in the Petroleum Laboratory after prolonged periods. DEATH OR SERIOUSINJURY may result for personnel failing to observe safe operating practices. Do not attempt to enter the PetroleumLaboratory during startup until 5 minute automatic purge cycle is complete. Dangerous combustible gases or vapors maybe present which could ignite and cause DEATH OR INJURY to personnel.

The ionizing unit of the analytical balance contains a radioactive isotope which is an alpha emitter. This isotope is ahealth hazard if ingested. When the ionizing unit is no longer effective as a static eliminator, it represents a potentialhazard if mishandled. For instructions concerning disposal of radioactive material, refer to TM 3-261, Handling andDisposal of Unwanted Radioactive Material.

Do not lubricate valves on regulators or compressed gas bottles. Pressurized oxygen in the presence of oil creates anexplosion hazard that can cause DEATH OR INJURY to personnel.

Monobromotrifluoromethane liquid or gas can cause DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONNEL if safetyprecautions are not observed.

Inhalation of monobromotrifluromethane gas (Halon 1301) at concentrations of 5% to 6% for more than 4 or 5 minutesmay result in serious cardiac or central nervous system effects.

Before performing maintenance on gum bath, allow gum bath to cool. Steam temperatures as high as 600° F.(279.9°C.) are generated by this unit.

Before performing maintenance on electric steam boiler, allow electric steam bath to cool. Steam temperatures as highas 600°F. (279.9°C. )

Many items in the Petroleum Laboratory are too heavy for one person to lift. Check the weight of an item before lifting.One person should lift 40 pounds.

Never handle mercury with bare hands; never heat mercury in an open container; never shake more than 20 milliliters ofmercury in a glass container.

For artificial respiration, refer to FM21 -11 .

a/(b Blank)

*TM 10-6640-215-13

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERSDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

NO. 10-6640-215-13 WASHINGTON D.C., 30 June 1993

Operator's, Unit, and Direct Support Maintenance Manual

Petroleum Laboratory, Semi-Trailer MountedNSN 6640-00-538-2736

REPORTING OF ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistake or if you know of a way to improve theprocedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes toPublications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in the back of this manual direct to:Commander, U. S. Army Aviation and Troop Command, ATTN: AMSAT-I-MP, 4300 GoodfellowBoulevard, St. Louis, MO 63120-1798. A reply will be furnished directly to you.


TABLE OF CONTENTSPAGE

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.................................................................................................................. vi

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

Section I General Information ...................................................................................................... 1-1

Section II Equipment Description and Data................................................................................... 1-7

Section III Technical Principles of Operation.................................................................................. 1-22

CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTION

Section I Description and Use of Operator's Controls and Indicators ............................................ 2-1

Section II Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services............................................... 2-30

Section III Operation Under Usual Condition.................................................................................. 2-42

Section IV Operation Under Unusual Conditions ............................................................................ 2-62

CHAPTER 3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE

Section I Lubrication Instructions ................................................................................................. 3-1

Section II Operator Troubleshooting Procedures........................................................................... 3-1

Section III Operator Maintenance Procedures .............................................................................. 3-15

Section IV Administrative Storage.................................................................................................. 3-29

*This manual together with TM 10-6640-215-23P, supersedes TM 10-6640-215-13&P, dated 24 October 1990.

i

TM 10.6640-215-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - ContinuedPAGE

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE

Section I Repair Parts and Special Tools, TMDE and Support Equip ........................................... 4-1

Section II Service Upon Receipt .................................................................................................. 4-2

Section III Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)......................................... 4-4

Section IV Unit Troubleshooting Procedures .................................................................................. 4-11

Section V Unit Maintenance Procedures ....................................................................................... 4-20

CHAPTER 5 DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Section I Repair Pans and Special Tools, TMDE and Support Equip ........................................... 5-1

Section II Direct Support Maintenance Procedures ...................................................................... 5-1

APPENDIX A References .................................................................................................................. A-1

APPENDIX B Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) ........................................................................ B-1

APPENDIX C Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) List ........................... C-1

APPENDIX D Additional Authorization List (AAL)........................................................................... D-1

APPENDIX E Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List ..................................................... E-1

APPENDIX F Illustrated List of Manufactured Parts ....................................................................... F-1

ALPHABETICAL INDEX........................................................................................................................... Index-1

ii

TM 10-6640-215-13

LIST OF ILLSTRATIOCNS

Figure Title Page

1-1 Petroleum Laboratory 1-01-2 Rear Curbside Exterior 1-111-3 Front and Roadside Exterior 1-131-4 Petroleum Laboratory Interior 1-141-5 Electrical System Functional Diagram 1-251-6 Utility Systems Functional Diagram 1-272-1 Petroleum Laboratory Exterior 2-22-2 IN POWER PANEL 2-42-3 Power Panel No. 2 2-62-4 Lighting Controls and Indicators 2-82-5 ECU Controls and Indicators 2-102-6 Purge System and Gas Alarm Controls and Indicators 2-122-7 Air Compressor Controls and Indicators 2-142-8 Vacuum System Controls and Indicators 2-162-9 Water System Controls and Indicators 2-182-10 Gum Bath System Controls and Indicators 2-202-11 RVP Test System Controls and Indicators 2-232-12 Sampling and Gaging Kit Controls and Indicators 2-252-13 Freezer Control 2-262-14 Oxygen and Nitrogen Cylinders with Gages and Regulators 2-272-15 Support Items Controls and Indicators 2-282-16 Grounding Rod and Driver/Puller 2-442-17 POWER INPUT Panel 2-462-18 UTILITIES Box 2-482-19 Water System Functional Diagram 2-492-20 Sampling and Gaging Kit 2-572-21 Anti Icing Additive Test Kit 2-583-1 Fluorescent Lamp and Starter 3-163-2 Purge Door Filter 3-193-3 Pressure Recording Gage 3-213-4 Overpack Box and tie down ring 3-233-5 Aneroid Barometer 3-253-6 Electric Still 3-274-1 Utilities Box Repair 4-224-2 Power Entry Panel 4-254-3 Propane Locker Vents 4-274-4 Fume Chamber and Gum Bath Exhaust Door Assembly 4-294-5 Light Ballast 4-344-6 Emergency Lights Ballast 4-374-7 MAIN PCAER PANEL Components 4-394-8 Main Circuit Breaker 4-404-9 Explosion Proof Distribution Box A3 4-444-10 Power Panel No. 2 Components 4-474-11 Explosion Proof Distribution Box A13 4-504-12 Replace Wall Switch 4-534-13 Blackout Microswitch 4-554-14 Receptacles 4-574-15 BCU Remote Control 4-59

iii

TM 10-6640-215-13

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Title Page

4-16 Replace Motor Controller 4-614-17 Environmental Control Unit 4-634-18 Purge Intake/Exhaust Door 4-664-19 Purge Intake Door Damper Motor 4-704-20 ECU Intake Damper 4-734-21 Machinery Roan Purge Exhaust Damper Motor 4-764-22 Curbside Exhaust Damper Motor 4-794-23 Air Compressor 4-824-24 Air Tank 4-834-25 Flow Control Devices 4-854-26 Piping System 4-864-27 Vacuum Pump 4-894-28 Manometer Air Regulator 4-924-29 Water Filter 4-944-30 Water Pressure Switch 4-954-31 Sink Components 4-974-32 Gas Alarm Unit 4-1004-33 Gas Alarm Detector 4-1024-34 Storage Cabinet Latch, Lock, and Hinge 4-1054-35 Stainless Steel Sink 4-1064-36 Steel Storage Locker 4-1074-37 Desiccant Cabinet 4-1084-38 Stool and Bracket 4-1104-39 Steel Bookcase 4-1114-40 Analytical Balance 4-1134-41 RVP Bath 4-1164-42 RVP Test Barb 4-1184-43 RVP Gages 4-1194-44 Manometer 4-1204-45 Kinematics Viscosity Bath 4-1234-46 Centrifuge 4-1254-47 Distillation Test Apparatus 4-1274-48 Oxidation Stability Bath 4-1304-49 Laboratory Ovens 4-1324-50 Burnout Furnace 4-1344-51 Explosive Proof Refrigerator 4-1364-52 Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Tester 4-1394-53 Gas Cylinder Regulator Valve 4-1414-54 Water Level Indicator 4-1454-55 Roadside Stowage Box 4-1464-56 Curbside Stowage Box 4-1494-57 GFI Indicating Switches 4-1535-1 Water Pump Removal and Installation 5-35-2 Water Tank Removal and Installation 5-55-3 Water Tank Drain Removal and Installation 5-65-4 Surge Tank Removal and Installation 5-75-5 Water Chillier Removal and Installation 5-95-6 Water System Control Devices Removal and Installation 5-11

iv

TM 10-6640-215-13

LIST OF ILLUTRATIONS

Figure Title Page

5-7 Water System Piping Removal and Installation 5-135-8 Water Heater Removal and Installation 5-155-9 Thermostat and Heating Element Removal and Installation 5-175-10 Sump Pump Removal 5-215-11 Sump Pump Installation 5-235-12 Gum Content Test Bath Removal 5-255-13 Gum Content Test Bath Installation 5-275-14 Boiler Low Water Cutoff Control Removal and Installation 5-295-15 Boiler Low Water Pump Removal and Installation 5-315-16 Electric Steam Boiler Sight Glass Removal and Installation 5-335-17 Operating/Limit Control Switch Removal and Installation 5-355-18 Electric Steam Boiler Removal 5-375-19 Electric Steam Boiler Installation 5-395-20 Gum Bath System Flow Control Devices Removal and Installation 5-415-21 High Pressure Steam Boiler Removal 5-435-22 High Pressure Steam Boiler Removal 5-455-23 Pyrometer Indicator Removal and Installation 5-475-24 Air/Steam Flow Rate Indicator Meters Removal and Installation 5-495-25 Gum Bath Vent/Fume Vent Blower and Motor Removal and

Installation 5-515-26 Freezer Removal and Installation 5-53

LIST OF TABLES

Table Title Page

2-1 Petroleum Laboratory Exterior Controls and Indicators 2-12-2 MAIN POWER PANEL 2-32-3 Power Panel No.2 2-72-4 Lighting 2-92-5 ECU Controls and Indicators 2-112-6 Purge System and Gas Alarm Controls and Indicators 2-132-7 Air System Controls and Indicators 2-152-8 Vacuum System Controls and Indicators 2-172-9 Water System Controls and Indicators 2-192-10 Gum Bath System Controls and Indicators 2-212-11 RVP Test System Controls and Indicators 2-242-12 Support Items Controls and Indicators 2-292-13 Operator's Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 2-323-1 Operator's Trouble Shooting Symptom Index 3-23-2 Operator’s Trouble Shooting 3-44-1 Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 4-64-2 Unit Trouble Shooting Symptom Index 4-114-3 Unit Trouble Shooting 4-13

v

TM 10-6640-215-13

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Be sure to read all Warnings before using your equipment.

• This manual contains operating instructions and Operator, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance instructions for theSemi-Trailer Mounted Petroleum Laboratory. Becoming familiar with this manual will enable you to operate andmaintain the equipment in good working order.

• Chapter 1 Introduces you to the equipment and gives you information such as weight, height length, generally usedabbreviations, cross reference information and principles of operation. The chapter is preceded by a full pageillustration of the equipment.

• Chapter 2 Provides information necessary to identify and use the equipment's operating controls. Operatingprocedures tell you how to use the equipment in both usual and unusual weather conditions. In addition, preventivemaintenance instructions provide information needed to inspect and service the Petroleum Laboratory.

• Chapter 3 Provides operator maintenance instructions for troubleshooting equipment malfunctions.

• Chapter 4 Provides unit maintenance instructions including service upon receipt, preventive maintenance andtroubleshooting information; detailed maintenance and repair procedures for the Unit Maintenance repairer andstorage and shipment instructions.

• Chapter 5 Provides detailed component repair instructions for the Direct Support maintenance group.

• Appendix A gives you a list of frequently used forms and publications.

• Appendix B is the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).

• Appendix C describes components that make up the end item and are shipped with the basic equipment. It also listscomponents that are not mounted on the equipment, but are required to make the system functional. All componentsin the Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are illustrated for easy identification.

• Appendix D lists additional equipment authorized for your unit for use with the Petroleum Laboratory, but are notsupplied as part of the system. This equipment list may include power cords, buckets, protective clothing etc.

• Appendix E provides you with information about expendable supplies such as sealants, paints, lubricants, etc.required during operation or maintenance of the laboratory.

• Appendix F contains the Illustrated List of Manufactured Parts which provides a list of items and instructions on howto make certain tools and devices required to perform some of the maintenance tasks contained in this manual.

vi

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 1-1. Petroleum Laboratory1-0

TM 10-6640-215-13.

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

SECTION I. GENERAL INFORMATION

Alphabetical Index

Paragraph Title Paragraph

Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use............................................................................................1-4Hand Receipt (-HR) Manual .................................................................................................................................1-3Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports..........................................................................................................1-2Nomenclature Cross-Reference List .....................................................................................................................1-9Preparation for Storage or Shipment ....................................................................................................................1-5Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) .........................................................................................................1-6Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIRs).............................................................................1-7Safety, Care, and Handling ..................................................................................................................................1-8Scope ..................................................................................................................................................................1-1

1-1. SCOPE.

a. Type of Manual. This manual contains operation and maintenance instructions for the Operator, Unit, andDirect Support maintenance personnel of the Semi-Trailer Mounted Petroleum Laboratory.

b. Equipment Name. Petroleum Laboratory, Semi-Trailer Mounted (NSN 6640-00-5382736).

c. Purpose of Equipment. The Petroleum Laboratory is to be used by Army personnel to test petroleum andpetroleum products during tactical military operations.

1-2. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORITS.

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA Pam738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

1-3. HAND RECEIPT(-HR) MANUALS.

This manual has a companion document with a TM number followed by "-HR" (Hand Receipt). The TM 10-6640-215-10-HR consists of preprinted hand receipts (DA Form 2062) that list end item related equipment (i.e., COEI, BII, and AAL)you must account for. As an aid to property

1-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-3. HAND RECEIPT (-HR) MANUALS- continued.

accountability, additional -HR manuals may be requisitioned from the following source in accordance with procedures inAR 25-30 Chapter 3:

CommanderU. S. Army Publications Distribution Center - St. LouisATTN: SF1S-APC-OC1655 Woodson RoadSt. Louis, MO 63114-6181

1-4. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE.

Command decisions, according to tactical situation, will determine when destruction of the Petroleum Laboratory will beaccomplished. A destruction plan will be prepared by the using organization, unless one has been prepared by higherauthority. For general destruction procedures for this equipment, refer to TM 750-244-3, Procedures For Destruction ofEquipment to Prevent Enemy Use.

1-5. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT.

Refer to Section IV of Chapter 3.

1-6. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC).

The quality of the Petroleum Laboratory must at all times be in compliance with the requirements set forth in MIL-L-0051050C(ME), paragraph 4. If a discrepancy is found to exist between your laboratory and MIL-L-0051050C(ME), notifyyour supervisor.

1-7. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIRs).

If your Petroleum Laboratory needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who cantell us what you don't like about your equipment. Let us know why you don't like the design or performance. Put it on anSF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at Commander, U. S. Aviation and Troop Command, ATIN:AMSAT-I-MDO, 4300 Goodfellow Boulevard, St. Louis, Missouri 63120-1798. We'll send you a reply.

1-8. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING.

Safe and efficient Petroleum Laboratory operations depend on the observance of well established safety practices and athorough knowledge of testing procedures. The testing procedures often involve using equipment and materials that arepotentially hazardous. Injury to personnel and damage to equipment by fire, chemicals, dangerous pressures andvacuums, or misuse of equipment can be avoided by alert and responsible laboratory technicians. Strict observance ofestablished safety, care and handling procedures will allow laboratory personnel to perform their duties in a safe andhazard-free environment.

1-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-8. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING- continued.

a. General Precautions. The following are general safety precautions that need to be observed by all operators of thePetroleum Laboratory.

• Always be mindful of tests in progress. Never allow horseplay or loud talking that would divert the attention oflaboratory technicians. If it is necessary to leave the laboratory or to leave a test in progress, make certain no safetyhazard will result from your absence.

• Do not attempt to perform tests simultaneously unless each test can be given the required attention.

• Whenever in doubt concerning any operation, consult qualified authority for advice.

• Do not attempt unauthorized shortcuts to save time, as they generally are not in accordance with safe laboratoryprocedures.

• Be prepared for any emergencies which may arise, and be familiar with the proper action to take in event ofemergencies.

• When ending daily operations, make a thorough and orderly check of laboratory, equipment and facilities to ensurethat no hazards may develop during the time the laboratory is unattended.

b. Preventing Fires. The following fire prevention rules must be observed in all laboratory procedures:

• Do not smoke in the Petroleum Laboratory.

• Never leave open flames or heating elements unattended.

• Never pour hot liquids into drains. Set aside hot liquids to cool thoroughly in covered containers before discarding.

• Make sure that chemicals which may react to produce dangerous fumes, fires, or explosion are stored in their properplaces.

• Make sure that volatile liquids and flammable products are kept away from heat sources, open flames, directsunlight, and electrical switches.

• Make certain that there is no open flame or exposed heating element nearby when pouring highly volatile liquids.

• Clean up chemical and liquid spills immediately.

• Always pour acid into water; never pour water into acid.

• Keep oily rags in a metal, airtight, closed container. Do not store oily rags in cabinets or drawers.

• Make certain laboratory is adequately ventilated.

1-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-8. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING - continued.

• Check fire fighting equipment periodically to make certain it is properly serviced and ready for use. This is done bychecking seals, tags, pressure gages, and hoses.

c. Extinguishing Fires. Be familiar with the nature of petroleum fires; with procedures for fighting fires. and with the fireextinguishing equipment in the laboratory. Do not use water for extinguishing oil fires because it will spread the fire.Water is a conductor of electricity and should not be used on electrical fires.

d. Handling Chemicals. The following safety precautions need to be observed by all personnel while handlingchemicals.

• Store heavy and large containers of chemicals on or as near the floor as possible.

• Never fill a container with material other than that indicated on the label. Make sure that every container is properlylabeled.

• Never place bottles continuing acids or alkalis on high shelves or on top of equipment.

• Always wear goggles when breaking up solid chemicals which might chip, or when handling quantities of corrosiveliquids such as strong acids and strong bases.

• When opening new bottles of acid, always wear goggles.

• When pouring a sample from a container, hold the container cap or stopper in the hand. Never place the cap orstopper on a counter where it may come in contact with a contaminating agent.

• Always wipe up any acid that spills or splashes on benches, tables, or floors.

• If any chemical is spilled or splashed on the body, immediately wash the contaminated area thoroughly with water.

• Keep all sample containers that are in use capped or stoppered at all times except when pouring out test portions.Always replace the same cap or stopper in the container from which it was removed.

• Never handle mercury with bare hands; never heat mercury in an open container; and never shake more than 20milliliters of mercury in a glass container.

• Never taste laboratory chemicals. Smell a chemical only when necessary and then only by wafting a small amountof vapor with the hand toward the nose.

• Dispose of all unlabeled chemicals.

e. Controlling Pressure and Vacuum. The following safety precautions should be observed by all personnel whileoperating the air/vacuum systems.

• Do not use faulty copper, plastic, or rubber tubing when performing operations requiring pressure or vacuum.

1-4

TM 10-6640-215-131-8. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING - continued.

• Make sure that glass vacuum apparatus is properly shielded when it is in use. • Always wear goggles when opening air valves that are close to the face. • Make sure that chemical containers having vent caps are inspected, and that containers which do not have vent caps

are vented periodically. • Keep containers of volatile liquids as cool as possible. Exercise caution in releasing any pressure which may have

formed in the container; always release the pressure gradually. Remove caps or stoppers periodically to vent thevapor. The practice of venting containers of volatile liquids does not apply to those samples collected for vaporpressure tests.

• Vent separator funnels frequently when shaking volatile liquids. Always wrap the funnel with a rag when shaking an

extremely volatile liquid. • Store propane cylinders in the propane stowage locker, away from heat or ignition sources.

f. Controlling Fumes. The following safety precautions are presented to aid operators of the Petroleum Laboratory incontrolling toxic fumes.

• Make certain the laboratory is properly ventilated at all times. • Perform all gas alarm system tests and calibrations as specified to ensure proper operation of system. • If any material is spilled which gives off toxic fumes, all personnel should leave the area immediately and return only

after the area has been adequately purged.

g. Electrical Safety. The following electrical safety precautions apply to all operators and maintenance personnel forthe Petroleum Laboratory. • Equipment producing a tingle sensation will be reported promptly for repair. • Keep the use of extension cords to a minimum and the cords as short as possible. Be sure insulation and wire size

are adequate for the voltage and current to be carried. • Work on electrical devices should be done after the power has been disconnected or shut off, and suitable

precautions taken to keep the power off during the work. • Never use metallic pencils or rulers, or wear rings or watches when working on electrical equipment. • Avoid using or storing flammable liquids near electrical equipment.

1-5

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-9. NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE LIST.

Common Name Or Abbreviation Official Nomenclature

Petroleum Laboratory Petroleum Laboratory, Semi-Trailer MountedGas Alarm Gas Detection and Alarm SystemASTM American Society for Testing and MaterialsFTMS Federal Test Methods StandardsECU Environmental Control UnitRVP Reid Vapor PressureLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayHg MercuryHz HertzV VoltsJFTOT Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Testerpsi Pounds per Square Inchamp ampereW WattRPM Revolutions per MinuteAC Alternating CurrentDC Direct Currentlel Lower Explosive LimitSteam Super Heater High Pressure BoilerSteam Generator Low Pressure Boilerhp HorsepowerpH Degree of Acidity or Alkalinitygph or GPH Gallons per Hourgpm or GPM Gallons per Minute%V Percent of VolumeGFI Ground Fault Interrupt

1-6

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

Alphabetical Index


Equipment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................................................... 1-12Equipment Purpose, Capabilities, and Features . ............. . .......................................................................... 1-10Location and Description of Major Components . ............................................................................................ 1-11

1-10. EQUIPMENT PURPOSE, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES.

a. Purpose. The Petroleum Laboratory is used to test petroleum products in the field. Tests include qualitative andquantitative analyses of a wide range of military fuels and lubricants.

b. Capabilities and Features. The Petroleum Laboratory is capable of performing the following American Societyfor Testing and Materials (ASTM) tests and Federal Test Methods Standards (FTMS):

ASTM

D-56 Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester

D-86 Distillation of Petroleum Products

D-91 Precipitation Number of Lubricating Oils

D-92 Flash and Fire points by Cleveland Open Cup

D-93 Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester

D-94 Saponification Number of Petroleum Products

D-95 Water in Petroleum Products and Bituminous Materials by Distillation

D-97 Pour Point of Petroleum Oils

D-130 Detection of Copper Corrosion From Petroleum Products by the CopperStrip Tarnish Test

D-189 Conradson Carbon Residue of Petroleum Products

D-217 Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease

D-270 Sampling Petroleum and Petroleum Products

D-287 API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Petroleum Products (HydrometerMethod)

1-7

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-10. EQUIPMENT PURPOSE, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES- continued.

D-322 Gasoline Diluent in Used Gasoline Engine Oils by Distillation

D-323 Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products

D-341 Standard Viscosity - Temperature Charts for Liquid Petroleum

D-381 Existing Gum in Fuels by Jet Evaporation

D-445 Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and theCalculation of Dynamic Viscosity)

D-446 Films Deposited from Bituminous Emulsions

D-473 Sediment in Crude Oils and Fuel Oils by the Extraction Method

D-482 Ash from Petroleum Products

D-525 Standard Test Method for Oxidation Stability of Gasoline (Induction PeriodMethod)

D-526 Lead in Gasoline, Gravimetric Method

D-566 Dropping Point of Lubricating Grease

D-611 Aniline Point and Mixed Aniline Point of Petroleum Products andHydrocarbon Solvents.

D-873 Oxidation Stability of Aviation Fuels (Potential Residue Method)

D-874 Sulfated Ash

D-892 Foaming Characteristics of Lubricating Oils

D-893 Insoluble in Used Lubricating Oils

D-942 Oxidation Stability of Lubrication Greases by the Oxygen Bomb Method

D-974 Acid and Base Number by Color-Indicator Titration

D-1012 Aniline Point and Mixed Aniline of Hydrocarbon Solvents

D-1085 Gaging Petroleum and Petroleum Products

D-1086 Measuring the Temperature of Petroleum and Petroleum Products

D-1094 Test Method for Water Reaction of Aviation Fuels

D-1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables

1-8

TM 10-6640-215-131-10. EQUIPMENT PURPOSE, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES - continued.

D-1287 pH of Antifreeze, Antirust and Coolant

D-1298 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) or API Gravity of CrudePetroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method

D-1796 Water and Sediment in Fuel Oils by the Centrifuge Method

D-2270 Calculating Viscosity Index from Kinematic Viscosity at 40 and 100Degrees C (10 pp).

D-2273 Trace Sediment in Lubricating Oils

D-2276 Particulate Contamination in Aviation Fuel

D-2386 Freezing Point of Aviation Fuels

D-2392 Color of Dyed Aviation Gasolines

D-2500 Cloud Point of Petroleum Oils

D-2517 Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings

D-2547 Lead in Gasoline, Volumetric Chromate Method

D-2550 Separation Characteristics of Aviation Turbine Fuels

D-2709 Water and Sediment by Centrifuge

D-3240 Undissolved Water in Aviation Turbine Fuels

FTMS

FTM5101 Neutrality (Qualitative)

FTM5327 Determination of Fuel System Icing Inhibitor in Hydrocarbon Fuels

FTM5329 Humidity Cabinet Protection

FTM5330 Visual Colorimetric Determination of Fuel System Icing Inhibitor inHydrocarbon Fuels

FTM5340 Inhibitor in Hydrocarbon Fuels

FTM5415 Resistance of Greases to Aqueous Solutions

The Petroleum Laboratory incorporates the following features:

• Air and ground transportable for rapid deployment • Rigid wall construction

1-9

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-10. EQUIPMENT PURPOSE, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES - continued.

• All weather operation • Rapid set-up for use • Self-contained environmental control system • Self-contained water system • Self-contained air system • Self-contained vacuum system • Trailer mounted for long distance towing • Designed to operate under blackout conditions with door activated blackout switches

1-11. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS.

NOTE

The Petroleum Laboratory rear door is used primarily to load and unload the eight overpack boxes. Van exterior sidesand interior walls are designated "curbside" (right) and "roadside" (left) when viewed from the rear of the van.

a. Rear and Curbside Exterior.

Trailer Accessories Storage Door: Provides access to storage area for van accessories; i.e, roadside reflectors,wheel chocks, various tools, wiping rags, etc.

Purge Intake Door: Hinged, double latched access door for purge intake damper. Must be open during purgecycle to allow environmental control unit to ventilate the laboratory.

Mechanical Room Entrance Door: Provides the only entrance/exit for the mechanical room. Provided with aninternal door lock release mechanism to facilitate an emergency exit.

Laboratory Entrance Door: Primary entry/exit for the laboratory section of the van. Provided with an internal doorlock release mechanism to facilitate an emergency exit.

Curbside Storage Box: Provides storage area for miscellaneous equipment. Provided with fork truck lift slots andretaining pins for removal/installation.

Sink Drain Connection: Provides a means of connecting a drain hose to the sink drain.

Purge Exhaust Door: Hinged, double latched access door for purge exhaust damper. Must be open during purgecycle to allow air to be exhausted from the laboratory.

1-10

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 1-2. Rear and Curbside Exterior1-11

TM 10-6640-215-131-11. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - continued.

Rear Door: Primarily used to load and unload overpack boxes. Provides a secondary entrance/exit for the laboratory. Provided with an internal door lock release mechanism to facilitate emergency exit.

b. Front and Roadside Exterior.

POWER INPUT Panel Door: Hinged, double latched access door to electrical and telephone connection points. An alarm buzzer which indicates a purge door closed during a purge cycle is also located behind this door.

Roadside Storage Box: Provides storage area for main power input cable, ground rod, ground rod driver/puller, hose adapter, coupler and fire hose. It is equipped with fork truck lift slots and retaining pins for installation/removal.

Fume Hood and Gum Bath Vent Door: Hinged, double latched access door for fume hood and gum bath vent. Must be open when operating exhaust blowers.

Utilities Box Door- Hinged, double latched access door to water connections for hoses to fill, supply or drain the water system.

PURGE INTAKE Door: Hinged, double latched access door for purge intake damper. Must be open during purge cycle to allow environmental control unit to ventilate the laboratory.

PURGE EXHAUST Door: Hinged, double latched access door for purge exhaust damper. Must be open during purge cycle to allow air to be exhausted from the laboratory.

Trailer Accessories Storage Door: Provides access to storage area for van accessories; i.e., roadside reflectors, wheel chocks, various tools, wiping rags, etc.

Environmental Control Units: Provide heating and cooling of the laboratory. The four units are identical but each has its own individual controls.

c. Interior.

Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Tester: This tester is a closed loop fuel system with pump circulation and nitrogen pressurization. It is used in performing ASTM test D-3241.

Oxidation Stability Bath: Used with Oxidation stability of Gasoline Bomb to perform ASTM tests D-525 and D-873.

Pressure Recording Gage: Provides a means to measure and record pressure changes in a system. Changes are plotted against time. It is used in conjunction with the Oxidation Stability Bath.

Reid Vapor Pressure Bath: Used with Reid Vapor Pressure Bombs to perform ASTM tests D-323 and D-1267.

Manometer: A dual-scale (psi and Hg) indicator which provides a means of accurately testing RVP gages before and after use.

1-12

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 1-3. Front and Roadside Exterior

1-13

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 1-4. Petroleum Laboratory Interior (Sheet 1 of 3)

1-14

TM 10-6640-215-13


1-15

TM 10-6640-215-13


1-16

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-11. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - continued.

Water Still: An electrically heated portable still used to provide pure distilled water for use in the laboratory.

Distillation Units: There are two of these units. The right-hand unit is a gas oil unit and has an immersion heaterin its condenser. Both units are used to perform ASTM test method D-86.

Fire Extinguisher: There are three 5-lb fire extinguishers; two are located in the laboratory and one is in themechanical room.

POWER PANEL NO. 2: This panel is located in the mechanical room and contains circuit breakers that supplypower to the four environment control units, mechanical room lighting, convenience outlets, and all electricallyoperated equipment located in the mechanical room.

Air Compressor: The air compressor is a base mounted, 2-cylinder, single stage compressor driven by a 3-hpelectric motor. The compressor is capable of providing air at 120 psi.

Refrigerator. The refrigerator provides 6.5 cubic feet (182 cmm) of refrigerated space and is explosion proof.

Copper Strip Corrosion Bath: Used with copper corrosion test bombs to perform ASTM test D-130.

Fluid Sampling Kit: Used to perform field sampling of liquids from pressurized systems as specified in ASTMmethod D-2275.

Drain Tank and Sump Pump: The still, RVP bath and return water drain into this tank which contains the sumppump. The sump pump discharges the tank's contents into the main drain line.

Utility Bath: Used to perform ASTM test D-91 and D-1796. This is a constant temperature general purpose bath.

Water Heater: Provides hot water to the system. It is an electric heater with a 6-gallon capacity.

Grease Working Machine: Used to perform ASTM test D-217. It is hand operated.

Flowmeter Kit: Kit consists of four flowmeters and housing with removable stand for countertop use or with panelsupport mount. It is used , to measure and calculate flow rate.

Curbside Cabinets: Provide storage for equipment and supplies.

Gas Detector: Detects dangerous accumulation of gases in the laboratory.

Typewriter: A portable mechanical typewriter used to prepare records and reports.

1-17

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-11. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS- continued.

Centrifuge: Used to conduct ASTM tests D-91, D-893, D-1796, D-2273 and FTMS test F-5105.5. It is rheostatcontrolled and can operate at 2250 rpm.

Oil Thief: Provides a means for collecting petroleum samples in accordance with ASTM test D-270.

Environmental Control Unit Control Modules: There is one control module for each ECU. They are used tocontrol the ECUs in the heating, cooling, or venting modes of operation.

Burnout Furnace: Used in performing ASTM test D-482, D-874, and D-2276. It has a maximum operatingtemperature of 2000°F (1093°C).

Laboratory Ovens: The two laboratory ovens employ gravity convection as a method of heat transfer and areused for baking, drying, and condition preheating.

Kinematic Viscosity Baths: The two viscosity baths are used to perform ASTM test D-445. This determines theKinematic viscosity of petroleum products.

Desiccating Cabinets: The two desiccating cabinets are designed to comply with requirement of ASTM MethodASTM D-2276.

Analytical Balance: Used to perform ASTM test D-2276. It is fully automatic, top loading with up front, one fingercontrol of all balance functions.

Gas Alarm Control: The alarm is a calibrated instrument designed to continuously monitor for combustible gas airmixtures. It alerts personnel to hazardous conditions and automatically activates the air purging system.

First Aid Kit: Provides essential items required to treat minor injuries.

Barometer: The aneroid barometer is designed to meet the requirements of ASTM test D-86. It is temperaturecompensated and graduated in both English and metric systems.

MAIN POWER PANEL: It is the main entry and control point for power supplied to the laboratory. It containspurge control relay AIKi, one 5-amp fuse, three 25-amp fuses, the main circuit breaker and the circuit breakerthat supplies power to POWER PANEL NO. 2 in the mechanical room. It also contains circuit breakers thatsupply power for lighting, convenience outlets, the gas alarm system and all other equipment located in thelaboratory section.

Storage Locker: Provides a storage space for miscellaneous equipment and supplies.

Separometer: Provides a quick, portable means for field and laboratory use to rate the ability of turbine fuels torelease entrained or emulsified water when passed through fiberglass coalescence material.

Ballast Box: Contains the components for turning the emergency lights on when normal power is lost, and forrecharging the battery when normal power is restored.

1-18

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-11. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - continued.

Anti-icing Additive Test Kit: Used to determine the percent volume (%V) of anti-icing additive in jet turbineengine fuels.

Gas Cylinder Storage Locker: Provides secure storage for oxygen, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen cylinders.

Propane Storage Locker: Provides a secure, well-ventilated storage for propane cylinders.

Roadside Cabinets: Provide storage for equipment and supplies.

Sampling and Gaging Kit: A portable petroleum test kit used in performing ASTM test D-270, D-287, D-1085, D-1086, D-1250, and D-1298.

Air Tank: The air tank is a 30-gallon tank capable of acting as an air accumulator at a pressure of up to 200 psi.

Water Chiller: a 30-gph unit that provides chilled water for the laboratory.

High Pressure Boiler: This boiler is used to fulfill the requirements of ASTM test D-381. It provides superheatedsteam to the gum bath.

Gum Bath: Used to determine the existent gum in petroleum products in accordance with ASTM test D-381.

Fume Hood: The fume hood is used to protect the operator from toxic, corrosive, poisonous, explosive,radioactive, odoriferous, and other harmful and dangerous materials.

Ice Maker: The freezer is specifically designed as an ice producing and storage unit. It has 16 ice cube trays witha storage capacity of 23 pounds.

Water Detector Kit: This is a portable, self-contained kit used to detect the presence of undissolved water inautomotive and aviation fuel.

Water Tank: The water tank is a 60-gallon fiberglass tank which is used as a supply source when operating thewater system as a closed system.

Water Supply Pump: The water pump is a centrifugal self-priming pump. It is used to pump water from the watertank or from an outside source.

Fume Hood and Gum Bath Exhaust Blowers: Used to exhaust noxious and dangerous fumes from the fume hoodand gum bath.

Steam Generator: An electrically heated low pressure boiler which produces steam for use in the gum bath.

Surge Tank: Prevents oscillations in the water system.

1-19

TM 10-6640-215-131-11. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - continued.

Overpack Boxes: Eight overpack boxes provide storage for supplies and equipmentshipped with the Petroleum Laboratory.

Vacuum Pump: The vacuum pump is a 2-stage rotary pump which provides vacuum tothe laboratory vacuum system.

1-12. EQUIPMENT DATA.

Exterior DimensionsLength ....................................................................................................................................... 35.42 ft (10.80 m)Width............................................................................................................................................. 8.00 ft (2.44 m)Height .......................................................................................................................................... 11.71 ft (3.57 m)

Interior DimensionsLength (Laboratory Compartment) ............................................................................................... 27.29 ft (8.32 m)Length (Mechanical Room) ............................................................................................................ 7.75 ft (2.36 m)Width (Both) ............................................................................................................................... 7.50 ft (2.29 m)Height (Laboratory Compartment).................................................................................................. 7.55 ft (2.30 m)Height (Mechanical Room.............................................................................................................. 6.64 ft (2.03 m)

Total Interior Cubage (Laboratory Compartment) ......................................................................1545.30 ft3 (43.77 m3)Total Interior Cubage (Mechanical Room) ...................................................................................385.95 ft3 (10.93 m3)

Power Requirements........................................................................................................ 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase, 5-wire

Electrical ConnectionsPower .................................................................................... One 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase, 5-wire power input cableGround ..................................................................................................................Ground lug to ground rod cable

Environmental Control (Heating and Cooling)Model................................................................................................ Four Model F18T-2S Vertical Compact UnitsRating ..............................................................................................................................(Cooling) 18,000 BTU/Hr(Heating) ........................................................................................................................................12,000 BTU/HrPower ..............................................................................................................................208V, 3-phase, 50/60 HzControl.................................................................................................................................................... Individual

Air SystemAir Compressor................................................................. .Model LE6 A, with 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase, 3-hp motorAir Tank Capacity ............................................................................................................... 30 gallon (113.55 1)

Vacuum Pump ........................................................................................................................................Model 1405BFree Air Capacity ..................................................................................................................... 58 liters per minuteMotor ....................................................................................................................................... 1/2-hp, 115V, 60Hz

1-20

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-12. EQUIPMENT DATA- continued.

Water SystemWater Pump ...............................................................................................................................................Model 2P373

Capacity .................................................................................................................75 gpm at zero total head in feetMotor ......................................................................................................................................... 3/4-hp, 115V, 60Hz

Water Tank ...................................................................................................................... 60 gallon(227. 10 I) fiberglass

Water Chiller............................................................................................................................................ Remote modelCapacity .................................................................................................................................... 30 gph (113.55 1)Power .................................................................................................................................................. 115V, 60Hz

Water ConnectionsSuction and Discharge ............................................................... Quick disconnect with standard garden hose fittingTank Drain .....................................................................................................Gate valve open to gravity deck drainSink Drain .................................................................................................. Gravity deck drain with hose connection

1-21

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION III. TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

Alphabetical Index

Maintenance Item Paragraph

Functional Description of Petroleum Laboratory Support Systems . ........................................................................ 1-13Functional Description of Petroleum Laboratory Unique Equipment . ...... ............................................................... 1-14

1-13. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORYSUPPORT SYSTEMS.

The following paragraphs describe the systems designed to support the Petroleum Laboratory. For details of majorequipment, refer to the appropriate equipment manual.

a. Electrical System (Refer to Figure 1-5 and FO-I). The Petroleum Laboratory has an input power requirement of208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power. Power is supplied by an external generator via a 50-foot (15 meter), 8-wire cable. Powerenters the Laboratory through J1 located in the POWER INPUT PANEL. From J1 power is applied to Main CircuitBreaker A1CB1 in MAIN POWER PANEL after a 5-minute time delay for a purge cycle. When the purge cycle iscompleted, A1CB1 may be closed. The panel will now supply 110OV, 60Hz, single phase power to the laboratorycompartment normal and emergency lighting, convenience outlets, and various equipment located in the laboratorycompartment. It also supplies 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power to POWER PANEL NO. 2 through A1CB2. POWER PANELNO.2 is located in the mechanical room. It supplies 11OV, 60Hz, single-phase power for lighting, convenience outletsand various equipment located in the mechanical room. It also supplies 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power to the fourenvironmental control units and to other equipment located in the mechanical room that require it.

NOTECircuit breakers in MAIN POWER PANEL are coded Al; circuit breakers in POWERPANEL NO. 2 are coded A15.

(1) The MAIN POWER PANEL houses 22 circuit breakers. This includes the Main Circuit Breaker AICB1. A1CB2 is a100-amp circuit breaker that supplies POWER PANEL NO. 2. There is a 10-amp circuit breaker supplying the gas alarmcontrol unit. There are twelve 15-amp, five 20-amp, and two 30-amp circuit breakers that supply power for compartmentlighting, convenience outlets and other equipment in the compartment. Also located in MAIN POWER PANEL are thefollowing items:

(a) Fuses AIFI, A1F2, and AIF3. These are 25-amp fuses used to protect the ECU blowers during the purge cycle.

(b) Relay AIKI. This relay is used to turn on the control devices for the purge system. It also prevents the Main Circuit Breaker A1CB1 from being closed until the purge cycle is completed.

1-22

TM 10-6640-215-131-13. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY

SUPPORT SYSTEMS - continued.

(2) POWER PANEL NO. 2. This panel is located in the mechanical room. It receives an input of 208V,60Hz, 3-phase power from MAIN POWER PANEL via circuit breaker A1CB2. POWER PANEL NO. 2 houses12 circuit breakers. There are six 20-amp circuit breakers, one of which supplies 110 V, 60Hz, single-phasepower to the water Chiller and four which supply 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power to the four environmental controlunits via control relays located in the explosion proof Distribution Box A13. The other 20-amp circuit breakersupplies 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power to the air compressor. One 45-amp circuit breaker in the POWER PANELNO. 2 supplies 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power to the low pressure boiler and its pump. The remaining five circuitbreakers are 15-amp and supply 1lOV, 60Hz, single-phase power to the vacuum pump, the water pump, thefume and gum bath exhaust blowers, convenience outlets, and the mechanical room lighting

(3) Lighting System. Lighting for the Petroleum Laboratory is provided by 15 fluorescent ceiling light fixtures.Thirteen are located in the laboratory compartment and two are in the mechanical room. Power for thelaboratory compartment lights is provided by circuit breakers AICB9, A1CB11, and AICB13 located in the MAINPOWER PANEL. A1CB9 provides phase A power via rear and curbside door interlock switches S1, and rear andcurbside light switches S9 and S12 to lights DS6, DS7, DS8 DS9, and DS10O. A1CBll provides phase B powervia door interlock switches S3 and light switches S10 and 13 to lights DS1, DS2, DS3, DS4 and DS5. AICB13provides phase C power via door interlock switch S4 and light switches S11 and 14 to lights DS11, DS12, andDS13. Power for lighting in the mechanical room is phase B power provided by circuit breaker A15CB10 viadoor interlock switch S1 and light switch S3 to lights DS14 and DS15.

(a) Blackout Lighting. The center lamp in each of the light fixtures is covered with a blue filter. Whenan access door is opened, its door interlock switch is activated. This will turn off all white lights andleave energized all blue filtered lights. When the access door is closed, the interlock switch is againactivated, returning power to the white lights.

(b) Emergency Lighting. Emergency lighting is provided to the laboratory compartment by lightfixtures DS7 and DS13 and two emergency light ballast boxes A26 and A27. When normal power isavailable, phase A power continually charges the battery device in ballast box A26. The device in ballastbox A27 receives its charge from phase C power. When normal power is lost, power from ballast boxA26 will be provided to DS7 via the Forward Emergency Light Switch S17 in the ON position. Powerfrom ballast box A27 will be provided to DS13 via the Rear Emergency Light Switch S18 in the ONposition.

b. Purge System (Refer to Figure 1-5 and FO-1). The purge system is used to exhaust potentially dangerouscontaminated air from inside the Petroleum Laboratory. The system consists of the following components:

(1) A1K1 power control relay located in the MAIN POWER PANEL.

(2) A3K1 time delay relay located in explosion proof Distribution Box A3.

1-23

TM 10-6640-215-131-13. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY

SUPPORT SYSTEMS - continued.

(3) A3K2, A3K3, A3K4 and A3K4 blower control relays located in explosion proofDistribution Box A3.

(4) Two purge intake doors and two purge exhaust doors located on the outside wall ofthe Petroleum Laboratory.

(5) Four purge door limit switches.

(6) Two intake dampers and two exhaust dampers located behind the external purgedoors.

(7) Three ventilation dampers mounted in the ECU plenum located in themechanical room.

(8) Seven purge damper motors.

(9) One purge alarm buzzer located at the POWER INPUT PANEL.

A purge cycle can be initiated in two ways: by the application of external power after a power shutdown or by analarm signal from the gas detector system.

When external power is first applied at J1, the power required for a purge cycle is supplied ahead of the MainCircuit Breaker AICBI. AICBI is held open by power control relay A1KI. This prevents power from being applied to anyequipment or lighting in the Petroleum Laboratory until the purge cycle is completed. Relay AIKI supplies power to startthe 5-minute time delay relay A3K1 and to energize the four blower control relays (A3K2 through A3K5) which providepower to the ECU blowers. Power is also routed to the purge door damper motors and to the ventilation damper motorsso that the purge door dampers are opened and the ventilation dampers are closed. The ECU blowers move outside airinto the ECU ducting creating pressure which forces any gases or contaminated air outside via the purge exhaust doors.After 5 minutes have elapsed, time delay relay A3K1 de-energizes. This causes power control relay A1KI to de-energizerelays A3K2 through A3K5. Power is removed from the ECU blowers, the dampers are driven to their normal positionsand the Main Circuit Breaker may now be closed to supply normal power to the Petroleum Laboratory. If at the end ofthe purge cycle the gas detector alarm system is in an alarm condition, the time delay relay is activated causing the cycleto be repeated. This will continue until the alarm clears. If when power is applied at J 1 and a purge cycle initiated, andone of the external purge doors is closed, the purge alarm buzzer will be activated by the purge door limit switch and willremain activated until the door is opened.

c. Environmental Control. The four ECUs are identical. Each has its own controller.They operate on 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power and are rated at 18,000 BTUs per hour when cooling and 12,000 BTUs perhour when heating. During the purge cycle, ECU blowers pressurize the Petroleum Laboratory to expel any explosivegases.

1-24

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 1-5. Electrical System Functional Diagram.

1-25

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-13. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY SUPPORT SYSTEMS - continued.

d. Air System (Refer to Figure 1-6). The air system consists of the air compressor, air tank, pressure switch,moisture trap, and associated piping and valves. The air compressor is located in the mechanical room and operateson 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power supplied from A15CB6 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2. It can supply air at 120 psito the system. In automatic operation, the compressor is controlled by a pressure switch which shuts it off when thepressure has reached 120 psi and turns it back on when the pressure in the system drops to 60 psi. The air tankrelief valve is set to operate at 150 psi. Air piping is color coded green and valves are color coded orange. Airsupply valves are located next to the distillation unit, behind the viscosity baths, above the centrifuge, in the fumehood, at the manometer, the bomb manifold, and the gage test fitting.

e. Vacuum System (Refer to Figure 1-6). The vacuum system consists of the vacuum pump and associatedpiping and valves. The vacuum pump is located in the mechanical room and operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phasepower supplied from A15CB9 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2. It has a free air capacity of 58 liters per minute andsupplies vacuum where required. Vacuum piping and valves are color coded yellow. Vacuum supply valves arelocated behind the viscosity baths, above the centrifuge, and in the fume hood.

f. Water System (Refer to Figure 1-6). The water system consists of the water pump, pressure switch, watertank, water surge tank, filter, water cooler, water heater and associated piping and valves. The water pump operateson 110V, 60 Hz, single-phase power supplied by A15CB8 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2. It is controlled by thepressure switch. It turns on when a water outlet is opened and off when the outlets are all closed. The water surgetank removes oscillations from the system while the water tank acts as the system supply source. The water cooleroperates on 110V, 60 Hz, single-phase power supplied by A15CB7 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2. The waterheater operates on 110V, 60 Hz, single-phase power supplied by A1CB17 located in panel board 1. The system maybe supplied with water from an outside pressurized source, from an outside unpressurized source, by using thesystem pump, or by its own water tank. Water supply piping and valves are color coded blue. Water return pipingand valves are color coded white. Drain piping is colored black. Water supply valves are located at the distillationunit, the RVP Bath, the JFTOT, the sink (both hot and cold), the freezer, the laboratory ovens, the viscosity baths,and the fume hood. Water return valves are located at the freezer, the laboratory ovens, the viscosity baths, and thefume hood.

g. Water Still. The water still is electrically operated and supplies pure water for use in the laboratory. It islocated on the curbside wall and operates on 1lOV, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied from a convenience outlet.

h. Drain System. The drain system consists of valving and piping required to route condensate and waste waterfrom the sink and equipment to one of two deck drains located in the Petroleum Laboratory. The sink and most ofthe equipment in the laboratory compartment drain through the trailer floor to a quick-disconnect coupling and hose.The equipment located in the mechanical room drains to the forward deck drain. The system is provided with a draintank mounted under the sink which contains a submersible pump. Waste water from the electric still, RVP bath, andreturn water (when the system is receiving water from an outside source), drains into the tank where it is pumped tothe forward deck drain.

1-26

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 1-6. Utility Systems Functional Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)

1-27

TM 10-6640-215-13


1-28

TM 10-6640-215-13


1-29

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-13. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY SUPPORT SYSTEMS - continued.

i. Submersible Pump (Sump Pump). The sump pump is constructed of high-impact, corrosion-resistant plasticwith a built-in carrying handle. A screened inlet prevents large solids from entering the pump. It operates on I IOV,60 Hz, single-phase power supplied from A1CB14 located in MAIN POWER PANEL NO. 1. It pumps waste waterfrom the drain tank to the forward deck drain.

1-14. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY UNIQUE EQUIPMENT.

The following paragraphs describe some of the equipment mounted or stored within the Petroleum Laboratory. Forequipment not described in these paragraphs, refer to the appropriate equipment manual.

a. Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Tester. The JFTOT is designed to fulfill the test requirements of ASTM test D-3241. It operates on 110V, 60 Hz, single-phase power supplied by AICB3 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. Itconsists of a closed loop fuel system with a heater tube section, test filter and associated equipment for controllingand measuring the heater tube temperature. It uses water for bus connector and fuel cooling, and nitrogen topressurize the fuel system.

b. Oxidation Stability Bath. The oxidation stability bath is designed to accomplish the requirements of ASTMtests D-525 and D-873. It is mounted on the curbside countertop. It operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase powersupplied by AICB15 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. It consists of an electrically heated oxidation bath with atwo-bomb capacity and a three-heat switch. It is provided with a condenser to reduce evaporation of the bath waterand two stainless steel bombs for conducting tests.

c. Pressure Recording Gage. The pressure recording gage is used to perform ASTM tests D-525 and D-873. It ismounted on the wall adjacent to the oxidation stability bath. It is a two-pen-type recording gage with clockmechanism. It has a range of from 0 to 200 pounds (90.8 Kg/sq cm) in 2-pound divisions (.9 Kg/sq cm) recordingcharts and an ink set. One complete revolution around the circular chart is equivalent to 24 hours. The recordingpressure gage is used to provide a continuous record of test results of the bombs under test in the oxidation stabilitybath.

d. Reid Vapor Testing Bath. The RVP bath is designed for ASTM tests D-323 and D-1267. It is mounted on thecurbside countertop. It operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by A1CB16 located in MAIN POWERPANEL. It consists of the bath, a rack with a 3-bomb capacity, a 1/30-hp motor and stirrer, a thermometer, animmersion heater, a thermoregulator. It is provided with bombs for testing that are stored in a rack on the walladjacent to the RVP bath and pressure gages which hang in brackets above the bomb rack.

e. Manometer. The manometer is mounted on the laboratory curbside wall, above the RVP bomb bath. Themanometer provides the basic standard of pressure measurement. It is used in the laboratory to calibrate the RVPgages. It consists of a glass column supported within a frame and connected at the bottom by a U-shaped tube tothe manometer fluid reservoir. It has

1-30

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-14. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY UNIQUE EQUIPMENT - continu ed.

a duplex-type scale calibrated in inches and tenths on the left side of the tube, pounds and tenths using mercury onthe right side. It is also equipped with high pressure (HP) connection, low pressure (LP) connection, fill plug, drainplug, vent plug, and a zero scale adjustment knob.

f. Refrigerator. The refrigerator is mounted on the curbside of the laboratory. It operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied from A1CB6 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. It is designed and constructed forexplosion-proof operation. Components that might create sparks or arcing have been enclosed and insulated againstvolatile, explosive fumes and gases that might escape from containers stored in its interior or envelope its exterior. Itprovides 6.5 cubic feet (0.182 cubic meters) of refrigerated storage.

g. Copper Strip Corrosion Bath. The copper strip corrosion bath is used to perform ASTM test D-130. It isportable and is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It requires 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power which is provided fromone of the convenience outlets in the laboratory compartment. It is used to determine relative corrosivity caused bysulfur compounds in petroleum products. The apparatus consists of a constant temperature bath having atemperature range from ambient to 221°F+ 1 (105°C+0.5°C), a 750W copper immersion heater, a thermoregulator, aSoxhlet condenser and a constant water level device. It has a removable top plate and is provided with a test tuberack, test bombs, a thermometer, four rubber stoppers, copper strips, copper strip corrosion standards and has thecapacity to hold four bombs.

h. Utility Bath. The utility bath is designed for ASTM tests D-91 and D-1796. It is stored in the laboratorycabinets. The bath is a constant temperature general utility bath and is thermostatically controlled. It operates onIIOV, 60hz, single-phase power supplied from a laboratory convenience outlet. It is provided with an adjustablesupport shelf and thermometer with holder and O-ring.

i. Grease Working Machine. The grease working machine is for ASTM test D-217. It is hand-operated, portableand stored in the laboratory cabinets. The machine measures the consistency of lubricating grease by penetration ofstandard cone.

j. Flowmeter Kit. The flowmeter kit is housed in a carrying case and is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It isdesigned to accurately measure flow rate and permit calculations of the calibration curve without conductingexperimental calibration. Calibration charts are supplied for air and water. Correction charts are included for rateobservation of gases and liquids other than air or water. The flowmeter kit consists of four flowmeters and housingwith removable stand for countertop use or for support panel mounting.

k. Centrifuge. The centrifuge is mounted in the roadside countertop. It is used in ASTM tests D-91, D-96, D-483,D-484, D-872, D-875, D-893, D-1019, D-1290, and D-1796. It operates on 110V, 60 Hz, single-phase power suppliedby A1CB8 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. It is equipped with a stepless solid-state speed control that providesan accurate digital display of the rotating head RPM, and uses automatic power assist braking. The cover isequipped with an electronic safety latch. The cover cannot be opened if the centrifuge is operating or the line switchis in the OFF position. Conversely, the centrifuge will not operate if the cover is open.

1-31

TM 10-6640-215-13

1-14. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF PETROLEUM LABORATORY UNIQUE EQUIPMENT - continued.

I. Burnout Furnace. The burnout furnace is used for ASTM tests D-482, D-874 and D-2276. It is mounted on theroadside countertop and operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by A1CB12 located in the MAINPOWER PANEL. The furnace has a maximum operating temperature of 2000°F (1093°C), a capacity of six mediumor three large flasks, eight heat rate settings to vary power to heating plates to accommodate any workload, and anautomatic soak timer with settings from 0 to 4 hours. It is used for heat treating, precipitate drying, ashing, ignitingand fusing. It is supplied with a pyrometer.

m. Laboratory Ovens. The laboratory ovens are used for ASTM test D-2276. They operate on I 10V, 60Hz,single-phase power supplied by AICB4 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. They are mounted on the roadsidecountertop. The ovens employ gravity convection as a method of heat transfer within their respective chambers.They are provided with two highly accurate hydraulic thermostats (one for control and one for high limit safety) froma single control. This provides a sensitivity to.45°F (.25°C). The ovens have a maximum operating temperature of437°F (225°C). They are supplied with a thermometer with a temperature range of 0 to 482°F (250°C).

n. Kinematic Viscosity Baths. The kinematic viscosity baths are designed to be used for ASTM test D-445. Theyare mounted on the roadside countertop and operate on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by AICB5, locatedin the MAIN POWER PANEL. The baths each hold six glass capillary viscometers. Their temperature range is fromambient to 212°F (100°C). The solid-state controllers have a sensitivity of ± 0.01°F (± 0.005°C). Each bath has amotor driven stirrer to circulate the bath liquid, a pyrex bath jar, thermistor probe, thermometer holder, and stainlesssteel part covers, viscometer holders, viscometers and a bath thermometer.

o. Desiccating Cabinets. The desiccating cabinets are mounted on the roadside wall above the countertop. Theyare designed for ASTM test D-2276. The cabinets are constructed of stainless steel with glass side panels. Moldedrubber door gaskets provide an airtight fit for the doors. The cabinets also are provided with manual relief valves.

p. Analytical Balance. The analytical balance is mounted on the damping vibration support which is located onthe roadside countertop. It is used in the performance of AST,M test D-2276. The analytical balance comes with itsown power supply unit which receives 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power from a convenience outlet in the laboratorycompartment. It is a fully automatic, top-loading balance with up front one-finger control of all balance functions. Itprovides digital readout that can be viewed from any angle. The door on top and one on each side make theweighing chamber fully accessible for formulations and liquid transfer operations. The weighing chamber is housedin glass for unobstructed viewing.

q. Harvard Trip Laboratory Balance. This balance is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It is a double-beambalance. The upper beam is graduated from 0 to 10 grams in 0.1 gram divisions. The lower beam is graduated from0 to 200 grams in 10 gram divisions. The capacity of the scale is 2000 grams. It has a sensitivity of 0.1 gram. It isprovided with two removable stainless steel pans.

1-32

TM 10-6640-215-13


r. Gas Alarm System. The gas alarm system consists of a main control unit (cabinet assembly) and two remotedetector assemblies. The main control unit is wall mounted on the roadside and connects electrically to the twodetector assemblies. The system operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by AICB22 located in theMAIN POWER PANEL. The main control unit supplies 5.5 NVDC to the detectors. The alarm is calibrated forpropane and has a setting of 20 to 40 percent of the lower explosive limit (lel) of gasoline. An indicating meter in thecontrol unit shows the concentration being monitored and adjustable dual-level alarm circuits are triggered whenevera concentration exceeds the lel. The alarm alerts personnel of combustible mixtures that could cause explosions orcause fires, and automatically activates the air purge system.

s. Separometer. The separometer provides a quick, portable means for field and laboratory use to rate the abilityof aviation turbine fuels to release entrained or emulsified water "when passed through fiberglass coalescencematerial. The test provides a measure of surface active materials in aviation turbine fuels, which are known to affectthe ability of filter separators to separate free water from fuel. The apparatus is a portable self-contained unitoperating on an internal rechargeable battery. The unit may be operated at sites where no AC power is available or itmay also be operated while connected to an AC power line.

t. Anti-Icing Additive Testing Kit. This apparatus is contained in a carrying case and is stored in the laboratorycabinets. It consists of a hand held, direct reading refractometer, support base rod and ring, separatory funnel,graduated cylinder, aluminum dishes,, piston pipets, and a polypropylene bottle. It is used to determine the percentvolume of anti-icing additive in jet turbine engine fuels.

u. Sampling and Gaging Kit. The sampling and gaging kit is used to perform ASTM tests D-270, D-287, D-1085,D-1086, D-1250, and D-1298. It is a portable petroleum testing kit which is stored in the laboratory cabinets. Itconsists of the carrying case, shoulder strap, gravity computer, cupcase thermometer, hydrometer cylinder, gasolineindicating paste, water indicating paste, image tape and bob, weighted beaker sampler, and standard hydrometers.

v. Gum Bath. The gum bath is used in ASTM test D-381. It is used to determine the existent gum in motorgasoline, aviation gasoline and turbine fuels. The bath is mounted on the front wall curbside. It operates on 11OV,60Hz, single-phase power supplied by A1CB18 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. There is a thermometer wellprovided in the center of the bath to accommodate a thermometer with a temperature range of 20 to 7600F (-5 to4000C). An indicating and controlling pyrometer, and an air flowmeter and an air regulator valve. The gum bathutilizes steam supplied from the high pressure boiler which is located adjacent to the bath and connected to it byappropriate valving and piping.

w. High Pressure Boiler (Steam Super Heater). The high pressure boiler is designed for use in ASTM test D-381.It operates on 11OV, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by A1CB19 located in the MAIN POWER PANEL. The highpressure boiler is mounted on the front wall curbside to the right of the gum bath. It is a circulation heater used toraise the temperature of steam which it receives from the low pressure boiler (steam generator) located in themechanical room. It, in turn, then supplies this super heated steam to the gum bath. The high pressure boiler isequipped with a thermostatic control which can be set to desired temperatures up to 550°F (288°C). The auxiliaryswitch on the gum bath turns the high pressure boiler on or off.

1-33

TM 10-6640-215-13


x. Low Pressure Boiler (Steam Generator). The low pressure boiler is located in the mechanical room, on the leftside as you enter the compartment. It operates on 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power supplied by A15CB5 located inPOWER PANEL NO. 2. The low pressure steam boiler is used to preheat water from the water tank for the highpressure steam boiler which is used with the gum bath. The low pressure steam boiler has its own circulator pumpwhich can be used to draw water form the water tank, or external water supply; if tank or external water supply isunder pressure, circulator pump need not be turned on. The boiler is equipped with an automatic water fill systemand sightglass. The automatic water feeder system will automatically fill the boiler to proper level and shut off watervia an internal float valve. The low pressure boiler also contains a pressure gage, pressure cutoff switch and apressure release valve to protect the boiler from damage if boiler pressure is too high, or water level is too low.

y. Fume Hood. The fume hood is built into the front wall of the laboratory to the left of the gum bath. Theexhaust blower and the light are activated by switches located on the left side wall near the icemaker. The fumehood incorporates two vapor proof electrical receptacles. The glass window moves vertically for access to theinterior. Four stopcocks in the unit provide capability for the use of water supply, water return, air and vacuum. Thefume hood protects the operator from toxic, corrosive, poisonous, explosive, radioactive, odoriferous, and otherharmful and dangerous materials. It provides an area in which solids can be crystallized by controlled evaporation,and in which heat and steam can be exhausted.

z. Ice Maker (Freezer). The ice maker is mounted into the front wall of the laboratory compartment to the left ofthe fume hood. It operates on 11OV, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by A1CB8 located in the MAIN POWERPANEL. It is a plug-in-type freezer unit.

aa. Water Detector Kit. The water detector kit is contained in a carrying case and is stored in laboratory cabinets.It operates on power supplied by either an external battery, an internal rechargeable battery, or 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power. It is used for ASTM test D-3240-75 measures the amount of undissolved water in kerosene-type jetfuels. It can be used on other fluids by following the proper procedures.

ab. Cloud and Pour Point Apparatus. The cloud and pour point chamber is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It isdesigned to comply with the requirements specified in ASTM Method D-97. The assembly of four jackets may beraised or lowered on the rod support to vary depth of jackets in the cooling medium (dry ice and acetone; dry ice andalcohol), according to the standard test procedure. The bath is equipped with a drain plug near the bottom, and acover provided with openings to admit passage of test jars and thermometers. Both bath and cover are fitted withhandles. The test apparatus includes four ASTM high-range thermometers and drilled cork stoppers.

ac. Grease Dropping Point Apparatus. The dropping point apparatus is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It is usedfor ASTM test D-566. It performs dropping point determinations for quality control and classification of lubricatinggreases and is equipped with 400-ml oil bath, 1/40 hp stirrer, heater and dropping point assembly. It includes achromium plated grease cup, test tube with cup support indentations, thermometer depth gauge, polished metal rodand cork ring guide. The bath rests on a 550W stepless control heater with reference dial and refractory top plate. Ithas a temperature range from ambient to 350°F (177°C) and a heater range from 0 to 550W.

1-34

TM 10-6640-215-13


ad. Foaming Test Bath. This apparatus is designed for use in ASTM test D-892. It is stored in the laboratorycabinets. It is a fully equipped constant temperature bath that tests foaming characteristics of lubricating oils todetermine their suitability for high speed gearing, splash lubrication, high volume pumping and other applications. Itaerates the sample through diffuser stone at 94 + 5 ml/min. and maintains sample temperature at 75 and 200 ± 1°F(24.5 and 93.5± 0.5°C ) for three-sequence testing. It uses precise solid state temperature control with a thermistorsensor probe. A silent 1/20-hp ball bearing stirrer provides complete circulation to assure temperature uniformity.The apparatus operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power from a convenience outlet. It has a temperature rangefrom ambient to 275°F (134°C), controller sensitivity of ± 1°F( ± 0.5°C), and a heater range from 0 to 1500W. Thebath capacity is 9 gal. (38.51).

ae. Tag Closed Cup Flash Point Tester. The tag flash point tester is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It operateson 110V, 60 Hz, single-phase power supplied from a convenience outlet. The tag flash point tester is designed tocomply with the requirements specified in ASTM test D-56. It is a closed type, electrically operated unit and is usedto determine the flash point of mobile liquids except fuel oils, flashing below 175°F (67°C). It consists of a water bathand cover mounted on the base, overflow drain, brass test cup and standard flashing mechanism mounted on thecover. Two 20 to 2300F (6.6° to 110°C), thermometers are used with the equipment.

af. Cleveland Flash Point Tester. The Cleveland flash point tester is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It operateson 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied by a convenience outlet. It is designed to comply with the requirementsspecified in ASTM test D-92. The apparatus is an open-cup type flash point tester and is electrically heated by a750W heater with an integral rheostat and dial control. It is used to determine the flash and fire points of petroleumproducts, except fuel oils, which have an open cup flash above 175°F (79°C). The heat range is from 20 to 760°F(-6.67°C to 404°C). Included with the apparatus is a permanently mounted test flame burner, pivot post thermometerholder, and refractory top which includes a heat resistant board, cast iron plate, test flame bead, and open flash cup.

ag. Pensky Martens Flash Point Tester. The Pensky Martens flash point tester is stored in the laboratory cabinets.It operates on 110V, 60Hz, single-phase power supplied from a convenience outlet. It is designed to comply with therequirements specified in ASTM test D-93. It is an electrically heated closed-type unit, with two thermometers, onewith a range of 20 to 230°F (-6.1°C to 110°C), and the other with a range of 200 to 700°F (93°C to 371°C). Theapparatus is used to determine the flash point of fuel oils.

ah. Penetrometer. The penetrometer is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It is designed to meet the requirementsof ASTM test D-217. The penetrometer is used to measure penetration of grease with a penetration cone. Thepenetrometer has a dial for measuring depth of penetration up to 38 millimeters on a single sweep of the dial needle.The unit is supplied with stainless steel plunger bearings, preliminary setting and fine pitch micrometer adjustments,clutch, ASTM 2.5 gram needle, and a 50 gram weight.

ai. Field pH Meter. The pH meter is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It is housed in a carrying case and is fullyportable. It operates on a rechargeable battery and is supplied with a battery charger which operates on IIOV, 60Hz,single-phase power. The pH meter has an analog readout and is used to take pH and oxidation readings directly atthe sampling site.

1-35

TM 10-6640-215-13


aj. Calculator. The calculator is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It has both a display and a built-in printer. It issolid state and operates on four "AA" alkaline batteries or an AC adapter that will plug into a 110V, 60Hz, single-phase convenience outlet.

ak. Carbon Residue Test Apparatus. The carbon residue test apparatus is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It isused to determine the carbon residue of petroleum products in accordance with ASTM test D-189. This methoddetermines the amount of carbon residue left after evaporating an oil under specified conditions, and is intended toprovide an indication of the relative carbon forming propensity of the oil. The apparatus consists of a burner, metalfunnel, iron crucible, wood block, stand, and sand cup, wire stand, ceramic cup, porcelain ring and a gas controlvalve.

al. Tetraethyl Lead Apparatus. This apparatus is stored in the laboratory cabinets. It is used to test for tetraethyllead in petroleum in accordance with ASTM test D-2547. The apparatus consists of a boiling flask, heating tube,glassware and a rheostat.

am. Ice Making Bag. The ice making bag is stored in the gas cylinder storage locker. It is used with the carbondioxide gas to make dry ice which is used in performing certain tests in the laboratory. The bag is provided withfittings to attach it to the carbon dioxide gas cylinder.

an. Gas-Oil Distillation Unit. The gas-oil distillation unit is mounted on the countertop to the left of the side door.This unit is used to conduct ASTM test D-86.

1-36

TM 10-6640-215-13

CHAPTER 2

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION I. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR'S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

Alphabetical Index


Damage From Improper Settings .............................................................................................................. 2-1Operator Controls and Indicators .............................................................................................................. 2-2

2-1. DAMAGE FROM IMPROPER SETTINGS.

All operators should become thoroughly familiar with the operator's controls and indicators, and with the proper operatingprocedures for the Petroleum Laboratory. Certain precautions must be observed in the operation of the equipment andits components. Procedures are presented in sequence and must be followed in sequence.

2-2.OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS.

Table 2-1 contains the controls and indicators for the Petroleum Laboratory exterior. Tables 2-2 through 2-7 are for theother functional systems within the Petroleum Laboratory. Operator's controls and indicators for the Semi-Trailer uniqueequipment are listed in Tables 2-8 through 2-10. The ECU controls are listed in Table 2-11. Operator's controls andindicators for the refrigerator, convection ovens, gas alarm control unit, RVP bath, ice maker, gum bath system, copperstrip corrosion bath, analytical balance, etc., are described in their respective TMs (see Appendix A for TM number).

a. Exterior. Figure 2-1 and Table 2-1 list the Petroleum Laboratory's exterior controls and indicators.

Table 2-1. Petroleum Laboratory Exterior Controls and Indicators

Control or Indicator Function

Water Inlet/Outlet Valve Selection Lever Selects position of water inlet/outlet valve.Either IN or OUT for water directional flow.

Purge Alarm Buzzer Indicates by sound if one of purge doors is notopened when purge cycle is initiated.

2-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-1. Petroleum Laboratory Exterior

2-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-2. OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS - continued.

b. Power Panel Assemblies. Figures 2-2 and 2-3 and Tables 2-2 and 2-3 list the controls and indicators located inMAIN POWER PANEL and POWER PANEL NO. 2.

Table 2-2. Main Power Panel


NOTECircuit breakers in MAIN POWER PANEL are coded Al; circuit breakersin POWER PANEL NO. 2 are coded A15.

A1CB1 Serves as the main circuit breaker. In the ON position,applies power to all system circuit breakers. Provides100A protection for main power input.

A1CB2 Provides 100A circuit protection for power input toPOWER PANEL NO. 2.

A1CB3 Provides 20A circuit protection for JFTOT and UTILITYNO. 7.

A1CB4 Provides 20A circuit protection to ovens.

A1CB5 Provides 15A circuit protection to VISCOSITY BATHand UTILITY NO. 4.

A1CB6 Provides 15A circuit protection for REFRIGERATORand UTILITY No. 3.

A1CB7 Provides 20A circuit protection to DISTILLATIONUNITS.

A1CB8 Provides 15A circuit protection for centrifuge,FREEZER, and UTILITY No. 2 in mechanical room.

A1CB9 Provides 15A circuit protection for lighting, phase A.(Rear laboratory overhead lights.)

AlCB10 Provides 15A circuit protection for UTILITY No. 6.

A 1CB11 Provides 15A circuit protection for lighting, phase B.(Front overhead lights.)

2-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-2. MAIN POWER PANEL

2-4

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-2. Main Power Panel - Continued


A1CB12 Provides 20A circuit protection for BURNOUTFURNACE.

A1CB13 Provides 15A circuit protection for lighting, phase C.(Blackout lights and three overhead lights just forward ofrear door.)

A1CB14 Provides 15A circuit protection for the SUMP PUMP.

A1CB15 Provides 30A circuit protection for OXIDATIONSTABILITY BATH.

A1CB16 Provides 15A circuit protection for UTILITY No. 5 andthe RVP bath.

A1CB17 Provides 15A circuit protection for WATER HEATER.

A1CB18 Provides 30A circuit protection for GUM BATH.

A1CB19 Provides 15A circuit protection for STEAMSUPERHEATER.

A1CB20 Provides 15A circuit protection for FUME HOODUTILITY receptacle.

A1CB21 Provides 20A circuit protection for outside receptacle.

A1CB22 Provides 15A circuit protection for GAS ALARM controlunit.

2-5

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-3. POWER PANEL NO. 2

2-6

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-3. POWER PANEL NO. 2


NOTE

Circuit breakers in POWER PANEL NO. 2 are coded A15.

A15CB1 Provides 20A circuit protection for the four ECUs.

A15CB2

A15CB3

A15CB4

A15CB5 Provides 45A circuit protection for LOW PRESSUREBOILER (steam generator) and WATER SUPPLYPUMP.

A15CB6 Provides 20A circuit protection for AIR COMPRESSOR.

A15CB7 Provides 20A circuit protection for WATER CHILLER.

A15CB8 Provides 15A circuit protection for WATER PUMP.

A15CB9 Provides 15A circuit protection for VACUUM PUMP.

A15CB10 Provides 15A circuit protection for mechanical roomdoor interlock and lighting.

A15CB11 Provides 15A circuit protection for fume/gum bathexhaust blowers.

A15CB12 Provides 15A circuit protection for UTILITY NO. 1

2-7

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-4. Lighting Controls and Indicators

2-8

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-2. OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS - continued

Table 2-4. Lighting


Rear Door Fluorescent Light Switches Controls fluorescent light operation.

Curbside Door Fluorescent Light Switches Controls fluorescent light operation.

Mechanical Room Fluorescent Light Switch Controls fluorescent light operation in mechanical room.

.Mechanical Room Blackout Switch Controls blackout lights.

Rear Door Emergency Light Switch Controls emergency light operation.

Rear Door Blackout Switch Controls blackout lights.

Curbside Door Emergency Light Switch Controls emergency light operation.

Curbside Door Blackout Switch Controls blackout lights.

c. ECU Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-5 and Table 2-5 list the controls and indicators for the EC Us.

2-9

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-5. ECU Controls and Indicators

2-10

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-5. ECU Controls and Indicators


ECL Selector Switch Selected the mode of ECU operation.

ECU Thermostat Controls temperature of Petroleum Laboratory.

d. Purge System and Gas Alarm Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-6 and Table 2-6 list the controls andindicators of the purge system and gas alarm system.

2-11

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-6. Purge System and Gas Alarm Controls and Indicators

2-12

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-6. Purge System and Gas Alarm Controls and Indicators


Purge Doors Limit Switches Provides signal to purge alarm buzzer if one of purge doorsis not opened when purge cycle is initiated.

Gas Alarm Green Pilot Light Provides indication when the instrument power is on anddetector circuit is energized.

Gas Alarm Blue Fail Light Provides indication when there is equipment failure ormalfunction.

Yellow Warn/Test Light Provides indication when a combustible gas conditionexceeding the low alarm setting exists at the remotedetector, or when the alarm test switch has been activated.When depressed, provides a simulation of an alarm level ofgas concentration at the remote detector. It also provides afunctional check of the analyzer and remote alarm circuit.

Alarm Reset Switch When depressed, deactivates the holding circuits of thealarm and warning relays if a safe gas condition has beenrestored at the remote detector. If a safe condition does notexist, the unit cannot be reset.

Indicator Meter Provides indication of the concentration of combustible gasat detection point.

e. Air System Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-7 and Table 2-7 list the controls and indicators for the airsystem.

2-13

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-7. Air Compressor Controls and Indicators

2-14

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-2. OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS - continued .

Table 2-7. Air System Controls and Indicators


Air Compressor ON/OFF Controller Energizes motor start/stop circuit at pressure switch.

Pressure Switch Starts and stops compressor automatically at the requiredpressures. Compressor starts at 60 psi, and stops at 120psi.

Safety Valve Provides safety relief if air pressure in tank goes above 150psi.

Air Pressure Gage Indicates the air pressure in the tank.

Air System Isolation and Air Provides for isolation of, drainage of, and Service Valvesservice access to the air system.

f. Vacuum System Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-8 and Table 2-8 list the controls and indicators for thevacuum system

2-15

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-8. Vacuum System Controls and Indicators

2-16

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-8. Vacuum System Controls and Indicators


Vacuum Pump START/STOP Controller Starts and stops the vacuum pump for system operation.

Vacuum/Pressure Gage Indicates the system vacuum in inches of mercury (HG).

Vacuum System Isolation and Provides for system isolation and serviceService Valves access in the Petroleum Laboratory.

g. Water System Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-9 and Table 2-9 list the controls and indicators for thewater system.

2-17

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-9. Water System Controls and Indicators

2-18

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-9. Water System Controls and Indicators


Water Pump ON/OFF Controller Energizes motor start/stop circuit at pressure switch.

Pressure Switch Starts and stop the water pump automatically at the requiredpressures.

Water Pressure Gage Indicates the water pressure maintained by the water pumpduring operation.

Water System Isolation and Service Valves Provides for isolation, system line up from various supplysources, drainage, and service access to the water systemin the Petroleum Laboratory.

h. Balance System Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forbalance system controls and indicators.

i. Gum Bath System Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-10 and Table 2-10 list the controls and indicatorsfor the gum bath system.

2-19

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-10. Gum Bath System Controls and Indicators

2-20

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-10. Gum Bath System Controls and Indicators


Pyrometer Indicating and controlling device for gum bath presettemperatures.

Air Flow Indicator Provides indication of air flow to gum bath. Calibrated inpounds and ounces, corresponding to flow of air in liters persecond.

Air Flow Regulator Regulates air to gum bath. The rate of flow required is 1liter per second ( 15 %).

Temperature Control (Steam) Control temperature of the high pressure boiler steam outputup to 5500F (228°C).

AUX Switch Turns the high pressure boiler heater circuit ON or OFF.

INT Switch Turns the internal heaters of the gum bath ON or OFF.

GUM BATH Hood Light Switch Controls hood light operation.

Fume Hood Light Switch Controls hood light operation.

Fume Hood and Gum Bath Hood Controls exhaust fans operation.

Exhaust Fan Switches and Indicator Lights Indicator lights are on to indicate exhaust fan operation.

Boiler ON/OFF Switch Controls operation of low pressure boiler.

Low Pressure Boiler Automatic Maintains low pressure boiler water level.Water Feeder System

Operating Control Maintains low pressure boiler steam output to gum bath.

HI Limit Control and Pressure Protects boiler from damage if boiler pressure if too high.Relief Valve

Boiler Sightglass Indicates water level in low pressure boiler.

2-21

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-10. Gum Bath System Controls and Indicators - Continued


Pressure Gage Indicates boiler pressure.

Steam Flowmeter Indicates steam flow rate.

On/Off Switch Controls the operation of low pressure boiler.

j. RVP Testing System Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-11 and Table 2-11 list the controls and indicatorsof the RVP testing system. Controls and indicators for the RVP bath are listed in the equipment TM. Refer toAppendix A.

2-22

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-11. RVP Test System Controls and Indicators

2-23

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-11. RVP Test System Controls and Indicators


RVP Gages Indicates pressure when performing RVP testing.

Vacuum Gage Stored in drawer Al. Indicates negative pressure when RVPtesting.

ON/OFF Toggle Switch and Pilot Light Controls and indicates RVP bath operation.

Manometer Provides the primary basic standard of measurement. It isused in the laboratory to calibrate RVP gages.

k. Corrosion Testing System Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed inAppendix A for controls and indicators of the corrosion testing system.

l. Kinematic Viscosity Bath Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in AppendixA for controls and indicators of the kinematic viscosity bath.

m. Centrifuge System Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forcontrols and indicators of the centrifuge system.

n. Penetrometer Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forpenetrometer controls and indicators.

o. Field Testing Kits Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forcontrols and indicators for the field testing kits. Figure 2-12 illustrates the indicators (thermometers andhydrometer) for the sampling and gaging kit.

2-24

TM 10-6640-215-13


Figure 2-12. Sampling and Gaging Kit Controls and Indicators

p. Distillation Test Apparatus Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed inAppendix A for controls and indicators of the distillation test apparatus.

q. Freezer (Ice Cube Maker) Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-13 illustrates the temperature control of thefreezer and temperature indicating thermometer.

2-25

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-2. OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. - continued.

Figure 2-13. Freezer Temperature Control

r. Oxygen Stability Unit Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TMs listed in Appendix Afor controls and indicators of the oxygen stability unit and for controls and indicators of the pressure recordinggage.

s. Laboratory Ovens Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forcontrols and indicators of the laboratory ovens.

t. Burn-Out Furnace Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forcontrols and indicators of the burn-out furnace.

u. Flash Point Testing System Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TMs listed inAppendix A for controls and indicators of the flash point testing system.

2-26

TM 10-6640-215-13


v. Foaming Test Bath Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forcontrols and indicators of the foaming test bath.

w. Explosion Proof Refrigerator Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed inAppendix A for controls and indicators of the explosion proof refrigerator.

x. Petroleum Dropping Point Apparatus Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listedin Appendix A for controls and indicators for the petroleum dropping point apparatus.

y. Separometer Unit Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TM listed in Appendix A forcontrols and indicators for the separometer unit.

z. FTOT Controls and Indicators. Refer to appropriate equipment TMs listed in Appendix A for controls andindicators of the JFTOT.

aa. Oxygen and Nitrogen Cylinders Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-14 illustrates the gages and regulatorsfor the oxygen and nitrogen cylinders.

Figure 2-14. Oxygen and Nitrogen Cylinders with Gages and Regulators

2-27

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-2. OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. - continued.

ab. Support Items Controls and Indicators. Figure 2-15 and Table 2-12 list controls and indicators for theAnti-Icing Additive Test Kit and the aneroid barometer.

Figure 2-15. Support Items Controls and Indicators

2-28

TM 10-6640-215-13


Table 2-12. Support Items Controls and Indicators - continued


Refractometer Indicates percent volume additive of fuel.

Barometer Indicates barometric pressure.

ac. Calculators. Refer to appropriate TM listed in Appendix A for controls and indicators for the calculator.

ad. Field IH Meter. Refer to appropriate TM listed in Appendix A for controls and indicators for the field pHmeter.

2-29

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. OPERATOR PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS ANDSERVICES (PMCS)

Alphabetical Index


Equipment is Not Ready/Available If Column ....................................................................... 2-5General ................................................................................................................................ 2-3PMCS Procedures ................................................................................................................ 2-4

2-3. GENERAL

The following paragraphs describe general information concerning when to do PMCS and what to do if a failure isdiscovered.

a. Before You Operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your before (B) PMCSprior to the equipment leaving the petroleum laboratory or performing its intended mission.

b. While You Operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your during (D) PMCSwhen the equipment is being used in its intended mission.

c. After You Operate. Be sure to perform your (A) PMCS after the equipment has been taken out of its missionmode or returned to the petroleum laboratory.

d. If Your Equipment Fails to Operate. Troubleshoot with proper equipment. Report any deficiencies using theproper forms. See DA Pam 738-750

2-4. PMCS PROCEDURES.

The following paragraphs describe your PMCS, Table 2-13.

a. Purpose of PMICS Table. Your PMCS table lists the inspections and care your equipment requires to keep itin good operating condition.

b. Item Number Column. Item numbers are assigned in chronological, ascending sequence regardless of intervaldesignation. These numbers are used for your "TM number" column on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection andMaintenance Worksheet in recording results of PMCS.

c. Service Interval Column. The "Interval" column of your PMCS table tells you when to do certain checks orservices.

d. Item to be Inspected Column. This column lists functional groups and their respective assemblies andsubassemblies. The appropriate check or service procedure follows the specific item to be inspected.

e. Procedures Column. This column of your P.MCS table tells you how to do the required checks and services.Carefully follow these instructions. If you do not have the tools, or if the procedure tells you to, have unitmaintenance do the work.

2-30

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-4. PMCS PROCEDURES - continued.

f. After Prolonged Shutdowns. Perform weekly as well as before operations if you are the assigned operatorand have not operated the item since the last weekly or if you are operating the item for the first time.

g. Reporting and Correcting Deficiencies. If your equipment does not perform as required, refer to Chapter 3under Troubleshooting for possible problems. Report any malfunctions or failures on the proper DA Form 2404, orrefer to DA Pam 738-750

CAUTION

• Equipment operation is allowable with minor leakage (Class I or 11). Of course, you must consider thefluid capacity in the item/system being checked/inspected. When in doubt, notify your supervisor.

• When operating with Class I or Class 11 leaks, continue to check fluid levels as required in your PMCS.

• Class ill leaks should be reported to your supervisor or unit maintenance.

h. Leakage. Leakage definitions for operator/crew PMCS shall be classified as follows:

Class I Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to form drops.

Class II Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to drip from item beingchecked/inspected.

Class III Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from the item being checked/inspected.

i. Individual Equipment PMCS. PMCS for the petroleum laboratory equipment such as environmental controlunit, refrigerator, convection oven, gas alarm control unit, RVP bath, ice maker, copper strip corrosion bath,analytical balance, etc., are contained in their respective TMs (refer to Appendix A for TM numbers).

j. Tools and Materials. The following is a list of tools and materials required for PMCS.

No tools are required for Operator's PMCS.

2-5. EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY/AVAILABLE IFCOLUMN.

This column is used for identification of conditions that make the equipment not ready/available for readiness reportingpurposes or denies use of the equipment until corrective maintenance is performed.

NOTE

The terms ready/available and mission capable refer to the same status:Equipment is on hand and is able to perform its combat missions (SeeAR 700-138).

2-31

TM 10-6640-215-13

NOTEIf the equipment must be kept in continuous operation, check andservice those items that can be checked and serviced without disturbingoperation. Make the complete checks and services when the equipmentcan be shut down.

Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

Item Interval Item To Check Procedure Not Fully MissionNo. Service Capable If:

Semi-TrailerExterior

1 Before Utility Box Check coupling assembly for se- Defective coupling.curity and damaged threads.

2 Before Power Entry a. Inspect for damage to panel. Panel damaged.Panel b. Inspect power cable connec- Defective connector.

tor for loose and damaged pins.c. Check ground cable is prop- Grounding connectionserly connected to ground lug and are damaged.grounding rod.

3 Before Power Cable Inspect cable for damaged con- Cable damaged.nector, cuts, and deep abrasions. Latches, keepers, seals,

and hinges damaged ormissing.

4 Before Purge Exhaust Inspect access doors for defec-Doors tive or missing latches, keepers,

seals, and hinges.

5 Before Emergency Inspect for operation. Lights not operating.Lights

6 Before Purge Intake Inspect access doors for defec- Latches, keepers, seals,Doors tive or missing latches, keepers, and hinges damaged or

seals, and hinges. missing.

7 Before Mechanical Inspect dampers and motors for Motor does not operate.Room, ECU In- operation.

takes

8 Before Air Compressor a. Check for loose mounting Missing mounting bolts.bolts.b. Check crankcase oil level. Low oil level.c. Check intake filter for ob- Clogged or dirty filter.structions.

2-32

TM 10-6640-215-13



d. Observe drive belts for Drive belts are loose orcracks, slippage, or binding cracked.caused by excessive loosenessor tightness of belt. Proper drive-belt deflection should be 3/4 in-ches under moderate thumbpressure.e. Drain moisture tray as re-quired during operation.

9 Before Air Tank and Sys- Drain air tank as required duringtem Piping operation.

10 Before Vacuum Pump a. Check for loose mounting Missing mounting bolts.bolts.b. Check crankcase oil level. Low oil level.c. Check intake filters for ob- Clogged or dirty filters.structions.d. Observe drive belts for Drive belts are loose orcracks, slippage, or binding cracked.caused by excessive loosenessor tightness of belt. Proper drive-belt deflection should be 3/4 In-ches under moderate thumbpressure.

a. Check for loose mounting Missing mounting bolts.bolts.b. Check crankcase oil level. Low oil level.c. Check Intake filters for ob- Clogged or dirty filters.structions.d. Observe drive belts for Drive belts are loose orcracks, slippage, or binding cracked.caused by excessive loosenessor tightness of belt. Proper drive-belt deflection should be 3/4 in-ches under moderate thumbpressure.

11 Before Water Pump, a. Check for loose mounting Missing mounting bolts.Valves, and bolts.Piping

b. Check water piping in me- Class III leaks detected.chanical and laboratory compart-ments for signs of leakage.

2-33

TM 10-6640-215-13



c. Make sure tank contains suf- Low water level.ficient water.

12 Before Surge Tank Check for leaks. Surge tank has Class IIIleaks.

13 Before Water Tank Check for loose or missing Missing bolts.mounting bolts.

14 Before Water Chiller Check for loose or missing Missing mounting bolts.mounting bolts.

15 Before Water Pressure Observe for proper starting and Pump does not operateSwitch stopping of water pump. automatically at the set

pressure settings.

16 Before Water Heater Inspect for proper operation. Water heater does notCheck for hot water at faucet. produce hot water.

17 Before Electrical Still a. Inspect for loose or missing Missing mounting bolts.mounting bolts.

b. Inspect for improper opera- Still is inoperative.tion caused by scale or crudbuildup.

18 Before Sartorius Analyti- Inspect for security. Defective retainers andcal Balance and straps. Missing screws.Support

19 Before Electric Steam Check level. Boiler not level.Boiler

20 Before Gum Bath/Fume Inspect hoses and clamps. Missing clamps or hoseHood Exhaust damaged.Vent and Blowers

21 Before RVP Bath, Test Inspect for security. Missing bolts or clamps.Bombs, Gages,and Manometer

22 Before Kinematic Vis- Inspect for security. Missing bolts or clamps.cosity Bath andHeater

23 Before Distillation Test Inspect for security. Missing screws.Apparatus

2-34

TM 10-6640-215-13



24 Before Oxidation Bath Inspect condition of pressure re- Gage is broken or inop-cording gage. erative.

25 Before Laboratory Inspect for security. Missing screws.Ovens

26 Before Burn-Out Inspect for security. Missing screws.Furnace

27 Before JFTOT Inspect for security. Defective or missing fas-teners.

28 Before Cloud and Pour Inspect condition. Apparatus incomplete orPoint Apparatus inoperative.

29 Before Support Items Inspect fire extinguishers. Broken seal or lowcharge indication.

30 During Utility Box a. Inspect for condition and se- Box damaged, loose, orcurity. missing rivets.b. Inspect access door for de- Latches, keepers, seals,fective or missing latches, keep- and hinges damaged orers, seal, and hinge. missing.

31 During Power Entry a. Inspect for damage to panel. Panel damaged.Panel

b. Check ground cable is prop- Grounding connectionserly connected to ground lug and are damaged.grounding rod.

32 During Environmental Inspect for proper operation. ECUs do not operate.Control Units(ECUs)

33 During Purge Exhaust a. Inspect door microswitches to Microswitches do not op-Doors be sure they activate properly erate properly.

when door is closed, and deacti-vate when door is opened.

34 During Fluorescent Light Inspect bulbs and starter for Lights not operating.Assembly operation.

35 During Emergency Inspect for operation. Lights not operating.Lights

36 During Motor Controllers Inspect for operation. Equipment does not op-erate.

2-35

TM 10-6640-215-13



37 During Purge Intake a. Inspect door microswitches to Microswitches do not op-Doors be sure they activate properly erate properly.

when door is closed, and deacti-vate when door is opened.

b. Inspect filters for obstructions Clogged, dirty, defectiveand security. filter.

38 During Mechanical Inspect dampers and motors for Motor does not operate.Room, ECU In- operation.takes

39 During Air Compressor a. Listen for rattles, knocks, Vibration or unusualsqueaks, or hums that may indi- noise occurs.cate trouble in air compressor ormotor.

b. Observe motor for indication Motor overheats.of overheating and smoke.

c. Drain moisture tray as re-quired during operation.

40 During Air Tank and Sys- a. Check for loose mounting Missing mounting bolts.tem Piping bolts.

b. Inspect for leaks, leaky Air leaks or defectivevalves, or inoperative valves. valves.

c. Drain air tank as requiredduring operation.

41 During Vacuum Pump a. Listen for rattles, knocks, Vibration or unusualsqueaks, or hums that may indi- noise occurs.cate trouble in air compressor ormotor.

b. Observe motor for indication Motor overheats.of overheating and smoke.

c. Observe drive belts for Drive belts are loose orcracks, slippage, or binding cracked.caused by excessive loosenessor tightness of belt. Proper drive-belt deflection should be 3/4 in-ches under moderate thumbpressure.

2-36

TM 10-6640-215-13



42 During Vacuum System Inspect for leaks, leaky valves, or Leaks or defectivePiping and inoperative valves. valves.Valves

43 During Water Pump, a. Inspect pump and motor for Pump or motor over-Valves, and Pip- unusual noises or heat that could heats.ing indicate malfunction.

b. Make sure pump does not Shaft seal leaks.leak at shaft seal.

c. Make sure all outlet valves Defective valves.deliver full flow when open and donot leak when closed.

44 During Surge Tank Check for leaks. Surge tank has Class IIIleaks.

45 During Water Tank Inspect for leaks. Class Ill leaks detected.

46 During Water Chiller Inspect for proper operation. Water is not chilled.

47 During Water Filter Inspect for leaks. Class III leaks detected.

48 During Electrical Still a. Check for leaks. Still has Class III leak.

b. Inspect for improper opera- Still is inoperative.tion caused by scale or crudbuildup.

49 During High Pressure a. Inspect for condition and Missing fasteners. ClassSteam Boiler leakage. III leaks.

b. Check operation Inoperative boiler.

50 During RVP Bath, Test Check operation. Inoperative RVP bath,Bombs, Gages, gages, or manometer.and Manometer Broken glass.

51 During Kinematic Vis- Check operation. Inoperative kinematiccosity Bath and bath and heater.Heater

52 During Centrifuge a. Inspect shock mounts. Missing screws or shockmounts.

b. Check operation. Inoperative centrifuge.

53 During Field Testing Kits Inspect for defective or missing Defective kits and mis-components. sing components.

2-37

TM 10-6640-215-13



54 During Distillation Test Check operation. Apparatus is damaged orApparatus inoperative.

55 During Freezer (Ice Check operation. Freezer is inoperative.Cube Maker)

56 During Oxidation Bath Check operation. Bath is inoperative.

57 During Gas Cylinders Inspect cylinders for leaks. Gas supply is low or cyl-inder leaking.

58 During Laboratory Check operation. Ovens are inoperative.Ovens

59 During Burn-Out Check operation. Furnace is inoperative.Furnace

60 During Explosion Proof Check operation. Refrigerator is inopera-Refrigerator tive.

61 During Separometer Unit a. Inspect condition. Separometer unit incom-plete or inoperative.

b. Check operation.

62 During JFTOT Check operation. JFTOT is inoperative.

63 After Power Cable Inspect cable for damaged con- Cable damaged.nector, cuts, and deep abrasions.

64 After Air Compressor Drain moisture tray as requiredduring operation.

65 After Air Tank and Sys- Drain air tank as required duringtem Piping operation.

66 Weekly Semi-Trailer Inspect skin surface for paint Wall skin cracked, orWalls damage, corrosion, cracks, or punctured.

punctures.

67 Weekly Utility Box Check coupling assembly for se- Defective coupling.curity and damaged threads.

68 Weekly Power Entry Pan- Inspect power cable connector for Defective connector.el loose and damaged pins.

69 Weekly Propane Locker Inspect for condition and security. Damaged vents, loose orVents missing rivets.

2-38

TM 10-6640-215-13



70 Weekly Fume Chamber a. Inspect for condition and se- Damaged door assembly,and Gum Bath curity. loose or missing rivets.Vent Exhaust b. Inspect access door for de- Latches, keepers, seals,Door Assembly fective or missing latches, keep- or hinges damaged or

ers, seals, and hinges. missing.

71 Weekly Purge Exhaust a. Inspect access doors for de- Latches, keepers, seals,Doors fective or missing latches, keep- and hinges damaged or


b. Inspect gasket for condition Defective gasket.and security.

c. Inspect motor for operation. Motor does not operate.

72 Weekly Purge Intake a. Inspect access doors for de- Latches, keepers, seals,Doors fective or missing latches, keep- and hinges damaged or


b. Inspect motor for operation. Motor does not operate.

73 Weekly Mechanical a. Inspect filters for obstructions Clogged, dirty, or defec-Room, ECU In- and security. tive filter.takes

b. Inspect motor for operation. Motor does not operate.

74 Weekly Water Filter Inspect for loose or missing Missing mountingmounting screws. screws.

75 Weekly Cabinets a. Inspect for broken latches Hinge or latch broken.and hinges.

b. Inspect contents for damaged Items damaged or mis-or missing items. sing.

76 Weekly Stainless Steel Check for snap-in fit in cabinet. Sink is not secure.Sink

77 Weekly Steel Locker Inspect for loose or missing Missing mounting bolts.mounting bolts.

78 Weekly Desiccating Cabi- Inspect for loose or missing Missing mounting bolts.nets mounting bolts.

79 Weekly Stool and Stool Inspect securing device. Defective securing de-Bracket vice.

80 Weekly Steel Bookcase Inspect for loose or missing bolts. Missing bolts.

2-39

TM 10-6640-215-13



81 Weekly Propane Locker Inspect for loose or missing bolts. Missing bolts.

82 Weekly Fume Chamber a. Inspect for condition and se- Defective door, or mis-curity. sing screws.

b. Check light operation. Light does not come on.

83 Weekly Gum Content a. Inspect for exterior damage. Missing fasteners or bro-Test Bath ken switches.

b. Check for leaks. Class III leak.

c. Check light Light does not come on.

84 Weekly Electric Steam a. Inspect for leakage. Missing fasteners. ClassBoiler III leaks.

b. Check level. Boiler not level.

85 Weekly Gum Bath/Fume Check operation. Inoperative exhaust blow-Hood Exhaust er.Vent and Blowers

86 Weekly Distillation Test Inspect for security. Missing screws.Apparatus

87 Weekly Oxidation Bath Inspect for security. Missing screws.

88 Weekly Gas Cylinders Inspect cylinders for leaks. Gas supply is low or cyl-inder leaking.

89 Weekly Laboratory Inspect for security. Missing screws.Ovens

90 Weekly Burn-Out Inspect for security. Missing screws.Furnace

91 Weekly Cloud and Pour Inspect condition. Apparatus incomplete orPoint Apparatus inoperative.

92 Weekly Support Items a. Inspect fire extinguishers. Broken seal or lowcharge indication.

b. Inventory first aid kit. Low supplies.

93 Monthly Utility Box a. Inspect direction valve lever Damaged handle or mis-for condition and security. sing screw. Damaged la-

bel.b. Inspect gasket for condition Defective gasket.and security.

2-40

TM 10-6640-215-13



94 Monthly Power Entry Inspect access doors for defec- Latches, keeper, seal, orPanel tive or missing latch, keeper, seal, hinge damaged or mis-

or hinge. sing.

95 Monthly Fume Chamber Inspect gasket for condition and Defective gasket.and Gum Bath security.Vent ExhaustDoor Assembly

96 Monthly A/C Remote Inspect for condition and security. Damage to junction box,Control Junction or missing capscrew.Boxes

97 Monthly Purge Intake Inspect gasket for condition and Defective gasket.Doors security.

98 Monthly Water Filter Inspect filter Filter clogged or dirty.

99 Monthly Stool and Stool Inspect condition of stool. Stool is damaged or mis-Bracket sing.

100 Monthly Freezer (Ice Inspect for security. Missing fasteners.Cube Maker)

101 Monthly Explosion Proof Inspect for security. Missing screws.Refrigerator

102 Monthly JFTOT Inspect for security. Defective or missing fas-teners.

2-41

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION III. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

Alphabetical Index


Assembly and Preparation for Use ........................................................................................................... ....... 2-7Operating Procedures ............................................................................................................................... ....... 2-8Preparation for Movement ........................................................................................................................ ....... 2-9Shelter and Site Requirements ................................................................................................................. ....... 2-6

2-6. SITE AND SHELTER REQUIREMENTS.

a. Site Selection. Select a site that provides or has the following features:

Ample space for maneuvering the vehicles that may be used to move and position a trailer-mounted generatorset and the Petroleum Laboratory.

Firm, reasonably level; well drained terrain;

At least 500 feet away from other areas of operation, and is not uphill or upstream from other facilities whichmight be in the path of escaping fuel or vapor;

Not adjacent to low areas where dangerous vapors might collect;

Near a stream, a pond, or an established water facility. This provides an outside water source for thePetroleum Laboratory water system, and aids in control of potential fires;

Easy access to road nets. At least one road should run in the vicinity of the Petroleum Laboratory .

2-7. ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE.

a. Inspection. Inspect the exterior of the laboratory to make sure everything is in good condition. Check thesemi-trailer body, doors, rear axle assembly and front landing gear to see that they are secure, clean, andcorrectly lubricated. Inspect the vents, water inlet, purge doors and the power input panel for damage. If damageis found, notify your supervisor. Refer to TM 9-2330-362-14&P for authorized repair of basic semi-trailer van.

CAUTIONIf the Petroleum Laboratory is not level some of the test equipment maybe adversely affected causing improper functioning or incorrectreadings.

b. Leveling. Level the petroleum laboratory by use of the independently crank operated landing gear legs onthe front and the independently screw operated jacks at the rear. Check level with level at front, middle, and rearof laboratory.

c. Install the Boarding Ladders and Rear Platform. Lower rear platform into position. Remove the three.boarding ladders from their storage rack beneath the Petroleum Laboratory. Place one three-step ladder at therear door and the other three-step ladder at the laboratory entrance door. Place the four-step ladder at the frontcurbside (mechanical room door).

2-42

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-7. ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE - continued.

Raise ECU maintenance platform by removing two center key and retaining pins. Lift platform to operatingposition and reattach cable with pins and cotter key.

d. Drain Hose Connection. Connect drain hoses to the sink deck drain located adjacent to the curbside storagebox, and to the forward deck drain located on the roadside beneath the mechanical room. Dig a drainage ditch orsump, and place the ends of the drainage hoses in it.

e. Laboratory Grounding. The following procedure is used to properly ground the Petroleum Laboratory.

WARNINGDo not connect main power cable to the Petroleum Laboratory beforeproperly grounding the laboratory. Failure to comply with this warningcould result in serious injury or death.

NOTEThe grounding rod driver/puller, and grounding cable are stored in theroadside storage box.

(1) Remove grounding rod, driver/puller, and grounding cable from storage box.

(2) Select an area as close to the power input panel as possible to install grounding rod.

(3) Attach first grounding rod and coupling to the driver/puller rod. (Refer to Figure 2-16).

CAUTIONDo not allow grounding rod to rotate when disconnecting the driver/pullerrod from the grounding rod. Grounding sections must be kept screwedtogether to ensure a good electrical ground.

NOTEBefore driving rounding rod, be certain that driver/puller rod andgrounding rod are fully threaded into coupling. Be sure collar is handtight against coupling.

(4) Place driver/puller on driver/puller rod and drive grounding rod into ground approximately 30 inches.

(5) Remove driver/puller rod and driver/puller from first grounding rod section.

(6) Attach second section of grounding rod to first section and attach driver/puller to second section anddrive into ground.

(7) Repeat step (6). Drive third section of grounding rod into ground until only 12 in. (30.5 cm) of rod isabove ground.

(8) Remove driver/puller and driver/puller rod from third section of grounding rod.

2-43

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-16. Grounding Rod and Driver/Puller

2-44

TM 10-6640-215-13


(9) Place driver/puller and driver/puller rod in storage box.

(10) Slide grounding cable clamp over grounding rod.

(11) Attach grounding cable to grounding rod with grounding clamp.

(12) Attach grounding cable to grounding lug in power input panel. (Refer to Figure 2-17.)

f. Petroleum Laboratory Electrical Startup and Purge Cycle. The following procedure is used to apply power tothe Petroleum Iaboratory.

WARNINGDo not attempt to enter the Petroleum Laboratory during start up untilautomatic purge cycle (5 minutes) is completed. Dangerouscombustible gases or vapors may be present which could ignite andcause death or serious injury.

(1) Unlatch and open the two PURGE INTAKE and the two PURGE EXHAUST doors.

(2) Unlatch and open the gum bath/fume hood exhaust door.

(3) Roll up and secure the four ECU canvas covers in the up position.

NOTEThe main power input cable is stored in the roadside storage box.

(4) Remove the main power input cable from the storage box.

CAUTIONBe sure that main power cable leads are properly connected to thegenerator set to prevent damage to the generator set or laboratoryelectrical system.

(5) Attach main power cable leads to the generator set as follows: Black wire - phase A (L1); Blue wire -phase B (L2); Red wire - phase C (L3); White wire - Neutral (N); Green wire - Ground (Gnd).

(6) Remove protective cap from main power cable connector (Figure 2-17) at the power input panel.

(7) Firmly connect the main power input cable to the cable connector.

NOTEWhen power is applied to the Petroleum Laboratory, an air purge cycleutilizing the ECUs blowers to pressurize the laboratory and expel anyaccumulation of gases is automatically initiated. The cycle will last forapproximately 5 minutes. During the purge cycle, all the normalelectrical circuits within the petroleum laboratory are disabled.

2-45

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-17. POWER INPUT Panel

2-46

TM 10-6640-215-13


(8) Turn on power at external power generator set in accordance with applicable generator TM.

(9) After purging cycle is complete (ECU blowers shut off), unlock and open laboratory entrance door.

(10) Unstrap and remove overpack boxes and tiedown straps. Store straps in boxes.

CAUTIONInsure that all test equipment is either turned off or unplugged beforeapplying power to the Petroleum Laboratory to prevent damage to theequipment.

(11) Open MAIN POWER PANEL and place main power circuit breaker A 1CB 1 and POWER PANEL NO.2 circuit breaker A1CB2, to their ON positions (Figure 2-2).

(12) Turn on circuit breakers AICB13, AICB21, and AICB22 then check that all test equipment is eitherturned off or unplugged before turning on remaining Al circuit breakers.

(13) Turn on all switches for normal lighting in the laboratory compartment (Figure 2-4).

(14) Place forward EMERGENCY LIGHT switch S17, and rear EMERGENCY LIGHT switch S18, in theirON positions.

NOTEThe EMERGENCY LIGHT switches will remain in their ON positionsuntil the Petroleum Laboratory is prepared for movement or storage.

(15) Enter the mechanical room and turn on switch for mechanical room lighting.

(16) Open POWER PANEL NO. 2 and set the ECU circuit breakers A15CBI, A15CB2, A15CB3, andA15CB4 to the ON position (Figure 2-3).

(17) Set all other circuit breakers in POWER PANEL NO. 2 to ON position.

(18) Energize and adjust the ECUs using the ECU controllers (Figure 2-5) in the laboratory compartment, inaccordance with TM 5-4120-371-14.

g. Unpacking and Inspection. Inspect each item of equipment and supply for damage. Check for broken orcracked glassware. Remove all shipment retainer brackets, straps, etc. and store for future use. Report anybreakage or damage to your supervisor.

2-8. OPERATING PROCEDURES.

This paragraph provides the operator of the petroleum laboratory with the procedures necessary to operate the basiclaboratory systems such as the electrical system, water system, air system, and vacuum system. Also included are theoperating instructions for the ice maker, fuel sampling kit, and the anti-icing test kit.

For operating instructions pertaining to specific laboratory testing equipment such as RVP bath, copper strip bath, gumbath, etc. refer to the appropriate TM listed in Appendix A of this manual.

a. Electrical System. The electrical system provides service to all Petroleum Laboratory lights, convenienceoutlets and equipment requiring 110 IOV, 60Hz, single-phase power. It also

2-47

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-18. UTILITIES Box

2-48

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-19. Water System Functional Diagram

2-49

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-8. OPERATING PROCEDURES- continued.

provides 208V, 60Hz, 3-phase power to systems/equipment requiring this service. All circuits are either circuitbreaker or fuse protected as described in Tables 2-2 and 2-3.

b. Water Svstem Service and Operation. The following paragraphs contain the necessary procedures for servicingand operating the water system (refer to Table 2-9 and Figures 2-18 and 2-19).

(1) Fill the Water Tank From Pressurized Source.

(a) Unlatch and open LT[LITIES box access door.

(b) Connect garden hose adapter to water system connector.

(c) Attach 50-foot (15.25 m) garden hose to adapter.

(d) Position water inlet/outlet selection valve to the IN position.

(e) Secure opposite end of hose to pressurized water source.

(f) In mechanical room (see Figure 2-19), position water system valves as follows:

1 Input valve to pre filter - OPEN

2 Input valve post filter - OPEN

3 Pump suction or tank filldirectional flow valve - OPEN to Tank Fill

4 Tank fill or water systemdirectional flow valve - OPEN to Tank Fill

5 Water tank drain valve - C LOSE D

6 Water system drain valves - CLOSED

7 Pump suction valve fromwater tank - CLOSED

8 Backwash filter valve (2) - CLOSED

(g) Slowly turn on water supply at source.

(h) Continue to fill water tank until water flows out from overfill drain.

(i) Turn off water supply at source.

(j) Remove garden hose from water supply source and FILL connector. Drain and store hose in storage bin.

(k) Disconnect garden hose adapter from water system connector. Store in utility box.

2-50

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-8. OPERATING PROCEDURES -continued.

(l) Close and latch UTILITIES box access door.

(2) Operate the Water System Using Water Supply Tank As Source.

NOTEKeep water tank level at least 1/4 full to ensure fail-free operation ofwater system.

Pump water pressure switch is set to turn the water pump on whenpressure drops to 10 psi and to turn the pump off when pressurereaches 20 psi.

(a) In mechanical room, position the water system valves as follows:

1 Filter input valves (2) - CLOSED

2 Pump suction or tank - OPEN to Tank Fillfill directional flow valve (Closed to Pump

Suction)

3 Tank fill or water system - OPEN to Water Systemdirectional flow valve

4 Water tank drain valve - CLOSED

5 Water system drain - CLOSEDvalve and petcocks (3)

6 Pump suction valve from tank - OPEN

7 Main water valve from pump - OPEN

(b) Place the pump switch at the pump controller to ON. Pump should run until pressure reaches cutoffpoint.

(c) Open the sink faucet to purge air from the system. Pump will start when water pressure drops to thestarting point.

(d) When a solid stream of water is flowing from the faucet, close faucet and check system for leaks.

(3) Operate the Water System Using an Outside Pressurized Source.

(a) Unlatch and open UTILITIES box access door.




2-51

TM 10-6640-215-13


(e) Secure opposite end of hose to pressurized water source.

(f) In the mechanical room, position the water system valves as follows:



3 Pump suction or tank filldirectional flow valve - OPEN to Tank Fill

4 Tank fill or water system - OPEN to System Inputdirectional flow valve


6 Pump suction valve from water - CLOSEDtank

7 Water system drain - CLOSEDvalve and petcocks (3)

8 Main water valve from pump - CLOSED

(g) Slowly turn on water supply at source.

(h) Open sink faucet and purge air from system.

(i) When a solid stream of water flows from faucet, close faucet and check system for leaks.

(4) Operate the Water System Using an Outside Unpressurized Source.

(a) Unlatch and open UTILITIES box door.




(e) Secure opposite end of hose to unpressurized water source.

(f) In mechanical room, position the water system valves as follows (see Figure 2-19):



3 Pump suction or tank filldirectional flow valve - OPEN to Pump Suction

2-52

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-8. OPERATING PROCEDURES- continued.

4 Tank fill or water systemdirectional flow valve - OPEN to Water System



7 Supply system valveand petcock (3) - CLOSED

8 Pump suction valve from water - CLOSEDtank

(g) Open valve at supply source.

(h) Place pump switch at the water pump controller to ON.

(i) Open faucet at sink to purge air from system.

(j) When solid stream of water is flowing, shut faucet and check system for leaks.

(5) Operate the Water System to Supply Water For Outside Use.

(a) Unlatch and open UTILITIES box access door.



(d) Attach opposite end of hose to tank, container, etc. to be filled.

(e) Position water inlet/outlet selection valve to the OUT position.

(f) In the mechanical room, position the water system valves as follows:

1 Pump suction valve from tank - OPEN


3 Supply system valveand petcocks (3) - CLOSED

4 Pump suction or tank filldirectional control valve - CLOSED to Pump

suction

5 Tank fill or water systemdirectional control valve - CLOSED to tank


2-53

TM 10-6640-215-13


(g) Place pump switch at the water pump controller to ON.

(h) Open any existing inlet valve on tank, container, etc. to be filled.

c. Air Svstem Operation. The air compressor and accumulator are located in the mechanical room. The aircompressor is designed to operate through a pressure switch without damaging the air compressor or the piping andvalves. Procedures for energizing and operating the air system follow (refer to Table 2-7 and Figure 2-7).

Energizing and Operating the Air System.

(1) Ensure all air supply valves in the petroleum laboratory are closed.

(2) Place circuit breaker A15CB6, located in POWER PANEL NO. 2, to the ON position.

(3) Open one at a time, the drain valves located on the air compressor discharge line and on the bottom of airaccumulator. Drain condensation and close valves.

(4) Start air compressor by setting compressor controller switch to the ON position.

(5) Verify proper operation of the compressor pressure switch. Switch is set to stop the compressor whenpressure in accumulator reaches 120 psi and to start the compressor when pressure drops to 60 psi.

(6) To shut down automatic operation of the compressor, place switch on controller to OFF position. SetA15CB6, located in POWER PANEL NO. 2, to the OFF position.

d. Vacuum System Operation. The vacuum pump is located in the mechanical room. It is mounted on an elevatedsupport shelf which is attached to the roadside wall. The pump is connected via piping to outlet valves locatedthroughout the laboratory compartment. Procedures for energizing and operating the vacuum system follow (referto Table 2-8 and Figure 2-8).

Energizing and Operating the Vacuum System.

(1) Ensure all vacuum outlet valves are closed.

(2) Ensure oil level falls between the two oil level marks on the vacuum pump oil level observation window.

(3) Place circuit breaker A15CB9, located in POWER PANEL NO. 2, in the ON position.

(4) Open pump intake valve.

(5) Start vacuum pump by setting switch on vacuum pump controller to the START position.

2-54

TM 10-6640-215-13


(6) Verify operation by observing vacuum pressure gage. Vacuum is indicated on gage in inches of mercury(Hg). The vacuum pump has a 58-liter per minute free air capacity with a vacuum of 0.1 micron (0.001 mmHg).

NOTEGurgling sound occurs during operation in varying degrees underfour conditions of performance: when operating at high pressureas in the beginning cycles of evacuation of a chamber; when theoil level in the pump reservoir is too low: when a large leak ispresent in the system; and when the vented exhaust valve is open.

(7) To shut down the vacuum pump, close the pump intake, then set the vacuum pump controller switch to theSTOP position.

e. Sampling and Caging Kit Operation (Refer to Figure 2-20). This kit is completely portable and self-contained. Itconsists of the carrying case, which is divided into sections to hold the major items of equipment, an API gravitycomputer, a cupcase thermometer, a hydrometer cylinder, gasoline indicting paste, water indicating paste, innagetape and bob, a weighted beaker sampler, and standard hydrometers.

Setting the Kit Up for Operation.

(1) Clean innage tape with cheesecloth. Ensure equipment is clean, dry, and free of dirt.

(2) Check mercury columns in hydrometer and cupcase thermometer. If mercury column is separated or glasscracked, replace the instrument.

(3) Check thermometer readings with other thermometers in the area to ensure they read the same.

(4) Before a product is sampled or gaged, rinse the containers with the same type of product to be sampled orgaged.

WARNINGNever gage or sample a product in a tank if there is an electrical stormor a source of sparks in the area. Failure to comply with this warningcould result in serious injury or death.

(5) Conduct tests in accordance with pamphlets stored in packet of case which contain ASTM test methods.

f. Anti-Icing Additive Test Kit Operation (Refer to Figure 2-21). The kit is portable and self-contained. It consists ofcarrying case, refractometer, a separatory funnel, support base with rod and ring, aluminum dishes, piston pipets, agraduated cylinder and a bottle with screw cap.

Anti-Icing Additive test Kit Setup and Operation.

(1) Using a clean, dry container, procure a l-pint (0.473 1) sample of fuel to be tested.

2-55

TM 10-6640-215-13


(2) Set up the separatory funnel with its support base, rod and ring (see Figure 2-21, Detail A).

(3) Fill an aluminum dish one half full of water.

(4) Using a graduated cylinder, transfer exactly 160 ml. of the fuel (from step a.) to the separatory funnel.

(5) Using a piston pipet, add exactly 2 ml. of water from the aluminum dish to the separatory funnel. Cap funneland shake vigorously for 3 minutes. Place separatory funnel in support stand.

(6) Open cover of refractometer window (see Figure 2-21, Detail B). Ensure window is clean.

(7) Apply several drops of water from aluminum dish to refractometer window. Close cover and througheyepiece observe location of shadow line in viewer. Using plastic adjusting rod contained in therefractometers base, adjust setscrew located in the base so that shadow line intersects zero line of the scale(see Figure 2-21, Detail C1). Refractometer is now correctly zeroed.

(8) Clean refractometer cover and window.

(9) Carefully rotate separatory funnel drain cock so that a trickle of fluid can be collected in clean dry aluminumdish. Two to three drops is sufficient.

(10) Open cover of refractometer window and transfer fluid from aluminum dish to refractometer window. Closecover and observe position of shadow line. Figure 2-21, Detail C2 shows a typical test result for JP-4 fueltreated with anti-icing additive at 0-.1% v. test run may show differently as fuel may have different % v. ofadditive, but readings will be accurate and reflect fuel condition.

(11) Properly dispose of liquids. Wash apparatus with soap and water and dry thoroughly.

(12) Report out of specification results at once.

NOTERefractometer should be treated as an optical instrument.

g. Ice-Maker Operation. The ice maker unit is a plug-in unit powered by a hermetically sealed condensing unit.

(1) Ice Maker Set Up and Operation.

(a) Apply power to the ice maker by placing circuit breaker A1CB8, located in MAIN POWER PANEL in theON position.

2-56

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-20. Sampling and Gaging Kit

2-57

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 2-21. Anti-Icing Additive Test Kit

2-58

TM 10-6640-215-13


(b) Allow unit to operate 4 to 6 hours and then load interior with water filled ice cube trays.

(c) When ice cube trays are frozen, cubes may be stored in area below shelves of freezing compartment.

(d) If required, adjust cold control for proper operating temperatures.

(2) Defrosting the Ice Maker.

(a) Remove power from unit.

(b) Open door until accumulated ice has melted and drained from cabinet.

(c) Place several pans of hot water in freezing compartment to accelerate melting.

(d) Wipe interior completely dry.

(e) Apply power to ice maker and allow unit to operate for at least 1 hour before replacing water-filled icecube trays.

2-9. PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT.

The following paragraphs are used to prepare the Petroleum Laboratory for movement.

a. Interior. Prepare the interior of the Petroleum Laboratory for movement as follows:

(1) Place all chemicals in their designated storage. Ensure that caps are tight.

(2) Place all other loose test equipment, support equipment, and supplies in their designated storage.

(3) Drain and clean the following equipment:

(a) RVP Bath

(b) Gum Bath

(c) Oxidation Stabilization Bath

(d) Electric Still

(e) Refrigerator

(f) Drain Tank

(g) Ice Maker

2-59

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-9. PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT- continued.

(h) Viscosity Baths

(i) Gas-Oil Distillation Unit

(4) Ensure that the manometer, recording pressure gage, and the barometer are properly secured.

(5) Turn off oxygen, carbon dioxide and nitrogen at their respective gas bottles. Ensure that bottles are firmlysecure in their mounting brackets.

(6) Ensure that propane bottles are securely stored in the propane locker.

(7) Empty and clean interiors of laboratory ovens and burn out furnace. Remove and store desiccant fromdesiccating cabinets.

(8) Place cover over analytical balance and secure to vibration mount with snap clamps.

(9) Install shipping straps and brackets where required and ensure all retaining screws are tight.

(10) Check contents of all cabinets to ensure all items are properly stored for movement.

(11) Test gas alarm system.

(12) In MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breakers to the OFF positions except for A1CB1, A1CB2, A1CB9,A1CB11, and A1CB13.

(13) In the mechanical room at POWER PANEL NO. 2, set all circuit breakers to the OFF positions exceptA15CBIO.

(14) Drain the following:

(a) Water Tank

(b) Steam Generator

(c) High Pressure Boiler

(d) Air System Moisture Trap

(15) At POWER PANEL NO. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB10 in the OFF position.

(16) Through the rear door, load the eight overpack boxes into the laboratory compartment and secure withtiedown straps in accordance with loading diagram located on rear door.

(17) In the MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breakers A1CB1, A1CB2, A1CB9, A1CB11, and A1CB13 in theOFF positions.

2-60

TM 10-6640-215-13

2-9. PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT- continued

(18) Place EMERGENCY LIGHT switches S17 and S18 in the OFF positions

b. Exterior. Prepare the exterior of the Petroleum Laboratory for movement as follows:

(1) Close and lock mechanical room access door, the laboratory compartment access door, and the rear accessdoor.

(2) Turn off external power at generator set.

(3) Disconnect main power cable from Petroleum electrical connector at power input panel and install protectivecap on connector.

(4) Disconnect main power cable from generator set. Clean cable and store in roadside storage box.

(5) Remove grounding cable from grounding lug in power input panel.

(6) Close and latch power input panel door.

(7) Remove grounding cable and clamp from grounding rod.

(8) With driver/puller attached to grounding rod, remove rod from ground, uncoupling each rod section as itemerges from the ground.

(9) Clean and store grounding rod, driver/puller, grounding cable and damp in roadside storage box.

(10) Disconnect drain hoses from deck drains. Clean and store hoses in curbside storage box.

(11) Disconnect hose adapters from deck drains and store. Place protective caps on deck drains.

(12) Close and latch UTILITIES box door.

(13) Close and latch gum bath/fume exhaust door.

(14) Close and latch PURGE EXHAUST and INTAKE doors.

(15) Roll down and secure ECU canvas covers.

(16) Remove ladders from rear access door, laboratory compartment access door, and mechanical roomaccess door.

(17) Store rear platform.

(18) Store ECU maintenance platform.

(19) Store and secure ladders in accordance with TM 9-2330-362-14&P.

2-61

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION IV. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

Alphabetical Index


Emergency Stopping Procedures ................................................................................................................ 2-11Operation in Extreme Climates . .................................................................................................................. 2-10

2-10. OPERATION IN EXTREME CLIMATES.

The Petroleum Laboratory is insulated and weatherproofed for operation in hot, cold, or moderate climates. The shelterfacility provides complete protection from the elements for personnel and equipment; however, under extremeconditions, the following precautions are necessary.

a. Cold Climates. Extreme cold causes cables and wires to become hard, brittle and difficult to handle. Be carefulwhen handling the cables and connecting them to the petroleum laboratory, so that kinks and unnecessary loops willnot result in permanent damage. Make sure that connectors in the entrance boxes are free of frost, snow, and ice.Replace connector covers on receptacles as soon as a cable is disconnected. Never drag or place an open cableccnnector in the snow.

NOTE

The water lines shall be drained when operating in areas where thetemperature can fall below the freezing point (upon completion ofoperations, initiation of overnight/down-time or temporary storage/non-use). Follow procedures in paragraph 3.11.b. for draining water lines.

b. Hot Climates. In hot, dry climates, connectors, and receptacles are subject to damage from dust and dirt.Replace connector covers on receptacles when they are not in use. Never place an open cable connector on theground.

c. Warm, Damp Climates. In warm, damp climates, the equipment is subject to damage from moisture and fungi.Wipe all moisture and fungi from the equipment with a lint-free cloth.

2-11. EMERGENCY STOPPING PROCEDURE.

To turn the equipment off in an emergency, set the MAIN circuit breaker to OFF.

Change 2 2-62

TM 10-6640-215-13

CHAPTER 3

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE

Section I. Lubrication InstructionsSection II. Operator Troubleshooting ProceduresSection III. Operator Maintenance ProceduresSection IV. Administrative Storage

SECTION I. LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

Lubrication instructions for the basic semi-trailers' doors, leveling jacks, landing gear, etc., can be found in Chapter 3 ofTM 9-2330-362-14&P. For lubrication instructions concerning the ECUs, refer to TM 5-4120-317-14. Lubricationrequirements for other equipment used in the Petroleum Laboratory are contained in their respective TMs.

SECTION II. OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Alphabetical Index


Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 3-1Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................... 3-2

3-1. INTRODUCTION.

This sections contains operator troubleshooting information and procedures for locating and correcting commonmalfunctions which may develop in the laboratory.

Table 3-1 lists common malfunctions which you may find during operation or maintenance of the Petroleum Laboratoryor its components. You should perform the test/inspection and corrective actions in the order listed.

This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. If amalfunction is not listed or is not corrected by listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.

3-2. TROUBLESHOOTING.

Use the symptom index in table 3-1 for quick access to troubleshooting procedures in Table 3-2.

3-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 3-1. Symptom Index

TroubleshootingTableItem Number Title

1. No electrical power to laboratory (purge system does not operate).

2. All ceiling lights fail to come on.

3. Ceiling lights DS1, DS2, DS3, DS4, and DS5 fail to come on.

4. Ceiling lights DS6, DS7, DS8, DS9, and DS10 fail to come on.

5. Ceiling lights DS1 1, DS12, and DS13 fail to come on.

6. Group of white ceiling lights fail to come on (group blackout lights are on).

7. Mechanical room ceiling lights DS14 and DS15 fail to come on.

8. When one of the Petroleum Laboratory doors is opened, a group of white lights fail to go off and the groups'blackout lights fail to come on.

9. Emergency light DS7 or DS13 fail to come on when a power failure occurs.

10. Ceiling light inoperative or dim.

11. No power at one or more convenience (utility) outlets.

12. Environmental control unit(s) fail to operate.

13. Purge system continuously repeats purge cycle.

14. Air compressor motor fails to run when ON/OFF controller switch is on.

15. Air compressor motor runs but fails to drive compressor.

16. Air compressor continually cycles ON and OFF.

17. Vacuum pump fails to run when START button on motor controller is depressed.

18. Vacuum pump fails to develop a vacuum (motor running).

19. Low vacuum pressure.

20. Water pump fails to run when ON/OFF controller switch is on.

21. Water pump fails to deliver water at proper pressure.

22. Water pump continually cycles on and off.

23. Water chiller fails to run.

3-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 3-1. Symptom Index - continued


24. Water chiller runs but fails to produce chilled water.

25. Water heater fails to produce hot water.

26. Drain tank overflows (sump pump does not operate).

27. Electric still does not operate.

28. Gum bath fails to operate properly (pyrometer does not indicate).

29. High pressure boiler fails to raise the steam supplied by the low pressure boiler to the desired temperature(valve lineup is correct and low pressure boiler is operating).

30. Low pressure boiler fails to provide steam to high pressure boiler.

31. Gum bath/fume hood exhaust blower(s) fail to operate.

32. RVP bath fails to operate (stirrer motor will not run and pilot light fails to come on).

33. Manometer gives no pressure reading.

34. Manometer gives inaccurate (high/low) pressure reading.

35. Kinematic viscosity bath does not operate.

36. Centrifuge fails to operate (run pushbutton on, lamp out).

37. Distillation test apparatus fails to operate.

38. Freezer (ice cube maker) fails to operate.

39. Oxygen stability bath fails to operate.

40. Laboratory oven fails to operate (does not heat).

41. Burn-out furnace fails to heat (power switch on; power switch light not lit).

42. Burn-out furnace fails to heat (power switch on; power switch light lit; heater on light not lit).

43. Explosion proof refrigerator fails to operate.

44. JFTOT fails to operate (power switch on. red power indicator and cabinet lights not on).

3-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 3-2. Troubleshooting

MALFUNCTIONTEST OR INSPECTION

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. NO ELECTRICAL POWER TO LABORATORY (PURGE SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE).

Step 1. Check generator set power output switch is ON.

Place generator power output switch ON.

Step 2. Check generator set output voltage for correct setting.

Adjust voltage to 208-220 VAC.

WARNINGDo not come in contact with main power cable connections ongenerator set with power applied to laboratory. Death or seriousinjury may result.

Step 3. Check that main power cable is properly connected to generator set.

a. Turn generator set output power switch OFF.

b. Properly secure main power cable to connectors.

Step 4. Check that main power cable is properly connected to laboratory electrical power receptacle.

WARNINGDo not attempt to disconnect or connect main power cable tolaboratory electrical receptacle with generator set applying powerto the cable. Death or serious injury may result.

a. Place generator output power switch OFF.

b. Make proper power cable connection.

c. If purge system still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

WARNINGIf purge cycle has not taken place, do not enter the PetroleumLaboratory without first allowing the laboratory to vent to theatmosphere via the two laboratory doors for a minimum of 20minutes. Death or serious injury could result.

3-4

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 3-2. Troubleshooting- continued


CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. ALL CEILING LIGHTS FAIL TO COME ON.

Check and reset circuit breaker AICB1.

If lights still fail to operate, notify unit maintenance.

3. CEILING LIGHTS DSI, DS2, DS3, DS4, AND DS5 FAIL TO COME ON.

Step 1. Check operation of curbside and roadside door switches Sl3 AND S10.

Step 2. Check and reset circuit breaker A1CBI 1.


4. CEILING LIGHTS DS6, DS7, DS8, DS9, AND DS10 FAIL TO COME ON.

Step 1. Check operation of curbside and roadside door switches S12 AND S9.

Step 2. Check and reset circuit breaker A1CB9.


5. CEILING LIGHTS DSI 1, DS12, AND DS13 FAIL TO COME ON.

Step 1. Check operation of curbside and roadside door switches S14 and S11.

Step 2. Check and reset circuit breaker AICB13.


6. GROUP OF WHITE CEILING LIGHTS FAIL TO COME ON (GROUP BLACKOUT LIGHTS ARE ON).

Check operation of the group's door interlock switches.

a. Ensure door interlock switches are closed. White lights should come on.

b. If white light does not come on, notify unit maintenance.

7. MECHANICAL ROOM CEILING LIGHTS DS14 AND DS15 FAIL TO COME ON.

Step 1. Check operation of switch S3.

Step 2. Check and rest circuit breaker A15CB10.


3-5

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 3-2. Troubleshooting - continued


CORRECTIVE ACTION

8. WHEN ONE OF THE PETROLEUM LABORATORY DOORS IS OPENED, A GROUP OF WHITE LIGHTS FAIL TOGO OFF AND THE GROUP'S BLACKOUT LIGHTS FAILTO COME ON.

Check operation of the light group's door interlock switch.

a. Adjust door interlock switch.

b. If lights still fail to operate properly, notify unit maintenance.

9. EMERGENCY LIGHT DS7 OR DS13 FAIL TO COME ON WHEN A POWER FAILURE OCCURS.

Check operation of the appropriate emergency light switch, S17 or S18.

a. Ensure switch is in the ON position.

b. If emergency light still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

10. CEILING LIGHT INOPERATIVE OR DIM.

Step 1. Check fixture for burned out or weak lamps.

Replace defective lamps.

Step 2. Check lamp starter by replacing with a known good starter.

Replace defective starter.

11. NO POWER AT ONE OR MORE CONVENIENCE (UTILITY) OUTLETS.

Check and reset associated circuit breaker (5). Refer to tables 2-2, and 2-3.

If power is still not available at the outlet(s), notify unit maintenance.

12. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT(S) FAIL TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Check that electrical input connector on ECU(s) is properly mated.

Properly connect power input connector.

Step 2. Check and reset associated circuit breaker(s) located in POWER PANEL NO. 2.

If unit still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

3-6

TM 10-6640-215-13Table 3-2. Troubleshooting - continued


CORRECTIVE ACTION

13. PURGE SYSTEM CONTINUOUSLY REPEATS PURGE CYCLE.

WARNING

Do not enter laboratory for at least 10 minutes after door is opened to allow anygas accumulation to be vented to the atmosphere. Failure to comply with thiswarning could result in death or serious injury.

Step 1. Carefully open rear laboratory door.

Step 2. Enter laboratory and attempt to reset the gas alarm system.

If alarm system will not reset, place generator output switch OFF and call unit maintenance.

14. AIR COMPRESSOR MOTOR FAILS TO RUN WHEN ON/OFF CONTROLLERSWITCH IS ON.

Step 1. Check operation of controller ON/OFF switch.

Step 2. Check and reset circuit breaker A15CB6 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2.

If motor still fails to run, notify unit maintenance.

15. AIR COMPRESSOR MOTOR RUNS BUT FAILS TO DRIVE COMPRESSOR.

Check for broken or loose drive belt.

Replace or tighten drive belt in accordance with TM 10-4310-392-13&P.

16. AIR COMPRESSOR CONTINUALLY CYCLES ON AND OFF.

Step 1. Check system valves for partially open valves.

Close all system valves.

Step 2. Check operation of air system pressure switch.

a. Adjust pressure switch in accordance with TM 10-4310-392-13&P.

b. If pressure switch will not adjust properly, notify unit maintenance.

Step 3. Check system piping for leaks.

If leaks are found, notify unit maintenance.

3-7



CORRECTIVE ACTION

17. VACUUM PUMP FAILS TO RUN WHEN START BUTTON ON MOTORCONTROLLER IS DEPRESSED.

Check and reset circuit breaker A15CB9 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2.

If vacuum pump still fails to run, notify unit maintenance.

18. VACUUM PUMP FAILS TO DEVELOP A VACUUM (MOTOR RUNNING).

Check for broken or loose drive belt.

Replace or tighten belt as required in accordance with TM 10-4310-391-13&P.

19. LOW VACUUM PRESSURE.

Step 1. Check for open valves in the system.

Close all valves.

Step 2. Check for leaks in the system.


20. WATER PUMP FAILS TO RUN WHEN ON/OFF CONTROLLER SWITCH IS ON.

Step 1. Check operation of controller ON/OFF switch.


If motor still fails to run, notify unit maintenance.

21. WATER PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER WATER AT PROPER PRESSURE.

Step 1. Check level in water tank.

If level is low, fill water tank.

Step 2. Check for leaks in the system valves, piping and at the pump shaft seal.


Step 3. Check for dirty filter.

If filter is dirty, backflush filter.

3-8



CORRECTIVE ACTION

22. WATER PUMP CONTINUALLY CYCLES ON AND OFF

Step 1. Check system access valves for partially open valve(s).

Close all access valves.

Step 2. Check system piping for leaks.


Step 3. Check operation of water system pressure switch.

a. Adjust pressure switch. Refer to TM 10-4320-321-13&P.

b. If pressure switch will not adjust properly, notify unit maintenance.

23. WATER CHILLER FAILS TO RUN.

Check and reset circuit breaker A15CB7 located in POWER PANEL NO. 2.

If Chiller still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

24. WATER CHILLER RUNS BUT FAILS TO PRODUCE CHILLED WATER.

Check and adjust thermostat.

If Chiller still fails to produce chilled water, notify unit maintenance.

25. WATER HEATER FAILS TO PRODUCE HOT WATER.

Check and reset circuit breaker A1CB17 located in MAIN POWER PANEL NO. 1.

If heater still fails to produce hot water, notify unit maintenance.

26. DRAIN TANK OVERFLOWS (SUMP PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE).

Step 1. Check to see that sump pump is plugged into convenience outlet J14.

Step 2. Check and reset circuit breaker A1CB14 located in MAIN POWER PANEL.

If sump pump still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

3-9

TM 10-6640-215-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

27. ELECTRIC STILL DOES NOT OPERATE.

Step 1. Check to see that the still is plugged into convenience outlet, utility outlet no. 5.

Step 2. Check and reset circuit breaker AlCB16 located in MAIN POWER PANEL.

If still remains inoperative, notify unit maintenance.

28. GUM BATH FAILS TO OPERATE PROPERLY (PYROMETER DOES NOT INDICATE).

Step 1. Check operation of INT and AUX switches.

Place both switches ON.


If gum bath still does not operate properly, notify unit maintenance.

29. HIGH PRESSURE BOILER FAILS TO RAISE THE STEAM SUPPLIED BY THE LOW PRESSURE BOILER TO THE DESIRED TEMPERATURE (VALVE LINEUP IS CORRECT AN LOW PRESSURE BOILER IS OPERATING).

Step 1. Check position of gum bath AUX switch.

Place switch ON.


Step 3. Check position of high pressure boiler thermostat control.

If boiler still fails to operate properly, notify unit maintenance.

30. LOW PRESSURE BOILER FAILS TO PROVIDE STEAM TO HIGH PRESSURE BOILER.

Step 1. Check boiler ON/OFF switch in ON position.

Step 2. Check valve line up.

Open water feed valve, and close boiler drain valve.

Step 3. Check and reset circuit breaker A15CB5.

If low pressure boiler still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

3-10



CORRECTIVE ACTION

31. GUM BATH/FUME HOOD EXHAUST BLOWER(S) FAIL TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Check operation of blower GFI switches.

Reset GFI switch.

Step 2. Check exhaust door open.


If exhaust blower(s) still does not operate, notify unit maintenance.

32. RVP BATH FAILS TO OPERATE (STIRRER MOTOR WILL NOT RUN AND PILOTIGHT FAILS TO COME ON.

Step 1. Check operation of line switch.

Reset switch ON.


If RVP bath still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

33. MANOMETER GIVES NO PRESSURE READING.

Step 1. Check to see if pressure is not being supplied to either or both sides of theinstrument.

Step 2. Check for plugged or leaking pressure lines. Make applicable corrections.

Step 3. Inspect atmosphere pressure connection for proper venting to atmosphere.

a. Make applicable correction to ensure proper venting.

b. If manometer still fails to read pressure, notify unit maintenance.

34. MANOMETER GIVES INACCURATE (HIGH/LOW) PRESSURE READING .

Step 1. Check zero setting.

Adjust zero setting if required.

3-11

TM 10-6640-215-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

34. MANOMETER GIVES INACCURATE (HIGH/LOW) PRESSURE READING - (Cont)

Step 2. Check for leaks or obstructions.

a. Make applicable corrections.

b. If manometer still gives inaccurate readings, notify unit maintenance.

35. KINEMATIC VISCOSITY BATH DOES NOT OPERATE.

Step 1. Check that unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet for viscosity bath.

Step 2. Check that line switch is ON.


If bath still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

36. CENTRIFUGE FAILS TO OPERATE (RUN PUSHBUTTON ON, LAMP OUT).

Step 1. Ensure that unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet J11.

Step 2. Check position of line switch.

Place line switch ON.

Step 3. Check and reset circuit breaker AICB8 located in MAIN POWER PANEL.

If centrifuge still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

37. DISTILLATION TEST APPARATUS FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Ensure unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet for distillation unit.




If distillation test apparatus still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

3-12

TM 10-6640-215-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

38. FREEZER (ICE CUBE MAKER) FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Ensure unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet J 10.


Step 3. Check thermostat control.

Turn thermostat control knob to maximum cold setting.

If freezer still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

39. OXYGEN STABILITY BATH FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Check the 3-position heat switch.

Place switch in the HIGH HEAT position.


If bath still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

40. LABORATORY OVEN FAILS TO OPERATE (DOES NOT HEAT).

Step 1. Ensure unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet for laboratory oven.




If oven still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

41. BURN-OUT FURNACE FAILS TO HEAT (POWER SWITCH ON; POWER SWITCHLIGHT NOT LIT).

Step 1. Ensure unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet for muffler furnace.


If furnace still fails to heat, notify unit maintenance.

3-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

42. BURN-OUT FURNACE FAILS TO HEAT (POWER SWITCH ON; POWER SWITCHLIGHT LIT; HEATER ON LIGHT NOT LIT).

Ensure door is completely closed.

If furnace still fails to heat, notify unit maintenance.

43. EXPLOSION PROOF REFRIGERATOR FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Ensure unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet J7.

Step 2. Check position of temperature control knob.

Turn temperature control knob clockwise to maximum cold setting.


If refrigerator still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

44. JFTOT FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER SWITCH ON; RED POWER INDICATORAND CABINET LIGHTS NOT ON).

Step 1. Ensure unit's power cord is plugged into convenience outlet for JFTOT.


Step 3. Check convenience outlet.

If JFTOT still fails to operate, notify unit maintenance.

3-14

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION III. OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Alphabetical Index

Maintenance Item Paragraph

Aneroid Barometer .................................................. ........................................................................................... 3-8Electric Still .......................................................... .............................................................................................. 3-9Fluorescent Light Fixture..................................................................................................................................... 3-4Introduction ........................................................... ............................................................................................ 3-3Overpack Box .......................................................... .......................................................................................... 3-7Purge Intake Door Filters ................................................ ................................................................................... 3-5Pressure Recording Gage .................................................... .............................................................................. 3-6Typewriter Ribbon ...................................................... ........................................................................................ 3-10

3-3. INTRODUCTION .

This section contains instructions covering maintenance functions for the operator on the Petroleum Laboratory.Personnel required are listed only if the task requires more than one.

After completing each maintenance procedure, perform operational check to be sure that equipment is properlyfunctioning.

3-4. REMOVE/INSTALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE LAMP AND STARTER.

This task consists of: a. Removal b Installation

INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)

Equipment ConditionsPlace appropriate circuit breaker in the OFF position.

General Safety Instructions

WARNING

ELECTRICAL SHOCKBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur fromfailure to do this.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Fluorescent Lamp. See figure 3-1.

a. Loosen four captive screws holding diffuser to lamp fixture. Carefully remove diffuserfrom light fixture.

3-15

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 3-1. Fluorescent Lamp and Starter

3-16

TM 10-6640-215-13

3-4. REMOVE/INSTALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE LAMP AND STARTER- continued.

b. Release lamp retaining clip and rotate defective lamp until lamp prongs are free fromslot. Remove defective lamp.

NOTE

If center (blackout) lamp is the defective lamp, steps c and d must be performed.

c. Loosen two screws and rotate two standoff brackets 90 degrees. Remove center lamp as described in step b.

d. Remove blue filter tube from lamp and retain for reinstallation.

2. Remove Fluorescent Lamp Starter.

a. Loosen four captive screws holding diffuser to lamp fixture. Carefully remove diffuser from lightfixture.

b. Rotate starter until prongs are free from slots and remove defective starter.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Fluorescent Lamp.

a. Wrap one layer of 3/4 inch tape on both ends of lamp to extend onto the glass 3/8 inch.

b. Insert lamp into blue filter tube.

c. Position lamp retaining clips and align new lamp prongs with slots in light assembly.

d. Insert new lamp into slots and rotate 90 degrees. Reposition lamp retaining clips. For blackout lights, rotate standoff brackets 90 degrees and tighten four screws.

e. Install lamp diffuser to lamp fixture with four captive screws.

f. Place appropriate circuit breaker in the ON position.

NOTE

If new lamp is to be installed in the center (blackout lamp) position, install as persteps a through f. Perform steps c through f for fluorescent.

2. Install Fluorescent Lamp Starter.

NOTE

It may be necessary to remove adjacent lamp prior to installing starter.

3-17

TM 10-6640-215-13

3-4. REMOVE/INSTALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE LAMP ANDSTARTER - continued.

a. Align new starter prongs with starter slots in light fixture.

b. Insert new starter into slots and rotate 90 degrees.

c. Install lamp diffuser and secure diffuser to lamp fixture with four captive screws.

d. Place appropriate circuit breaker in the ON position.

NOTE

Procedures for removing and installing fluorescent lamps and lamp starters in theemergency light fixtures DS7 and DS13 are identical to the procedures outlined inparagraph 3-4. To test the emergency lights, place the main circuit breaker A1CBlin the OFF position. Emergency lights should come on.

3-5. REMOVE/INSTALL PURGE INTAKE DOOR FILTERS.

This task consists of: a. Removal b. Installation

INITIAL SET-UP:


Materials/Parts RequiredLockwasher, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

Remove Purge Door Filter. See figure 3-2.

a. Unlatch and open purge door if required.

b. Remove four screws and four lockwashers from purge door screen. Remove screen and dirty filter.

INSTALLATION

Install purge door filter.

a. Install a cleaned or new filter.

3-18

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 3-2. Purge Door Filter

3-19

TM 10-6640-215-133-5. REMOVE/INSTALL PURGE INTAKE DOOR FILTERS-continued..

b. Replace purge door .circle and fasten in place with four screws and lockwashers.

3-6. REMOVE INSTALL PRESSURE RECORDING GAGE.


INITIAL SET-UP:


Equipment ConditionsAll inputs to pressure gage disconnected.

REMOVAL

Remove Pressure Recording Gage. See figure 3-3.

a. Remove three hex-head mounting bolts and carefully remove pressure recording gage from wallmounts.

b. Refer to T.M 10-6685-365-13&P for adjustment or repair procedures required for the pressurerecording gage.

INSTALLATION

Install Pressure Recording Gage.

a. Align pressure recording gage with wall mounts.

b. Fasten pressure recording gage to wall mounts with three hex-head bolts.

3-20

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 3-3. Pressure Recording Gage3-21

TM 10-6640-215-133-7. REMOVE/INSTALL OVERPACK BOX HANDLE AND TIEDOWN RINGS.


INITIAL SET-UP:


REMOVAL

1. Remove Overpack Box Handle. See figure 3-4.

a. Remove five screws and five T-nuts attaching handle to box.

b. Remove damaged handle.

2. Remove Overpack Box Tiedown Ring.

a. Remove three screws and three T-nuts attaching tiedown ring to box.

b. Remove damaged tiedown ring.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Overpack Box Handle.

a. Align new handle with holes in box.

b. Attach handle with five screws and five T-nuts.

2. Install Overpack Box Tiedown Ring.

a. Align new tiedown ring with holes in box.

b. Attach tiedown ring with three screws and three T-nuts.

3-22

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 3-4. Overpack Box Handle and Tiedown Ring3-23

TM 10-6640-215-133-8. REMOVE/INSTALL ANEROID BAROMETER.


INITIAL SET-UP:


Materials/Parts RequiredLockwashers, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

a. Loosen three retaining ring mounting screws and carefully remove from wall. See figure 3-5.

b. Loosen two retaining ring clamp screws.

c. Separate barometer and mounting cushion from retaining ring.

d. Separate barometer from mounting cushion and save cushion for installation.

INSTALLATION

a. Install mounting cushion on new barometer and insert into retaining ring.

b. Tighten two retaining ring clamp screws until barometer is held securely in place.

c. Mount unit in place on wall using three retaining ring mounting screws and lock washers.

NOTE

When maintenance is required for equipment that is portable and require nopermanent mounting, this equipment should be removed from its storage in thePetroleum Laboratory and handled, packaged, adjusted, repaired or replaced inaccordance with their respective TMs listed in Appendix A.

3-24

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 3-5. Aneroid Barometer

3-25

TM 10-6640-215-13

3-9. REMOVE/INSTALL ELECTRIC STILL

This task consists of: a. Removal c. Installationb. Clean

INITIAL SET-UP:



WARNINGBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur fromfailure to do this.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Distilled Water Container. See figure 3-6.

The distilled water container is removed by simply separating the Velcro retaining strap and removing thedefective container from the supporting shelf.

2. Remove the Electric Still.

a. At MAIN POWER PANEL, place circuit breaker A1CB16 to the OFF position.

b. Remove still's electric power cord from convenience outlet.

c. Remove tubing from still and lift defective still free from shelf and retaining ring. Drain residual water fromstill.

CLEAN

a. Remove any loose scale or crud residue from still by blowing out with low pressure (20 psi) air.

b. Clean still's interior with a solution of 10% acidic acid to remove any buildup of scale or crud.

c. Rinse with fresh water, dry interior and exterior thoroughly.

3-26

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 3-6. Electric, Still3-27

TM 10-6640-215-13

3-9. REMOVE/INSTALL ELECTRIC STILL - continued.

INSTALLATION

1. Install the Distilled Water Container.

Place new container on supporting shelf and fasten in place with velcro retaining strap.

2. Install the Electric Still.

a. Place the new or cleaned still in the retaining ring on the support shelf.

b. Plug still's power cord into convenience outlet and place circuit breaker AICB16 in the ON position.

c. Run an operational check to test new or cleaned still.

3-10. REMOVE/INSTALLTYPEWRITER RIBBON.

This task consists of: a. Removal c. Installationb. Inspect

REMOVAL

1. Set ribbon color selector to the white indicator.

2. Depress shift lock key.

3. Remove ribbon spool cover (top cover) by pulling upward.

4. Raise two adjacent type bars simultaneously toward platen until they stay in raised position.

5. Disengage ribbon from ribbon vibrator slots.

6. Open ribbon holding arms and remove both spools.

INSTALLATION

1. Position new ribbon spools on right and left spool shafts by opening ribbon holding arms:White portion of ribbon must be towards the bottom.

2. Insert ribbon into ribbon guides.

3. Install ribbon spool cover.

3-28

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION IV. ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGEAlphabetical Index

Paragraph Title ParagraphIntroduction ........................................ ................................................................................................... 3-11Prior to Placing Unit in Storage ................................................ ............................................................. 3-11b.Storage Length and Readiness .............................................................................................................. 3-11a.Storage Site Selection ........................................................................................................................... 3-11c.

3-11. INTRODUCTION.

This section contains information on administrative storage procedures. If additional information is required, refer toTM 740-90-1.

a. Storage Length and Readiness. Placement of equipment in administrative storage should be for short periods oftime (1 to 45 days) when a shortage of maintenance efforts exists. Items should be in mission readiness within 24hours or within the time factors as determined by the directing authority. During the storage period, appropriatemaintenance records will be kept.

b. Prior to Placing Unit in Storage. Before placing equipment in administrative storage, current maintenance servicesand Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) evaluations should be completed, shortcomings anddeficiencies should be corrected, and all Modification Work Orders (MWOs) I should be applied. Water lines shallbe drained before storage. Drain water from piping as follows:

NOTE

Draining may be accomplished quickly by applying slight air pressure to supply andreturn lines.

1. Remove camlock.2. Open tank drain.3. Open system drain.4. Open spigot in sink.

c. Storage Site Selection. Inside storage is preferred for items selected for administrative storage. If inside storageis not available, the sites selected should provide required protection from the elements and allow access for visualinspection when applicable.

Change 2 3-29/(3-30 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13

CHAPTER 4

UNIT MAINTENANCE

SECTION I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE ANDSUPPORT EQUIPMENT

Alphabetical Index


Common Tools and Equipment ............................................. ........................................................................ 4-1Repair Parts ........................................................... ....................................................................................... 4-3Special Tools; Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment ....................................................................... 4-2

4-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT.

Appendix B, Section III contains the authorized common tools. For authorized equipment, refer to Modified Table ofOrganization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit.

4-2. SPECIAL TOOLS; TEST, MEASUREMENT, AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT;AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.

No special tools; test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment; or support equipment are required forthe repair of the Petroleum Laboratory at the unit level of maintenance.

4-3. REPAIR PARTS.

Repair Parts for the Petroleum Laboratory are listed and illustrated in TM 10-6640-215-23P, Unit and Direct SupportMaintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List for the Petroleum Laboratory, Semi-Trailer Mounted.

4-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

Alphabetical Index


General ............................................................. ............................................................................................ 4-4Inspecting and Preliminary Servicing of Equipment Upon Receipt.................................................................. 4-5

4-4. GENERAL

When new, used or reconditioned equipment is first received, it is the responsibility of the person in charge to determinewhether the equipment has been properly prepared for service by the supplying organization and to be sure it is incondition to perform its function. For this purpose, inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and accessories to be surethey are properly assembled, secure, clean and correctly adjusted and/or lubricated. Check all tools and equipment to besure every item is present, in good condition, clean and properly mounted or stowed.

4-5. INSPECTING AND PRELIMINARY SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT UPON RECEIPT. I

a. General Procedures.

(1) Visually inspect the Petroleum Laboratory body exterior starting at the rear to cover rear, curbside,roadside, front, top, and bottom. Inspect for damage, tears, breaks, or corrosion.

(2) Service Petroleum Laboratory exterior in accordance with TM 9-2330-362-14&P.

(3) Inspect and service the ECUs in accordance with TM 54120-371-14.

(4) Remove the overpack boxes.

(5) Enter Petroleum Laboratory and inspect for broken equipment or equipment loose and not secured.

(6) Close doors/vents to determine if light leaks exist.

(7) Inspect doors for damage, torn or rotted seals, and tightness of closure.

(8) Inspect interior for evidence of water damage, fungi, mildew, and corrosion.

(9) Inventory section contents against Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists (Appendix C).

(10) Inventory consumable supplies contained in section as shown in Appendix E.

4-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-5. INSPECTING AND PRELIMINARY SERVICING OF EQUIPMENTUPON RECEIPT- continued.

b. Special Procedures.

(1) Set Petroleum Laboratory up for operation and conduct operational checks on equipment in accordancewith chapter 2 in this manual when operators are available and power can be safely provided to the vanbody.

(2) Report damage or discrepancies in accordance with AR 735-11 and AR 735-11-2.

4-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION III. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS ANDSERVICES (PMCS)

Alphabetical Index


General .............................................................. ...................................................................................... 4-6Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services .................................................................................. 4-7PMCS Procedures .................................................................................................................................... 4-8

4-6. GENERAL.

To ensure that the Petroleum Laboratory is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected within designatedintervals so that defects may be discovered and corrected before they result in serious damage or failure. Table 4-1contains a tabulated listing of preventive maintenance checks and services to be performed by unit maintenancepersonnel. All deficiencies and shortcomings will be recorded as well as the corrective action taken on DA Form 2404 atthe earliest possible opportunity.

4-7. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES.

a. The item numbers of Table 4-1 indicate the sequence of the PMCS. Perform at the intervals shown below:

(1) Do your (Q) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE once each 3 months.

(2) Do your (S) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE once each 6 months.

(3) Do your (A) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE once each year.

(4) Do your (B) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE once each 2 years.

(5) Do your (H) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE at the hour interval listed.

b. If something doesn't work, troubleshoot it with the instructions in this manual or notify your supervisor.

c. Always do your preventive maintenance in the same order, so it gets to be a habit. Once you've had somepractice, you'll spot anything wrong in a hurry.

d. If anything looks wrong and you can't fix it, write it down on your DA Form 2404. If you find somethingseriously wrong, report it to direct support as soon as possible.

(1) Keep it clean: Dirt, grease, oil and debris only get in the way and may cover up a serious problem.Clean as you work and as needed. Use soap and water when you clean rubber or plastic material.

4-4

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-7. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES- continued.

(2) Bolts, nuts and screws: Check that they are not loose, missing, bent or broken. You can't try them allwith a tool, of course, but look for chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads. Tighten anythat you find loose.

(3) Welds: Look for loose or chipped paint, rust or gaps where parts are welded together. If you find abad weld, report it to you supervisor.

(4) Electric wires and connectors: Look for cracked or broken insulation, bare wires and loose or brokenconnectors. Tighten loose connections and make sure the wires are in good condition.

(5) Hoses and fluid lines; Look for wear, damage, and leaks. Make sure clamps and fittings are tight. Wetspots show leaks, of course, but a stain around a fitting or connector can mean a leak. If a leak comesfrom a loose fitting or connector, tighten it. If something is broken or worn out, either correct it orreport it to direct support maintenance (refer to MAC).

e. It is necessary for you to know how fluid leaks affect the status of your equipment. The following aredefinitions of the types/classes of leakage you need to know to be able to determine the status of your equipment.Learn and be familiar with them and REMEMBER WHEN IN DOUBT, NOTIFY YOUR SUPERVISOR.

Leakage definitions for unit PMCS

CLASS I Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to form drops.

CLASS II Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to drip from the item beingchecked/inspected.

CLASS III Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from the item being checked/inspected

4-8. PMCS PROCEDURES.

Specific procedures for performance of preventive maintenance checks and services are given in Table 4-1.

Individual Equipment Unit PMCS. Unit PMCS procedures for equipments covered by their own individual TMs will beoutlined in those TMs. (Refer to Appendix A for TM numbers).

4-5

TM 10-6640-215-13Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

Item Interval Item To Be Procedure Not Fully MissionNo. Checked Or Capable If:

Serviced

NOTEPerform operator/crewPMCS prior to or in conjunc-tion with unit PMCS if:

1 Quarterly Van, Semi-Trailer Perform PMCS in accordance withTM 9-2330-362-14&P

2 Quarterly Utilities Box a. Check box door and gasket for Gasket or door are dam-damaged.

b. Check water hose adapters for Water hose adapters aredamage. damaged or broken.

c. Check inlet/outlet valve direc- Inlet/outlet valve does nottional lever. properly operate.

3 Quarterly Power Entry a. Check panel door and gasket for Gasket or panel door arePanel damaged. damage.

b. Check electrical input connector Electrical input connectorand cover for damage. or cover are damaged.

c. Check grounding lug for dam- Grounding lug for damage.age.

d. Check service outlet and cover Service outlet or cover arefor damage. damaged.

e. Check phone connector for Phone connector is dam-damage. aged.

4 Quarterly Fume Chamber/ Check door assembly and gasket for Gasket or box door areGum Bath Vent damage. damaged.Exhaust DoorAssembly

5 Quarterly Electrical System a. Check power cable and its con- Power cable and connectorsnectors for damage. are damaged.

b. Check panel board assemblies Panel board assemblies orand doors for loose or missing fas- doors are damaged. Fas-teners and broken or damaged elec- teners, electrical connec-trical connections and fuseholders. tions, or fuseholders areloose, broken, or damaged.

c. Check all blackout micro- Blackout microswitches doswitches for proper loose or missing not operate properly; hard-hardware and broken or damaged ware loose or missing, orelectrical connections. electrical connections looseor broken.

d. Check motor controllers, doors, Motor controllers, doors, orand covers for loose or missing fas- covers damaged. Fastenersteners and broken or damaged elec- missing or loose, electricaltrical connections. connections loose or bro-

ken.4-6

TM 10-6640-215-13Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

Item Interval Item To Be Procedure Not Fully MissionNo. Checked Or Capable If:

Serviced6 Quarterly Environmental Perform PMCS in accordance with

Control Units TM 5-4120-371-14.

7 Quarterly Purge System a. Check purge intake and exhaust Damaged hinges, gaskets,doors for damage. Check screen/fil- or latches. Screen or filterter, hinges, gaskets, latches, and fas- damaged. Fasteners looseteners. or damaged.

b. Check purge intake and exhaust Dampers or motors aredoor dampers and motors for loose damaged. Fasteners oror missing fasteners and broken or electrical connectionsdamaged electrical connections. loose, broken, or damaged.

c. Check ECU intake ducts located Ducts do not operate prop-in the machinery room for loose or erly; hardware loose ormissing hardware, screens, gaskets, missing, screens or gasketsand broken or damaged electrical damaged, or electrical con-connections. nections loose or broken.

d. Check purge door limit switches Switches damaged, fasten-for proper operation. Check fasteners missing or loose, elec-ers and electrical connections. trical connections loose orbroken.

8 Quarterly Air System NOTERefer to TM 10-4310-392-13&P for further PMCSinstructions.

a. Check compressor for proper Compressor does not oper-operation. Check mounting hard- ate properly. Mountingware and electrical connections. hardware loose or missing.

b. Check air tank for leaks. Check Air tank or fittings leak.tank mounting hardware. Mounting hardware is looseor missing.

c. Check pressure switch and gage Pressure switch and gagefor proper operation. Check electri- do not operate properly.cal connection. Connections loose or bro-

ken.

d. Check system tubing and piping System tubing or piping. for leaks leaks.

e. Check system valves for leaks. System valves leak.

9 Quarterly Vacuum System a. Check vacuum pump for dam- Pump does not operateage. Check mounting hardware and properly. Mounting hard-electrical connections. ware is loose or missing.

b. Check system tubing and piping System tubing or pipingfor leaks. leaks.

c. Check system valves for leaks. System valves leak.

4-7

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

Item Interval Item To Be Procedure Not Fully MissionNo. Checked Or Capable

Serviced

10 Quarterly Water System NOTERefer to TM 10-4320-321-13&Pfor further PMCSinstructions.

a. Check water pump for damage.Check mounting hardware andelectrical connections.

Pump does not operateproperly. Mounting hard-ware is loose or missing.missing.

b. Check water tank for leaks. Water tank leaks. Mount-Check mounting hardware andelectrical connections

ing hardware is loose or

c. Check surge tank for leaks. Tank or fittings leak.Check mounting hardware. Mounting hardware is looseor missing.

d. Check water pressure switch Switch or gage does not op-and gage for proper operation. erate properly. MountingCheck mounting hardware andelectrical connections

hardware loose or missing.

. Water tank leaks. Mount-e. Check water chiller for leaks. ing hardware is loose orCheck mounting hardware. missing.

NOTERefer to TM 10-4130-240-13&P for further PMCSinstructions.

f. Check water chiller for proper Water chiller does not oper-operation. Check mounting hard- ate properly. Mountingware and electrical connection. hardware loose or missing.

g. Check water heater for leaks. Water heater leaks. Mount-Check mounting hardware andelectrical connections.

ing hardware is loose ormissing.

h. Check electric still for proper Electric still does not oper-operation. Check mounting hard- ate properly. Mountingware and electrical connection. hardware is loose or mis-sing.

i. Check drain tank for leaks. Tank, tubing, piping, or fit-Check mounting hardware andelectrical connections.

tings leak. Mounting hard-

4-8

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

Item Interval Item To Be Procedure Not Fully MissionNo. Checked Or

ServicedCapable If:

11 Quarterly Gas Alarm NOTESystem Refer to TM 10-6665-297-

13&P for further PMCSinstructions.

Check gas alarm control unit andgas detector for damage. Checkmounting hardware and electricalconnections.

Alarm control unit and gasdetector damaged. Mountinghardware is loose or missing,electrical connections loose

12 Quarterly Cabinet System a. Check wall cabinets for bindingor jamming drawers. Checkhinges, latches, and mountinghardware or missing.

Drawers jam or bind.Latches or hinges broken.Mounting hardware is loose

b. Check desiccating cabinets, Cabinets, door gasket, ordoor gasket, and relief valve fordamage. Check mountinghardware.

relief valve damaged.Mounting hardware is looseor missing

c. Check fume chamber forbinding or jamming door andfitting or valves for leaks. Checkmounting hardware.

. Door is binding or jamming,fittings or valves leak. Mountinghardware loose or missing.

13 Semi- Propane Locker Check vents for bent or broken Vent screens are bent orAnnually Vents screens. broken.

14 Semi-Annually

Electrical System a. Check emergency light ballastboxes for loose electrical connections or missing fasteners.

Electrical connections areloose; fasteners loose ormissing.

b. Check explosive proof distribution boxes for loose electrical connections or missing fasteners.

Electrical connections areloose; fasteners loose ormissing.

c. Check all wall switches and Covers damaged, fastenerselectrical receptacles for damagedcovers, missing fasteners, andloose or broken electricalconnections.

loose or missing, or electricalconnections loose or broken.

d. Check all ECU remote controls Knobs or fasteners loose orfor missing control knobs and fasteners, and loose or brokenelectrical connections.

missing, or electricalconnections loose or broken.

15 Semi-Annually

Cabinet System Check metal lockers for binding orjamming doors, broken latches,and loose or missing mountinghardware.

Doors bind or jam, latchesbroken, or mounting hardwareloose or missing

16 SemiAnnually

Cabinet System Check bookcases for binding orjamming doors and loose ormissing mounting hardware

Doors bind or jam, or mountinghardware loose or missing.

4-9/(4-10 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION IV. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

4-9. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.

Unit troubleshooting procedures listed in Table 4-2 cover the most common malfunctions that may be repaired at the unitlevel. Repair or adjustment requiring specialized equipment is not authorized unless such equipment is available.Troubleshooting procedures used by the operator should be conducted in addition to the unit troubleshooting procedures.This manual cannot list all the possible malfunctions or every possible test/inspection and corrective action. If amalfunction is not listed or corrected by a listed corrective action, notify your supervisor.

Table 4-1. Symptom Index


1 No electrical power to laboratory (generator output switch on and power cable properly connected).

2. Fluorescent light bulb fails to light (other bulbs in fixture light).

3. Emergency light fails to come on when normal power is lost.

4. No power available in Petroleum Laboratory (purge cycle took place and circuit breaker A1CB1 placed in ONposition).

5. A group of ceiling lights fail to operate (all other ceiling lights operate).

6. Door interlock (micro) switch does not operate properly.

7. Convenience outlet (receptacle) inoperative.

8. A/C (ECU) remote control unit fails to operate properly (power available).

9. Environmental Control Unit fails to operate properly (power available).

10. Purge damper (intake, exhaust, or ECU intake) fails to operate.

11. Purge door limit switch fails to operate.

12. Air compressor motor fails to run (power available to motor controller).

13. Leaks in system cause compressor to cycle on and off.

14. Air pressure switch causing compressor to cycle on and off.

15. Vacuum pump motor fails to run (power available to motor controller).

4-11

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 4-1. Symptom Index -continued


16. Vacuum pressure low due to leaks in system.

17. Water pump fails to run (power available to motor controller).

18. Water pressure low due to leaks in the system.

19. Water pressure switch fails to operate properly.

20. Water chiller fails to produce chilled water (power available).

21. Water heater fails to produce hot water (power available).

22. Sump pump fails to operate (power available).

23. Gas alarm system fails to operate or operates improperly.

24. Gum bath fails to operate properly (power available).

25. High pressure boiler fails to operate (power available).

26. Low pressure boiler fails to operate (power available).

27. RVP bath fails to operate (power available).

28. Manometer fails to operate (no physical damage apparent).

29. Kinematic viscosity test bath fails to operate (power available).

30. Centrifuge fails to operate (power available).

31. Distillation test apparatus fails to operate (power available).

32. Freezer fails to produce ice cubes (power available).

33. Oxygen stability bath fails to operate (power available).

34. Laboratory oven fails to operate (power available).

35. Burnout furnace fails to operate (power available).

36. Explosion proof refrigerator fails to operate (power available).

37. JFTOT fails to operate (power available).

4-12

TM 10-6640-215-13

Table 4-2. Troubleshooting


CORRECTIVE ACTION

WARNINGBefore performing any maintenance actions on electricalequipment, ensure all electrical power has been turned off.Failure to comply with this warning may result in serious injuryor death.

NOTERefer to electrical schematic diagram FO-1 located in back ofmanual when troubleshooting electrical system.

1. NO ELECTRICAL POWER TO LABORATORY (GENERATOR OUTPUT SWITCH ON AND POWER CABLEPROPERLY CONNECTED).

WARNINGDo not come in contact with main power cable connections ongenerator set with power applied to laboratory. Death orserious injury may result.

Step 1. Place generator output switch OFF and shut generator down.

Step 2. Disconnect power cable from both generator and petroleum laboratory.

Step 3. Using multimeter, check power cable for open or shorted leads.

If open or shorted lead is found, replace power cable. See paragraph 4-15.

2. FLUORESCENT LIGHT BULB FAILS TO LIGHT (OTHER BULBS IN FIXTURE LIGHT).Step 1. Replace starter with known good starter.

Bulb still fails to light.

Step 2. Replace bulb with known good bulb.

Bulb still fails to light.

Replace ballast. See paragraph P16.

3. EMERGENCY LIGHT FAILS TO COME ON WHEN NORMAL POWER IS LOST.

Step 1. Check appropriate emergency light switch ON.

Light switch ON.

Step 2. Replace ballast in appropriate ballast box. See paragraph P17.

4-13

TM 10-6640-215-13Table 4-2. Troubleshooting- continued


CORRECTIVE ACTION

4. NO POWER AVAILABLE IN PETROLEUM LABORATORY (PURGE CYCLE TOOK PLACE AND CIRCUITBREAKER AICBI PLACED IN ON POSITION).

Reset circuit breaker A1CB1.

If power still not available, replace circuit breaker A 1CB1. See paragraph 4-19.

5. A GROUP OF CEILING LIGHTS FAILS TO OPERATE (ALL OTHER CEILING LIGHTS OPERATE).

Step 1. Check that power is available at appropriate wall light switch.

a. If power is available, replace switch. Refer to paragraph 4-23.

b. If power is not available, proceed to step 2.

Step 2. Check and reset appropriate circuit breaker.

If power still not available, replace circuit breaker. See paragraph 4-19.

6. DOOR INTERLOCK (MICRO) SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY.

Step 1. Check switch electrical connections.

Step 2. Adjust switch.

If switch still fails to operate properly, replace the door interlock switch. See paragraph 4-24.

7. CONVENIENCE OUTLET (RECEPTACLE) INOPERATIVE.

Step 1. Check that power is available at outlet.

a. If power is available, replace outlet. See paragraph 4-25.

b. If power is not available, proceed to step 2.

Step 2. Check and reset appropriate circuit breaker.

If power is still not available, replace circuit breaker. See paragraph 4-19.

8. A/C (ECU) REMOTE CONTROL UNIT FAILS TO OPERATE PROPERLY (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot in accordance with TM 5-1420-371-14. If necessary, replace faulty remote control unit. Seeparagraph 4-26.

4-14



CORRECTIVE ACTION9. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT FAILS TO OPERATE PROPERLY (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot in accordance with TM 5-1420-371-14 and if necessary, replace faulty unit. See paragraph 4-28.

10. PURGE DAMPER (INTAKE, EXHAUST, OR ECU INTAKE) FAILS TO OPERATE .

Step 1. Check that damper operating linkage is not loose or broken.

If linkage is loose, reattach linkage.

Step 2. Check that electrical power is available to damper motor.

If linkage is connected and power available to motor, replace motor. See paragraphs 4-30, 4-31, 4-33or 4-35 for specific motor.

11. PURGE DOOR LIMIT SWITCH FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Check for loose electrical connections.

Step 2. Check that power is available to switch.

If power is available, replace switch. See paragraph 4-29 or 4-32 for specific switch.

12. AIR COMPRESSOR MOTOR FAILS TO RUN (POWER AVAILABLE TO MOTOR CONTROLLER).

Step 1. Check operation of controller (refer to FO-1).

Step 2. Check operation of air pressure switch.

Step 3. If controller and pressure switch are operating properly, continue to troubleshoot the air compressor inaccordance with TM 10-4310-392-13&P.

If problem cannot be resolved, replace the air compressor. See paragraph 4-36.

13. LEAKS IN SYSTEM CAUSE COMPRESSOR TO CYCLE ON AND OFF.

Step 1. Check air system piping, tubing, and unions for leaks.

If leaks are found, repair or replace the leaking item. See paragraph 4-36.

Step 2. Check for leaking air system valves.

Replace faulty valves. See paragraph 4-36.

4-15



CORRECTIVE ACTION

14. AIR PRESSURE SWITCH CAUSING COMPRESSOR TO CYCLE ON AND OFF.

Adjust pressure switch. Refer to TM 10-4310-392-13&P.

If switch will not adjust to operate properly, replace the pressure switch. See paragraph 4-36.

15. VACUUM PUMP MOTOR FAILS TO RUN (POWER AVAILABLE TO MOTOR CONTROLLER).

Step 1. Check operation of controller.

If controller does not operate, refer to paragraph 4-27.

Step 2 Continue to troubleshoot in accordance with TM 10-4310-391-13&P.

If problem cannot be resolved, replace the vacuum pump. See paragraph 4-37.

16. VACUUM PRESSURE LOW DUE TO LEAKS IN SYSTEM.

Step 1. Check vacuum system piping, tubing, and unions for leaks.

If leaks are found, repair or replace the leaking item. See paragraph 4-37.

Step 2. Check operation of vacuum pressure switch.

17. WATER PUMP FAILS TO RUN (POWER AVAILABLE TO MOTOR CONTROLLER).

Step 1. Check operation of motor controller (refer to FO-1).

Step 2. Check operation of water pressure switch.

Step 3. If controller and pressure switch are operating properly, continue troubleshooting in accordance withTM 104310-391-13&P.

If problem cannot be resolved, notify direct support maintenance to replace water pump.18. WATER PRESSURE LOW DUE TO LEAKS IN THE SYSTEM.

Check system for leaking piping, tubing, unions, valves, supply tank, surge tank, or pump.

When leak is isolated, notify direct support maintenance to replace faulty item.

4-16

TM 10-6640-215-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

19. WATER PRESSURE SWITCH FAILS TO OPERATE PROPERLY.

Step 1. Check that electrical power is available at the switch.

Step 2. Adjust the switch. Refer to TM 10-4310-391-13&P.

If pressure switch still fails to operate properly, replace the switch. See paragraph 4-39.

20. WATER CHILLER FAILS TO PRODUCE CHILLED WATER (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot in accordance with TM 10- 4130-240-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, notify direct supportmaintenance to replace water chiller.

21. WATER HEATER FAILS TO PRODUCE HOT WATER (POWER AVAILABLE).

Check water input/output valve line up.

If valve line up is correct, notify direct support maintenance to replace water heater.

22. SUMP PUMP FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot pump in accordance with TM 10-4320-320-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, notify direct supportmaintenance to replace sump pump.

23. GAS ALARM SYSTEM FAILS TO OPERATE OR OPERATES IMPROPERLY.

Step. 1 Calibrate system in accordance with TM 10-6665-297-13&P.

System will not calibrate or adjust.

Step 2. Troubleshoot system in accordance with TM 10-6665-297-13&P.

If problem cannot be resolved, replace detector element and/or alarm control unit. See paragraph 4-40.

24. GUM BATH FAILS TO OPERATE PROPERLY (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot gum bath in accordance with TM 10-6630-234-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, notify directsupport maintenance to replace gum bath.

4-17

TM 10-6640-215-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

25. LOW PRESSURE BOILER FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Step 1. Check water supply to the boiler.

Water is available.

Step 2. Check output valve line up.

Line up is correct.

If boiler still fails to operate, notify direct support maintenance to replace low pressure boiler.

26. HIGH PRESSURE BOILER FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAIL ABLE).

Check system input/output valve line up.

If valve line up is correct, notify direct support maintenance to replace boiler.

27. RVP BATH FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot RVP bath in accordance with TM 10-6640-226-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace theRVP bath. See paragraph 4-44.

28. MANOMETER FAILS TO OPERATE (NO PHYSICAL DAMAGE APPARENT).

Replace the manometer. See paragraph 4-44.

29. KINEMATIC VISCOSITY TEST BATH FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot bath in accordance with TM 10-6630-239-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace thekinematic viscosity test bath. See paragraph 4-45.

30. CENTRIFUGE FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot centrifuge in accordance with TM 10-6640-230-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace thecentrifuge. See paragraph 4-46.

31. DISTILLATION TEST APPARATUS FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot failed unit in accordance with TM 10-6630-233-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace thefailed unit. See paragraph 4-47.

4-18

TM 10-6640-215-13



CORRECTIVE ACTION

32. FREEZER FAILS TO PRODUCE ICE CUBES (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot freezer in accordance with TM 10-6640-234-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, notify directsupport to replace the freezer.

33. OXYGEN STABILITY BATH FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot bath in accordance with TM 10-6640-232-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace the oxidationstability bath. See paragraph 4-48.

34. LABORATORY OVEN FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot oven in accordance with TM 10-6640-218-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace the oven.See paragraph 4-49.

35. BURNOUT FURNACE FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot furnace in accordance with TM 10-6640-231-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace theburnout furnace. See paragraph 4-50.

36. EXPLOSION PROOF REFRIGERATOR FAILS TO OPERATE (P OWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot in accordance with TM 10-6640-219-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace the refrigerator.See paragraph 4-51.

37. JFTOT FAILS TO OPERATE (POWER AVAILABLE).

Troubleshoot in accordance with TM 10-6635-210-13&P. If problem cannot be resolved, replace JFTOT. Seeparagraph 4-52.

4-19

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION V. UNIT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

4-10. INTRODUCTION.

This section contains instructions covering maintenance functions for unit level maintenance on the PetroleumLaboratory. Personnel required are listed only if the task requires more than one.

After completing each maintenance procedure, perform operational check to be sure that equipment is properlyfunctioning.

Alphabetical IndexMaintenance Title Paragraph

A/C Remote Controls .................................................... .............................................................................. 4-26Air System ............................................................ ...................................................................................... 4-36Balance System ........................................................ .................................................................................. 4-42Burnout Furnace ....................................................... .................................................................................. 4-50Blackout Microswitch ................................................................................................................................... 4-24Cabinet System ........................................................................................................................................... 4-41Centrifuge System ...................................................... ................................................................................ 4-46Curbside Exhaust Damper Motor ................................................................................................................. 4-35Curbside Stowage Box ................................................... ............................................................................. 4-56Distillation Test Apparatus ........................................................................................................................... 4-47ECU Intake Damper/Motor ............................................... ........................................................................... 4-31Emergency Lights Ballast ................................................ ............................................................................ 4-17Emergency Lights Ballast Box ..................................................................................................................... 4-18Environmental Control Units, 18,000 BTU .................................... ............................................................... 4-28Explosion Proof Distribution Box (A13) ........................................................................................................ 4-22Explosion Proof Refrigerator .............................................. ......................................................................... 4-51Explosive Proof Distribution Box (A3) .......................................................................................................... 4-20Fume Chamber and Gum Bath Vent Exhaust Door Assembly ...................... ............................................... 4-14Gas Alarm System ...................................................... ................................................................................ 4-40Gas Cylinders and Gas Regulator Valves .................................................................................................... 4-53GFI Indicating Switches ............................................................................................................................... 4-57Gum Bath/Fume Hood Exhaust Blower Hoses ................................. ........................................................... 4-43Laboratory Ovens ........................................................................................................................................ 4-49Light Ballast .......................................................... ...................................................................................... 4-16Machinery Room Exhaust Damper Motor ..................................... ............................................................... 4-33Main Power Panel ...................................................... ................................................................................. 4-19Manometer Air Regulator Valve ........................................... ....................................................................... 4-38Motor Controllers ......................................................................................................................................... 4-27Oxygen Stability Unit ................................................................................................................................... 4-48Power Cable ........................................................... .................................................................................... 4-15Power Entry Panel ...................................................... ................................................................................ 4-12Power Panel No. 2 ...................................................... ............................................................................... 4-21Propane Locker Vents ................................................... .............................................................................. 4-13Purge Exhaust Door, Curbside ............................................. ....................................................................... 4-34Purge Exhaust Door, Machinery Room ........................................................................................................ 4-32Purge Intake Door Damper Motor. .............................................................................................................. 4-30

4-20

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-10. INTRODUCTION-continued.

Alphabetical Index - continued

Maintenance Title Paragraph

Purge Intake Doors ..................................................... ................................................................................ 4-29Receptacles ........................................................... ..................................................................................... 4-25Roadside Stowage Box ................................................... ............................................................................ 4-55RVP Testing System ..................................................... .............................................................................. 4-44Thermal Stability Tester, JFTOT ........................................... ...................................................................... 4-52Utilities Box ................................................................................................................................................. 4-11Vacuum System .......................................................................................................................................... 4-37Viscosity Testing System ................................................. ........................................................................... 4-45Wall Switches ......................................................... .................................................................................... 4-23Water Level Regulator .................................................. .............................................................................. 4-54Water System .......................................................... ................................................................................... 4-39

4-11. REPAIR UTILITIES BOX.

This task covers: a. Removal b. Installationc. Installation

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Portable Electric Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Twist Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Hand Blind Riveter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 3)

Materials/Parts RequiredLockwashers, (Appendix F)Gaskets, (Appendix F)Adhesive, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 3)

REMOVAL

1. Remove Door Assembly. See figure 4-1.

a. Remove seven rivets that secure door assembly to semi-trailer van.

b. Unlatch door assembly from semi-trailer van and remove door assembly.

2. Remove Coupling Assembly.

a. Remove four screws, nuts, and washers that secure coupling assembly to utilities box.

b. Remove coupling assembly and gasket from utilities box.

3. Remove Direction Valve Lever.

a. Remove four screws that secure direction valve lever to utilities box.

4-21

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-1. Utilities Box Repair

4-22

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-11. REPAIR UTILITIES BOX-continued.

b. Remove direction valve lever with gasket from utilities box.

4. Remove Utilities Box and Casket.

a. Remove gasket.

b. Remove remaining fourteen rivets that secure utilities box to semi-trailer van.

c. Remove utilities box from semi-trailer van.

REPAIR

1. Repair Door Assembly. See Figure 4-1

a. Remove screw flat washer, and wave washer from each latch.

b. Remove the two latches from door assembly.

c. Install replacement latches with wave washers, flat washers, and screws.

d. Remove two screws, nuts, lock washers. flat washers from clamp cover.

e. Remove clamp cover from door assembly.

f. Install replacement clamp cover with two screws, flat washer, lock washer, and nut.

g. Remove two screws, lock washers, flat washers, and latch keeper from rivnut and support.

h. Install replacement latch keeper to rivnut and support. Secure with flat washers, lock washers, and screws.

2. Repair Utilities Box.

a. Remove two ball studs from rivnuts in utilities box.

b. Install replacement ball studs into rivnuts.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Utilities Box and Gasket. See figure 4-1.

a. Position utilities box on semi-trailer van.

b. Secure utilities box sides and bottom to semi-trailer van with fourteen rivets.

c. Position new gasket on utilities box and fasten in place with adhesive.

4-23

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-11. REPAIR UTILITIES BOX-continued.

2. Install Direction Valve.

a. Position direction valve with new gasket on utilities box.

b. Secure direction valve to utilities box with four screws.

3. Install Coupling Assembly.

a. Place new gasket on coupling assembly.

b. Position coupling assembly with gasket into utilities box.

c. Secure coupling assembly with four screws, washers, and nuts.

4. Install Door Assembly.

a. Position door assembly over utilities box.

b. Secure door assembly by installing seven rivets through door assembly with utilities box between door andsemi-trailer van (3)

c. Latch door assembly to semi-trailer van.

4-12. REMOVE/INSTALL POWER ENTRY PANEL

This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Portable Electric Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Twist Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Hand Blind Riveter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 3)Soldering Gun, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Materials/Parts RequiredRivets, (Appendix F)


WARNING

ELECTRICAL SHOCKBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical power has beenturned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Power Entry Panel. See figure 4-2.

4-24

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-2. Power Entry Panel

4-25

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-12. REMOVE/INSTALL POWER ENTRY PANEL continued.

a. Turn off all equipment.

b. Open all circuit breakers located in the Main Power Panel.

c. Shut down the generator.

d. Disconnect power cable ground wire, telephone cables and electrical cords from power entry panel.

e. Remove twenty-one rivets attaching power entry panel to semi-trailer van.

f. Remove power entry panel from semi-trailer van far enough to allow leads to be tagged.

g. Tag electric leads for reconnection and disconnect electrical leads.

h. Remove power entry panel.

INSTALLATION

Install Power Entry Panel. See figure 4-2.

a. Position new power entry panel in place for connecting electrical leads.

b. Attach tagged leads to proper connection points and remove tags.

c. Insert power entry panel into wall opening of semi-trailer van and align rivet holes.

d. Install twenty-one rivets and attach power entry panel to semi-trailer van.

e. Connect power input cable. See paragraph 4-15.

4-13. REMOVE/INSTALL PROPANE LOCKER VENTS.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Portable Electric Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Twist Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Materials/Parts RequiredRivets, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

Remove Propane Locker Vents. See figure 4-3.

a. Remove eight rivets that secure propane locker vents to semi-trailer van.

b. Remove propane locker vents from semi-trailer van.4-26

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-3. Propane Locker Vents

4-27

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-13. REMOVE/INSTALL PROPANE LOCKER VENTS- continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Propane Locker Vents.. See figure 4-3.

a. Place propane locker vents into openings of semi-trailer van.

b. Secure propane locker vents to semi-trailer van with eight rivets.

4-14. REMOVE/INSTALL FUME CHAMBER AND GUM BATH VENT EXHAUST DOORASSEMBLY.

This task covers: a. Removal b. Installationc. Installation

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Portable Electric Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Twist Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Hand Blind Riveter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 3)

Materials/Parts RequiredFilter, (Appendix F)Rivets, (Appendix F)Gaskets, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

Remove Door Assembly. See figure 4-4.

a. Remove eight screws, lockwashers, and flat washers from filter.

b. Remove filter from vent box.

c. Remove four screws, lockwashers, and flat washers that secure the two damper frames to vent box.

d. Remove twenty-one rivets that secure door assembly and vent box to semi-trailer van.

e. Remove door assembly, gasket, and vent box from semi-trailer van.

REPAIR

1. Repair Latches.. See figure 4-4.

a. Remove two screws, flat washers, and wave washers from each latch.

4-28

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-4. Fume Chamber and Gum Bath Vent Exhaust Door Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)

4-29

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-4. Fume Chamber and Gum Bath Vent Exhaust Door Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)

4-30

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-14. REMOVE/INSTALL FUME CHAMBER AND GUM BATH VENT EXHAUST DOORASSEMBLY - continued.

b. Remove the two latches from door assembly.

2. Repair Clamp Cover. See figure 4-4.

a. Remove screws, nuts, lock washers, and flat washers from clamp cover.

b. Remove clamp cover from door assembly.

3. Repair Latch Keepers. See figure 4-4.

a. Remove two screws, lock washers, flat washers, and latch keepers from rivnuts and supports.

b. Remove latch keepers.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Latches. See figure 4-4.

Install the two replacement latches with two wave washers, flat washers and screws.

2. Install Clamp Covers. See figure 4-4.

Install replacement clamp cover with two screws, flat washers, lock washers, and nuts.

3. Install Latch Keepers. See figure 4-4.

Install replacement latch keepers to vent box with two flat washers, lock washers, and screws.

4. Install Door Assembly. See figure 4-4.

a. Position replacement door assembly, gasket, and vent box into opening of semi-trailer van.

b. Align rivet holes and install twenty-one rivets.

c. Install four flat washers, lock washers, and screws that secure the two damper frames to vent box.

d. Install filter to vent box with four flat washers, lock washers, and screws.

4-31

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-15. REMOVE/INSTALL POWER CABLE.

This task covers: a. Removal b. Testc. Service d. Installation

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredMultimeter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item I)


WARNING

ELECTRICAL SHOCKBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical power has beenturned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Power Cable.

a. Turn off electrical power to laboratory at generator set.

b. Disconnect power cable from power source.

c. Remove power cable from power entry panel.

TEST

Test Power Cable.

Using multimeter, check continuity of each plug pin and wire lead of power cable.

SERVICE

Service Power Cable.

a. Clean mounting surfaces of corrosion.

b. Clean binding posts of corrosion.

INSTALLATION

Install Power Cable.

a. Plug power cable into power entry panel.

b. Connect power cable to power source (paragraph 2-52).

c. Turn on power to laboratory.

4-32

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-16. REMOVE/INSTALL LIGHT BALLAST.


INITIAL SETUP:



Equipment ConditionPower to lights turned OFF by placing AICB9, AICB11, and ABCB13 in the OFF position atMain Power Panel.

WARNINGELECTRICAL SHOCK

Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical powerhas been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Ballast. See figure 4-5.

a. Remove four captive screws and remove diffuser.

NOTEThere are three ballast, one for each bulb in the light fixture. Two are located at one end of thefixture and one at the opposite end. The single ballast may be identified by the location of thesingle starter.

b. Remove four nuts, lockwashers and remove ballast cover.

c. Tag electrical wires for reconnection and disconnect from ballast.

NOTEIf wires are connected with clinched wire nuts, use pliers with side cutter to disconnect.

INSTALLATION

Install Ballast. See figure 4-5.

a. Replace new ballast in light fixture and connect electrically using wire nuts.

b. Fasten ballast cover in place with four nuts and lock washers.

c. Tighten ballast cover nuts.

d. Fasten diffuser in place with four captive screws.

4-33

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-5. Light Ballast

4-34

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-16. REMOVE/INSTALL LIGHT BALLAST-continued.

e. Tighten diffuser captive screws.

f. Restore power to lights by placing circuit breakers AICB9, A1CB11 and AICB13 inMain Power Panel in the ON position.

4-17. REMOVE/INSTALL EMERGENCY LIGHT BALLAST.


INITIAL SETUP:


Equipment ConditionPower to lights turned OFF by placing A1CB9, AICB11, and AICB13 in the OFF position at

Main Power Panel.General Safety Instructions


Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical power has beenturned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Ballast. See figure 4-6.

a. Unlatch and open ballast box door.

b. Disconnecting ballast plug from connector.

c. Remove indicator light by removing tee handle and clamp on right wall bracket. Retain clamp for reuse.

d. Remove tee handle and clamp at top of ballast and remove ballast by lifting up from bottom support bracket.Retain clamp for reuse.

INSTALLATION

Install Ballast. See figure 4-6.

a. Position new ballast onto bottom support bracket.

b. Secure top of ballast with tee handle and clamp.

c. Secure indicator light on right wall bracket with tee handle and clamp.

4-35

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-17. REMOVE/INSTALL EMERGENCY LIGHT BALLAST- continued.

d. Connect ballast plug to connector.

e. Close and latch shut ballast box door.

4-18. REMOVE/INSTALL EMERGENCY LIGHT BALLAST BOX.


INITIAL SETUP:


Equipment ConditionPower to lights turned OFF by placing A1CB9, A1CBI 1, and AICB13 in the OFF position atMain Power Panel.




REMOVAL

Remove Ballast Box. See figure 4-6.

a. Tag and disconnect wires to plug connector from lighting circuit.

b. Remove hex nut that secures electrical conduit elbow to ballast box bracket.

c. Remove four screws, flat washers, and lock washers from rivnuts mounted on semi-trailer van wall.

d. Guide wires from lighting circuit through conduit opening while removing ballast box from wall mounting.

INSTALLATION

Install Ballast Box. See figure 4-6.

a. Guide wires from lighting circuit through conduit opening while positioning new ballast box to wall mounting.

b. Secure ballast box to rivnuts of wall mounting with four lock washers, flat washers, and screws.

c. Secure electrical conduit elbow to ballast box bracket with hex nut.

d. Connect wires from lighting circuit to plug connector. Remove tags.

4-36

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-6. Emergency Lights Ballast

4-37

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-19. REMOVEIINSTALL COMPONENTS OF MAIN POWER PANEL

This task covers: a. Disassembly c. Installationb. Removal d. Assembly

INITIALSET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Soldering Gun, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Fusepuller, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Socket Wrench, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Materials/Parts RequiredSolder, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 133)



Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur fromfailure to do this.

DISASSEMBLY

Disassemble Main Power Panel Assembly. See figure 4-7


b. Open all circuit breakers located in the panelboard.

c. Shut down the generator.

d. Disconnect power input cable from the Petroleum Laboratory.

e. Remove six mounting screws, and remove outside panelboard cover.

e. Remove six screws and remove circuit breaker cover.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Main (A1CB1) Circuit Breaker. See figure 4-8.

a. Loosen six terminal screws.

b. Tag and disconnect electrically all wires and busbars.

4-38

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-7. Main [Power Panel Components

Change 2 4-39

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-8. Main Circuit Breaker

*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1996-755-119/40045 PIN: 071494-0024-40 Change 2

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-19. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF MAIN POWER PANEL - continued.

c. Remove four mounting screws and withdraw defective circuit breaker.

2. Remove O1OA (A1CB2) Circuit Breaker. See figure 4-8.

a. Remove three mounting screws and withdraw circuit breaker to gain access to wires.

b. Loosen all terminal screws, then tag and disconnect all wires.

c. Remove defective 100a circuit breaker.

NOTEAll remaining circuit breakers are removed as follows.

3. Remove Circuit Breakers. See figure 4-8.

a. Remove one /mounting screw with keeper and withdraw defective circuit breaker to gain access to wire.

b. Loosen one terminal screw, then tag and disconnect wire.

c. Remove defective circuit breaker.

4. Remove Terminal Boards. See figure 4-7 or 4-8.

a. Disconnect all electrical leads and tag for reconnection. If terminal board has busbar, retain for reuse.

b. Remove terminal boards attaching screws, washers, and remove defective terminal board.

5. Remove Relay A 1 K 1. See figure 4-8.

Relay A1KI is a plug-in type relay. It is removed by simply lifting the defective relay from its socket in thepanelboard.

6. Remove Fuses and Fuseholders. See figure 4-8.

a. Remove fuse(s) from fuseholder clips by grasping fuse with fusepuller and pulling fuse free from holder.

b. Remove fuseholder attaching screws, washers and lift fuseholder from panelboard.

c. Desolder electrical leads from fuseholder, disconnect and tag for reconnection.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Main (A1CB1) Circuit Breaker. See figure 4-7.

a. Align new circuit breaker in panelboard and fasten in place with four mounting screws.

b. Reconnect electrical leads to circuit breaker.

4-41

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-19. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF MAIN POWER PANEL- continued.

2. Install 1OOA (A1CB2) Circuit Breaker. See figure 4-7.

a. Attach electrical leads to new circuit breaker and tighten terminal screws.

b. Snap new circuit breaker in place on panelboard and attach with three mounting screws.

NOTEAll remaining circuit breakers are installed as follows.

3. Install Circuit Breaker. See figure 4-8.

a. Attach electrical lead(s) to new circuit breaker and tighten terminal screws.

b. Place circuit breaker in panelboard and fasten in place with mounting screw and keeper.

4. Install Terminal Boards. See figures 4-7 or 4-8.

a. Align new terminal board in panelboard and fasten in place with screws, and washers. Replace busbar ifapplicable.

b. Reconnect all electrical leads.

5. Install Relay A1KI. See figure 4-8.

Align new relay A1K1 pins with socket in panelboard and plug relay into socket.

6. Install Fuses and Fuseholders. See figure 4-8.

a. Solder electrical leads to new fuseholder, align fuseholder in panelboard and attach with mounting screws,and washers.

b. Grasp new fuse(s) with fusepuller and insert into fuseholder clips.

ASSEMBLY

a. Replace circuit breaker cover and attach with six mounting screws.

b. Attach outside panelboard cover with six mounting screws.

c. Reconnect power input cable from generator to petroleum laboratory.

d. Close all circuit breakers in Main Power Panel.

e. Connect power input cable, power up generator, turn on equipment and verify operation.

4-42

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-20. REMOVE/INSTALL EXPLOSIVE PROOF DISTRIBUTION BOX A3COMPONENTS.


INITIAL SET-UP:



General Safety InstructionsWARNING

ELECTRICAL SHOCKBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failureto do this.

DISASSEMBLY

Disassemble Explosive Proof Distribution Box A3. See figure 4-9.

a. Open main circuit breaker A I CB I and turn generator off.

NOTE

Mark distribution box cover left side before removing.

b. Remove six screws from outside metal panel to gain access to distribution box which is located below mainpower panel.

c. Remove twenty eight mounting screws, and flat washers attaching cover to distribution box and removecover.

REMOVAL.

1. Remove Timer Relay A3K 1. See figure 4-9.

Relay A3K I is a plug-in type relay and is removed by simply lifting relay from socket.

NOTEThe procedure for removing the remaining four control relays is identical to those outlined in the following steps.

2. Remove Control Relay. See figure 4-9.

a. Loosen terminal screws on relay, disconnect electrical leads and tag for reconnection.

4-43

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-9. Explosion Proof Distribution Box A3

4-44

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-20. REMOVE/INSTALL EXPLOSIVE PROOF DISTRIBUTION BOX A3COMPONENTS - continued.

b. Remove two mounting screws, flat washers, and lockwashers attaching relay to relay mounting plateand remove faulty relay.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Timer Relay A3K1. See figure 4-9.

The timer relay is replaced by simply aligning relay pins with socket and plugging the relay into the socket.

NOTEThe procedures for replacing the remaining four control relaysare identical to those outlined in the following steps.

2. Install Control Relay. See figure 4-9.

a. Align new relay on mounting plate and attach with two screws, lockwashers, and flat washers.

b. Reconnect electrical leads and tighten terminal screws.

ASSEMBLY

1. Assemble Explosive Proof Distribution Box A3. See figure 4-9.

a. Place cover on distribution box and fasten in place with twenty-eight mounting screws and flat washers.

b. Replace outside metal panel with six screws.

c. Close Main Circuit Breaker and turn generator ON.

d. Run operational test to verify new components.

4-45

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-21. REMOVE/INSTALL POWER PANEL NUMBER 2 COMPONENTS.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit. (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)

' Soldering Gun, (Appendix B, Section II1, Item 1)Fusepuller, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Materials/Parts RequiredSolder, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 133)Equipment ConditionPower InputCable Disconnected (Paragraph 2-9)



Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failureto do this.

DISASSEMBLY

Disassemble Panelboard Front Assembly. See figure 4-10.


b. Open all circuit breakers located in the panelboard.

c. Open circuit breaker A1CB2 in Main Power Panel.

d. Remove four mounting screws, and remove outside panelboard cover.

e. Remove four mounting screws, lockwashers, flat washers, and remove circuit breaker cover.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Circuit Breakers. See figure 4-10.

a. Remove one mounting screw with keeper and withdraw defective circuit breaker to gain access to wires.

b. Loosen one terminal screw, then tag and disconnect wire.

c. Remove defective circuit breaker.

4-46

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-10. Power Panel No. 2 Components.

4-47

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-21. REMOVE/INSTALL POWER PANEL NUMBER 2 COMPONENTS - continued.

2. Remove Terminal Boards. See figure 4-10.a. Disconnect all electrical leads and tag for reconnection. If terminal has busbar retain for reuse.

b. Remove terminal boards attaching screws, washers, and nuts and remove defective terminal board.

3. Remove Fuse and Fuseholder. See figure 4-10.

a. Remove fuse from fuseholder clips by grasping fuse with fusepuller and pulling fuse free from holder.

b. Remove fuseholder attaching screws, washers, and nuts and lift fuseholder from panelboard.

c. Desolder electrical leads from fuseholder, disconnect and tag for reconnection.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Circuit Breakers. See figure 4-10.

a. Attach electrical lead(s) to new circuit breaker and tighten terminal screw.

b. Place circuit breaker in panelboard and fasten in place with mounting screw and keeper.

2. Install Terminal Boards. See figure 4-10.

a. Align new terminal board in panelboard and fasten in place with screws, washers, and nuts.

b. Reconnect all electrical leads.

3. Install Fuse and Fuseholder. See figure 4-10.

a. Solder electrical leads to new fuseholder, align fuseholder in panelboard and attach with mounting screws,washers, and nuts.

b. Grasp new fuse with fusepuller and insert into fuseholder clips.

ASSEMBLY

Assemble Panel Board Front Assembly. See figure 4-10.

a. Attach circuit breaker cover with four mounting screws, flat washers, and lockwashers.

b. Attach outside power panel cover with four mounting screws.

c. Close circuit breaker A 1CB2 in Main Power Panel.

d. Close all circuit breakers in Power Panel No. 2.

e. Connect power cable (paragraph 2-7).

f. Turn on equipment and verify operation.

4-48

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-22. REMOVE/INSTALL EXPLOSIVE PROOF DISTRIBUTION BOX A3COMPONENTS.


INITIAL SET-UP


General Safety Instruction


Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure todo this.

DISASSEMBLY

Disassemble Explosive Proof Distribution Box A13. See figure 4-11.

a. Open circuit breakers A1CB1 and A1CB2 located in Main Power Panel. Disconnect power input cable(paragraph 2-9).

b. Remove twenty junction box cover plate mounting screws with flat washers and remove cover.

c. Remove four panel mounting screws, lockwashers, and flat washers. Carefully withdraw mounting panel togain access to junction box interior. Retain four standoffs for reassembly.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Terminal Board. See figure 4-11.

a. Loosen terminal board terminal screws, tag and disconnect all electrical leads.

b. Remove four terminal board screws, nuts, flatwashers, and lockwashers from mounting panel.

c. Remove defective terminal board. See figure 4-11.

NOTEThe procedures for removing the four control relays are identical and are outlined in the following steps.

2. Remove Control Relay. See figure 4-11.

a. Loosen relay terminal screws, tag and disconnect electrical leads.

4-49

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-11. Explosive Proof Distribution Box A13

4-50

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-22. REMOVE/INSTALL EXPLOSIVE PROOF DISTRIBUTION BOXA13 COMPONENTS - continued.

b. Remove two screws, nuts, flat washers, and lockwashers attaching relay to panel.

c. Remove defective control relay.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Control Relay. See figure 4-11.

a. Place new relay on mounting panel and attach with two screws, flat washers, lockwashers and nuts.

b. Connect relay electrical leads and tighten terminal screws.

2. Install Terminal Board. See figure 4-11.

a. Replace new terminal board on mounting plate and attach with four screws, lockwashers, flat washers,standoffs and nuts.

b. Connect all electrical leads and tighten terminal screws.

ASSEMBLY

Assemble Explosive Proof Distribution Box A13. See figure 4-11.

a. Place mounting panel in junction box and attach with four mounting screws, flat washers, lockwashers andstandoffs.

b. Align the junction box cover plate onto the junction box and attach with twenty cover plate bolts and flatwashers.

c. Connect power input cable (paragraph 2-7), and close circuit breakers A1CB1, A1CB2.

d. Run operational test to verify new components.

4-51

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-23. REMOVE/INSTALL WALL SWITCHES.


INITIAL SET-UP




Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failureto do this.

DISASSEMBLY

Turn off Electrical Power.

a. Open appropriate circuit breaker.

b. Turn the defective switch to the on position and verify no electrical power to the switch.

c. Remove cover.

REMOVAL

Remove Non-indicating Switch. See figure 4-12.

a. Remove two mounting screws and withdraw defective switch to gain access to wires.

b. Loosen terminal screws, tag and disconnect wires and remove switch.

INSTALLATION

Install Non-indicating Switch. See figure 4-12.

a. Connect wires to new switch and tighten terminal screws.

b. Guide new switch into junction box. Be sure wires are not kinked or strained.

c. Install two switch mounting screws.

d. Place cover plate on junction box. Install cover plate screws.

4-52

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-12. Replace Wall Switch

4-53

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-23. REMOVE/INSTALL WALL SWITCHES - continued.

ASSEMBLY

Turn on Electrical Power.

a. Close appropriate circuit breaker.

b. Turn the new switch to the on position and verify proper operation.

4-24. REMOVE/REPLACE BLACKOUT MICROSWITCH.

This task covers: a. Removal c. Adjustmentb. Installation

INITIAL SET-UP:




Before performing an) maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electricalpower has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Blackout Microswitch. See figure 4-13.

a. Open appropriate circuit breaker located in the power panel assembly.

b. Verify all semi-trailer van lighting is off to indicate power has been removed from microswitch.

c. Remove cover plate screws, flatwashers, NSN plates and remove cover plate.

d. Remove switch mounting screws and pull switch forward.

e. Tag for reconnection and disconnect electrical leads.

f. Remove defective switch.

INSTALLATION

Install Blackout Microswitch. See figure 4-13.

a. Connect wires as tagged and remove tags.

4-54

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-13. Blackout Microswitch

4-55

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-24. REMOVE/REPLACE BLACKOUT MICROSWITCH -continued.

b. Position microswitch in place and install switch mounting screws.

c. Install cover plate and NSN plates, using screws and flatwashers.

d. Open appropriate circuit breaker and verify proper operation.

ADJUSTMENT

Adjust Blackout Microswitch.

a. Verify that switch is activated when semi-trailer van door is closed. If not, proceed to step b.

b. Rotate plunger adjustable nut until closing semi-trailer van door activates switch.

4-25. REMOVE/INSTALL RECEPTACLES.


INITIAL SET-UP:




Before performing any maintenance actions on electricalequipment, ensure all electrical power has been turned off. Deathor serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Receptacle. See figure 4-14.

a. Open appropriate circuit breaker located in the power panel.

b. Verify no electrical power to the receptacle.

c. Remove receptacle cover plate screw(s) and remove cover plate.

d. Remove two mounting screws and withdraw defective receptacle to gain access to wires.

e. Tag for reconnection and disconnect electrical leads.

f. Remove defective receptacle.

4-56

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-14. Receptacles

4-57

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-25. REMOVE/INSTALL RECEPTACLES -continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Receptacle. See figure 4-14.

a. Connect tagged wires to receptacle and tighten terminal screws. (Connect ground wire (green) first).

b. Guide new receptacle into wire guide. Be sure wires are not kinked or strained.

c. Install receptacle mounting screws.

d. Install cover plate screw(s).

e. Open appropriate circuit breaker.

f. Plug an electrical appliance to verify proper operations of receptacle

4-26. REMOVE/INSTALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT REMOTE CONTROLS. |


INITIAL SET-UP:





REMOVAL

Remove Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Remote Control. See figure 4-15.

a. Turn the ECU mode switch to the off position.

b. Open appropriate circuit breaker in power panel no. 2.

c. Disconnect electrically by removing canon plug.

d. Remove defective ECU remote control by removing eight screws, flatwashers, lockwashers and nuts.

INSTALLATION See figure 4-15.

a. Connect ECU remote control electrically.

4-58

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-15. ECU Remote Control

4-59

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-26. REMOVE/INSTALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT REMOTE CONTROLS - continued.

b. Install new ECU remote control by installing eight screws, flatwasher, lockwashers, and nuts.

c. Turn on appropriate circuit breaker on Power Panel No. 2.

d. Test and verify proper operation of ECU.

4-27. REMOVE/INSTALL MOTOR CONTROLLERS. |


INITIAL SET-UP:





REMOVAL

Remove Motor Controller (Typical). See figure 4-16.

a. Open the appropriate circuit breaker on Power Panel No. 2.

b. Loosen captive screw and remove controller cover. Tag for reconnection-and disconnect motor controllerelectrically.

c. Loosen strain relief.

d. Remove three screws that secure motor controller to wall.

e. Remove defective motor controller.

INSTALLATION

Install Motor Controller (Typical). See figure 4-16.

a. Place motor controller in position on wall. Install screws.

4-60

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-16. Replace Motor Controller

4-61

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-27. REMOVE/INSTALL MOTOR CONTROLLERS - continued.

b. Connect motor controller electrically and remove tags. Close controller cover.

c. Install conduit and strain relief.

d. Close appropriate circuit breaker.

e. Verify proper operation of equipment.

4-28. REMOVE/INSTALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT 18,000 BTU. |


INITIAL SET-UP:


Personnel RequiredTwo (2)




REMOVAL

Remove Environmental Control Unit (ECU) 18,000 BTU. See figure 4-17.

a. Open appropriate circuit breaker located in the Power Panel No. 2

b. Disconnect two ECU input power cables.

c. Loosen two clamps to flexible duct connecting ECU and air ducting of semi-trailer van.

d. Disconnect drain line.

e. Remove four isolation mounting bolts, washers, and isolation mounts.

4-62

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-17. Environmental Control Unit

4-63

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-28. REMOVE/INSTALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT 18,000 BTU - continued.

WARNINGSerious injury to personnel or damage to equipment may occur unless two or more personnel areused to remove air conditioner because of weight and balance of the ECU.

f. Carefully maneuver ECU onto pallet or flat-bed light truck.

g. Remove twelve turn lock fasteners, two ducting brackets and retain for reuse.

CAUTIONHole in laboratory body must be covered to prevent dirt, dust or moisture from entering laboratory,unless replacement is to be immediately installed.

INSTALLATION

Install ECU. See figure 4-17.

WARNINGSerious injury to personnel or damage to equipment may occur unless two or more personnel areused to remove air conditioner because of weight and balance of the ECU.

a. Install twelve turn lock fasteners and two ducting brackets.

b. Carefully maneuver new ECU onto the ECU mounting bracket.

c. Insert upper isolation mounts and slide ECU into place.

d. Install four isolation mounting bolts and washers.

e. Connect drain line and secure with tie-down.

f. Connect flexible duct between ECU and semi-trailer van. Tighten two clamps.

g. Connect the two ECU input power cables.

h. Close appropriate circuit breaker and verify proper operation.

4-64

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-29. REPAIR PURGE INTAKE DOORS.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill and Bits, (Appendix B, Section II, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Hand Blind Riveter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 3)

Materials/Parts RequiredWave Washer, (Appendix F)Gasket, (Appendix F)Adhesive MM-A-1617, Type II, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 3)Rivets, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

1. Remove Door Latch And Wave Washer. See figure 4-18.

a. Remove latch retaining screw, flat washer, and lockwasher.

b. Remove defective latch and wave washer.

2. Remove Latch Keeper. See figure 4-18.

a. Remove two screws and flat washers attaching latch keeper to laboratory.

b. Remove defective latch keeper and spacer. Retain spacer for reuse.

3. Remove Door Support, Support Hinge, Ball Stud Receiver and Ball Stud. See figure 4-18.

a. Drill out nine rivets attaching door support to door support hinge and remove defective support.

b. Drill out nine rivets attaching door support hinge to purge port door and remove defective hinge.

c. Drill out two rivets attaching ball stud receiver to door support and remove defective ball stud receiver withreceiver plate.

d. Unscrew and remove defective ball stud.

4-65

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-18. Purge Intake/Exhaust Door

4-66

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-29. REPAIR PURGE INTAKE DOORS- continued.

4. Remove Purge Door and Hinge. See figure 4-18.

a. Drill out five rivets attaching door to hinge and remove defective door.

b. Drill out two rivets, remove three screws attaching hinge to laboratory.

c. Remove defective hinge and spacer. Retain spacer for reuse.

5. Remove Purge Door Gasket. See figure 4-18.

a. Remove gasket from door.

b. Ensure that there are no gasket remnants left adhering to door bonding surface.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Door Latch and Wave Washer. See figure 4-18.

a. Install new wave washer and latch on spacer and fasten in place with flat washer, lockwasher, and latch retainingscrew.

b. Tighten retaining screw.

2. Install Latch Keeper. See figure 4-18.

a. Place new latch keeper and spacer on laboratory wall and align holes.

b. Attach in place with two screws and flat washers.

3. Install Door Support, Support Hinge, Ball Study Receiver and Ball Stud. See figure 4-18.

a. Install new door support on new support hinge and align rivet holes.

b. Attach door support to hinge.

c. Place new ball stud receiver and receiver plate on door support and align rivet holes.

4-67

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-29. REPAIR PURGE INTAKE DOORS- continued.

d. Attach ball stud receiver and plate to door support.

e. Place new door support with hinge attached on purge port door and align hinge rivet holes.

f. Attach door support hinge to purge port door.

g. Screw new ball stud in place.

4. Install Purge Door Gasket. See figure 4-18.

a. Ensure all remnants of old gasket and adhesive are removed from door bonding surface and surface is clear.

b. Apply adhesive to door bonding surface.

c. Align new gasket with bonding surface and firmly attach to door.

5. Install Purge Door and Hinge. See figure 4-18.

a. Place new hinge on purge port door and align rivet holes.

b. Attach hinge to door in five places.

c. Place new door with hinge attached and spacer on laboratory wall and fasten to laboratory with three screws andflat washers.

d. Rivet door to laboratory in two places.

4-68

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-30. REMOVE/INSTALL PURGE INTAKE DOOR DAMPER MOTOR.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section II, Item 2)


ELECTRICAL SHOCKBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical powerhas been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Intake Door Damper Motor. See figure 4-19.

a. Open purge intake door.

b. Remove two retaining nuts and flat washers and lift purge door limit switch with mounting bracket attached, clearof filter screen.

c. At 2" x 4" junction box located on ECU plenum, remove two screws and cover. Disconnect three leads fromdamper motor and tag for reconnection. Attach line to leads to facilitate installation.

d. Remove four retaining screws with flat washers and remove screen and filter.

e. Remove fourteen screws and flat washers from damper enclosure flange and remove enclosure with frame,damper and motor. Carefully pull motor leads from junction box and through conduit until they are clear.

f. Remove two screws, flat washers, lock washer and nuts attaching motor linkage to damper blade.

g. Remove two screws, lock washer, and flat washer attaching motor to mounting plate and remove defective motorwith linkage.

h. Unclip linkage and remove from defective motor.

4-69

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-19. Purge Intake Door Damper Motor

4-70

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-30. REMOVE/INSTALL PURGE INTAKE DOOR DAMPER MOTOR - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Intake Door Damper Motor. See figure 4-19.

a. Clip linkage to new motor.

b. Attach new motor to mounting plate with two screws, lockwashers, and flat washers.

c. Attach motor linkage to damper blade with two screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts.

d. Draw motor leads through conduit and into 2" x 4" junction box located on plenum using line previously attached.

e. Align damper frame and enclosure and attach to petroleum laboratory with fourteen screws and flat washers.

f. Replace filter and screen and fasten in place with four screws and flat washers.

g. Fasten purge door limit switch and mounting bracket in place using two fat washers and retaining nuts.

h. At 2" x 4" junction box located on plenum, connect motor leads and remove tags.

i. Replace junction box cover and fasten in place with two screws.

j. Run an operational test to check new motor.

NOTEProcedures for removing and replacing the opposite purge intake door damper motor are identicalto those outlined in the preceding paragraph.

4-71

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-31. REMOVE/INSTALL ECU INTAKE DAMPER/MOTOR.


INITIAL SET-UP:





REMOVAL

Remove ECU Intake Damper. See figure 4-20.

a. Loosen eight captive screws and remove screen and filter from ECU intake.

b. Remove two screws and cover from junction box located on plenum. Tag for reconnection and disconnect motorleads. Attach line to leads to facilitate installation.

c. From plenum, remove eight screws, flat washers, and nuts that fasten damper enclosure to plenum.

d. From the open junction box, remove flat lock nut from conduit and carefully remove damper and motor fromplenum.

e. Loosen conduit nut and remove conduit from motor.

f. Remove two screws, flat washers, lock washer and nuts that attach motor linkage to damper blade.

g. Remove two screws, lockwashers, flat washers and separate motor with linkage from damper motor mountingplate.

h. Detach linkage from defective motor.

4-72

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-20. ECU Intake Jumper

4-73

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-31. REMOVE/INSTALL ECU INTAKE DAMPER/MOTOR - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install ECU Intake Damper. See figure 4-20.

a. Attach linkage to new motor and fasten motor in place on damper mounting plate with two screws, lockwashers,and flat washers.

b. Attach motor linkage to damper blade using two screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts. (If required, drillmounting holes in top damper blade to mount linkage bracket.)

c. Draw motor leads through conduit using line previously attached and attach conduit to motor with conduit nut.

d. Insert damper and enclosure into plenum and align so that end of conduit with motor lead is inside junction box.Install flat lock nut on conduit and tighten in place.

e. Connect motor leads as tagged in junction box and fasten junction box cover in place with two screws.

f. Fasten damper and enclosure to plenum using eight screws, flat washers, and nuts.

g. Place filter and screen on plenum intake and fasten with eight captive screws.

h. Run an operational test to check new damper/motor.

NOTEProcedures for removing and replacing the other ECU intake dampers and motors are identical tothose outlined in the preceding paragraph.

4-74

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-32. REPAIR PURGE EXHAUST DOOR MACHINERY ROOM.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill and Bits, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Hand Blind Riveter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 3)

Materials/Parts RequiredGasket, (Appendix F)Adhesive MM-A-1617, Type 11I, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 3)Rivets, (Appendix F)

NOTEProcedures for performing this task are identical to those outlined in paragraph 4-29. Refer to thatparagraph and Figure 4-18.

4-33. REMOVE/INSTALL MACHINERY ROOM EXHAUST DAMPER MOTOR.


INITIAL SET-UP:





REMOVAL

Remove Machinery Room Exhaust Damper Motor. See figure 4-21.

a. From inside the machinery room, remove six screws and flat washers from each of the two exhaust screens andremove screens from exhaust plenum to gain access to damper and motor

b. Remove two screws and cover from 2" x 4" junction box on plenum. Disconnect motor leads and tag forreconnection. Attach line to leads to facilitate installation.

4-75

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-21. Machinery Room Purge Exhaust Damper Motor

4-76

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-33. REMOVE/INSTALL MACHINERY ROOM EXHAUST DAMPERMOTOR- continued.

c. Remove two screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts attaching motor linkage to damper blade.

d. Remove two screws, lockwashers, and flat washers attaching motor to damper motor mounting plate andremove defective motor with attached motor linkage from damper.

e. Remove linkage from defective motor and carefully withdraw motor leads from junction box.

INSTALLATION

Install Machinery Room Exhaust Damper ,Motor. See figure 4-21.

a. Attach linkage to new motor and attach motor to damper motor mounting plate with two screws, flat washers,and lockwashers.

b. Draw motor leads into 2" x 4" junction box with line previously attached and connect leads. Place cover onjunction box and fasten in place with two screws.

c. Attach motor linkage to damper blade with two screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts.

d. Place the two screens on exhaust plenum and fasten each one in place with six screws and flat washers.

e. Run an operational test to check damper motor.

4-77

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-34. REPAIR PURGE EXHAUST DOOR, CURBSIDE.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill and Bits, (Appendix B, Section II, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Hand Blind Riveter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 3)

Materials/Parts RequiredGasket, (Appendix F)Adhesive MM-A-1617, Type II, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 3)Rivets, (Appendix F)

NOTEProcedures for performing this task are identical to those outlined in paragraph 4-29. Refer to thatparagraph and Figure 4-18.

4-35. REMOVE/INSTALL CURBSIDE EXHAUST DAMPER MOTOR.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools Required:General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)

General Safety Instructions:


Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure allelectrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure todo this.

REMOVAL

Remove Curbside Exhaust Damper Motor. See figure 4-22.

a. Inside the laboratory, remove eight screws and flat washers and remove screen from exhaust housing.

b. Remove two screws and cover from 2" x 4" junction box located adjacent to exhaust housing. Tag forreconnection and disconnect motor leads. Attach line to leads to facilitate installation.

4-78

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-22. Curbside Exhaust Damper Motor

4-79

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-35. REMOVE/INSTALL CURBSIDE EXHAUST DAMPER MOTOR- continued.

c. Grasp motor at lower end and lift away from damper to disengage drive shaft from damper blade, then pullmotor down to disengage motor from damper motor latch.

d. Carefully pull motor leads from junction box and remove defective motor.

INSTALLATION

Install Curbside Exhaust Damper Motor. See figure 4-22.

a. Draw electrical leads from new motor through exhaust housing with line previously attached to junction box.Connect leads and fasten cover to junction box with two screws.

b. Tilt bottom of motor away from damper. Engage motor latching lip with damper motor latch and move motortoward damper to engage drive shaft with damper blade.

c. Place screen on exhaust housing and fasten in place with eight screws and flat washers.

d. Run an operational test to check damper motor.

4-36. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF AIR SYSTEM.

This task covers: a. Removal c. Testb. Installation

INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Multimeter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item I)

Materials/Parts RequiredTeflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)




4-80

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-36. REMOVE/REPLACE COMPONENTS OF AIR SYSTEM - continued.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Air Compressor. See figure 4-23.

a. Set switch on compressor controller to OFF.

b. Open circuit breaker A 15CB8 on Power Panel No. 2.

c. Remove two screws and cover from adjacent junction box for reconnection and disconnect motor leads.

d. Disconnect discharge hose from the fitting at compressor discharge.

e. Disconnect drain tubing at tee fitting at compressor discharge.

f. Remove capscrews, lockwashers, and flat washers that secure compressor foundation to floor of machineryroom. Remove compressor from its attached foundation.

NOTEBefore removing air system components purge by opening any system valve.

2. Remove Air Tank. See figure 4-24.

a. Set switch on compressor controller to OFF and open circuit breaker A15CB8 on Power Panel No. 2.

b. Tag for reconnection and disconnect pressure switch at top of air tank.

c. Remove conduit nut from inside of pressure switch and remove conduit and leads from switch.

d. Disconnect air hose on side of air tank (from discharge side of air compressor).

e. Disconnect air outlet hose at top of air tank.

f. Disconnect drain line at bottom of air tank.

g. Remove capscrews, lockwashers, and flat washers that secure air tank to foundation.

h. Remove air tank from foundation.

i. Remove air gauge, air outlet valve, pressure switch and drain valve, tubing and fitting from air tank.

4-81

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-23. Air Compressor

4-82

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-24. Air Tank

4-83

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-36. REMOVE/REPLACE COMPONENTS OF AIR SYSTEM- continued.

3. Remove Flow Control Devices. See figure 4-25.

Remove laboratory stopcock valves by unscrewing valves from tees or elbows located in the air system mountedto laboratory walls.

4. Remove System Piping. See figure 4-26.

a. Remove sections of system piping by locating nearest pipe union and threaded pipe fittings.

b. Disconnect union.

c. Disconnect pipe nipple from elbow or coupling or valve.

d. If damaged section of piping contains brazed joints or unions refer to direct support maintenance.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Compressor. See figure 4-23.

a. Place compressor with its foundation in position on floor of machinery room. Secure with flat washers, lockwashers, and capscrews.

b. Connect drain tubing to tee fitting at compressor discharge.

c. Connect discharge hose to tee fitting at compressor discharge.

d. Electrically connect compressor motor to junction box and remove tags.

e. Install junction box cover and fasten in place with two screws.

2. Install Air Tank. See figure 4-24.

a. Install air gage, air outlet valve, pressure switch and drain valve, tubing and fittings on air tank.

b. Position air tank in place on foundation in machinery room. Secure with flat washers, lockwashers, andcapscrews.

c. Connect drain line at bottom of air tank.

4-84

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-25. Flow Control Devices

4-85

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-26. Piping System

4-86

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-36. REMOVE/REPLACE COMPONENTS OF AIR SYSTEM- continued.

d. Connect air outlet hose at top of air tank.

e. Connect air hose from compressor discharge to side of air tank.

f. Electrically connect pressure switch at top of air tank, remove tags and attach conduit.

3. Install Flow Control Devices. See figure 4-25.

a. Apply teflon tape on male fittings. Be sure to wrap teflon tape in same direction of pipe thread.

b. Install stopcock valves by screwing valves into air system piping tees or elbows.

4. Install System Piping. See figure 4-26.


b. Connect pipe nipple to elbow or coupling or valve.

c. Connect union.

TEST

Test air system in accordance with operating procedures listed in paragraph 2-8c.

4-37. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF VACUUM SYSTEM.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Multimeter, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Materials/Parts RequiredTeflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)General Safety Instructions


Before performing any maintenance actions on electricalequipment, ensure all electrical power has been turned off. Deathor serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

4-87

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-37. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF VACUUM SYSTEM -continued.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Vacuum Pump. See figure 4-27.

a. Set switch on vacuum pump controller to stop.

b. Open circuit breaker A15CB9 on Power Panel No. 2.

c. Remove controller box cover, tag motor leads for reconnection and disconnect motor leads.

d. Loosen conduit nut at controller box.

e. Disconnect discharge line on vacuum pump at discharge valve.

f. Loosen hose clamps and disconnect suction hose attached to vacuum pump.

g. Loosen hose clamp at disconnect drain line from vacuum pump.

h. Remove nuts, lockwashers, flat washers, and bolts that secure foundation of vacuum pump to mechanical room wall foundation.

i. Remove vacuum pump with foundation from mechanical room wall foundation.

j. Remove conduit from vacuum pump motor.

2. Remove Flow Control Devices. See Figure 4-25.

Remove laboratory stopcock valves by unscrewing valves from tees and elbows located in the vacuum system mountedto the laboratory walls. See Figure 4-28.

3. Remove System Piping. See Figure 4-26.

a. Remove sections of system piping by locating nearest pipe union and threaded pipe fittings.

b. Disconnect union.

c. Disconnect pipe nipple from elbow or coupling or valve.

d. If damaged section of piping contains brazed joints or union refer to direct support maintenance.

4-88

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-27. Vacuum Pump

4-89

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-37. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF VACUUM SYSTEM - continued.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Vacuum Pump. See figure 4-27.

a. Install conduit on vacuum pump motor.

b. Position vacuum pump mounted to foundation on mechanical room wall foundation. Secure with bolts, flatwashers, lockwashers, and nuts.

c. Connect drain line to vacuum pump. Secure with hose clamp.

d. Connect suction hose to vacuum pump. Secure with hose clamps.

e. Connect discharge line at discharge valve.

f. Electrically connect vacuum pump at controller box and remove tags.

g. Replace controller box cover.

2. Install Flow Control Devices. See figure 4-25.

a. Replace teflon tape on male fittings. Be sure to wrap teflon tape in same direction of pipe thread.

b. Install stopcock valves by screwing valves into vacuum system piping tees or elbows.

3. Replace System Piping. See figure 4-26.


b. Connect pipe nipple to elbow or coupling or valve.

c. Connect union.

TEST

1. Test Vacuum System.

Test vacuum system in accordance with procedures listed in paragraph 2-8d.

4-90

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-38. REMOVE/INSTALL MANOMETER AIR REGULATOR VALVE.


INITIAL SET-UP:


Material/Parts RequiredTeflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)

REMOVAL

Remove Manometer Air Regulator Valve. See figure 4-28.

a. Close air discharge valve on air tank.

b. Close air supply valve to manometer.

c. Open air valve and purge air from air lines.

d. Remove air regulator located below the still, disconnect at air line couplings on both sides of the regulatorvalve.

e. Remove defective valve with air lines unions attached and remove unions and retain for reuse.

INSTALLATION

Install Manometer Air Regulator Valve. See figure 4-28.

a. Install new air regulator and connect air line couplings.

b. Close air valve and open air supply valve to manometer.

c. Open air discharge valve on air tank.

d. Verify proper operation of equipment.

4-91

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-28. Manometer Air Regulator

4-92

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-39. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF WATER SYSTEM.


INITIAL SET-UP:




Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensureall electrical power has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occurfrom failure to do this.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Water Filter. See figure 4-29.

NOTEFilter element replacement requires only that the bowl be unscrewed from filter cover.

a. Set switch on pump controller to OFF.

b. Open circuit breaker A15CB8 on Power Panel No. 2.

c. Close isolation valves on each side of filter.

d. Remove water filter element retaining bolt.

e. Remove bowl and remove filter element.

2. Remove Water Pressure Switch. See figure 4-30.

a. Remove switch cover, tag leads for reconnection and disconnect switch leads.

b. Remove lock nut from conduit and remove conduit.

c. Turn water piping union and unscrew defective pressure switch from piping.

d. Remove water pressure switch.

4-93

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-29. Water Filter

4-94

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-30. Water Pressure Switch

4-95

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-39. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF WATER SYSTEM - continued.

3. Remove Sink Drain. See figure 4-31.

a. Disconnect union at top of sink trap.

b. Pop up the form fitting sink from countertop.

c. Remove sink drain from sink.

4. Remove Faucet Assembly. See figure 4-31.

a. Set switch on pump controller to OFF. Open faucet to relieve water pressure.

b. With sink removed from countertop, remove faucet mounting nut.

c. Loosen hose clamp under the faucet and pull off hose from barb fitting.

d. Carefully pull the defective faucet out of the faucet mount. Place faucet and attached fittings on a workingsurface.

e. Remove pipe fittings from faucet.

5. Remove Eyewash. See figure 4-31.

a. Set switch on pump controller to OFF. Actuate eyewash to relieve water pressure.

b. With sink removed from countertop, remove eyewash mounting nut.

c. Loosen hose clamp under eyewash and remove hose.

d. Remove eyewash from countertop.

e. Remove pipe fittings from eyewash.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Water Filter. See figure 4-29.

a. Install filter element into bowl. Screw bowl into filter cover.

b. Install water filter to retaining bolt.

c. Open isolation valves on each side of water filter.

4-96

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-31. Sink Components

4-97

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-39. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF WATER SYSTEM - continued.

2. Install Water Pressure Switch. See figure 4-30.

a. Be sure water pressure range adjustable screw is set to 20 psi.

b. Screw water pressure switch to water piping and tighten.

c. Position electrical leads in switch and install lock nut on conduit. Tighten conduit.

d. Connect water pressure switch electrical leads.

e. Replace pressure switch cover.

3. Install Eyewash. See figure 4-31.


b. Install pipe fittings on eyewash.

c. Position eyewash in opening on countertop.

d. Attach hose with clamp on eyewash. Tighten clamp.

e. Tighten eyewash mounting nut.

4. Install Faucet Assembly. See figure 4-31.


b. Install pipe fittings on faucet.

c. Position faucet assembly in opening on countertop.

d. Attach hose on barb fitting with clamp.

e. Tighten eyewash mounting nut.

5. Install Sink Drain. See figure 4-31.


b. Connect sink drain to sink.

4-98

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-39. REMOVE/INSTALL COMPONENTS OF WATER SYSTEM-continued.

c. Position sink into opening on countertop and snap down into place.

d. Connect union at top of sink trap.

TEST

Test Water System.

Test; Water system in accordance with operating procedures listed in paragraph 2-8b.

4-40. REMOVE/INSTALL GAS ALARM SYSTEM.


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Soldering Gun, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Materials/Parts RequiredSolder, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 133)Lockwashers, (Appendix F)



Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment,ensure all electrical power has been turned off. Death or seriousinjury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

1. Remove Gas Alarm. See figure 4-32.

a. Power input cable to laboratory disconnected.

b. Verify no electrical power to the gas alarm. Pilot light off.

c. Loosen latch and swing open cover door of gas alarm unit.

d. Remove one captive release screw and swing panel out.

e. Carefully remove circuit board.

4-99

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-32. Gas Alarm Unit

4-100

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-40. REMOVE/INSTALL GAS ALARM SYSTEM - continued.

f. Loosen terminals 1, 3, 8, on terminal board no. 1 and 19, A1 C1, and R1 on TB2, tag for reconnection anddisconnect terminal wires. Disconnect ground wire (green) last.

g. Loosen two conduit fittings and disconnect flexible conduit to buzzer and power input.

h. Reinstall circuit board, shut and latch alarm panel, and close cover.

i. Remove four gas alarm mounting screws, lockwashers, and flat washers.

j. Carefully remove defective gas alarm.

2. Remove Gas Alarm Detector Element. See figure 4-33.

a. Power input cable to laboratory disconnect.

b. Loosen set screw on shield assembly. Unscrew and remove shield assembly.

c. Unplug defective element.

3. Remove Gas Alarm Buzzer. See figure 4-32.

a. Disconnect power input cable to laboratory.

b. Remove cover plate screws and remove cover from junction.

c. Tag for reconnection and remove two wires from buzzer.

d. Remove mounting collar and remove defective buzzer.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Gas Alarm. See figure 4-31.

a. Carefully place new gas alarm into position on wall.

b. Install four mounting screws, flatwasher and lockwashers.

c. Unlatch and open cover, loosen captive screw and swing panel out, and remove circuit board.

d. Connect flexible conduits from buzzer and power input fitting.

4-101

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-33. Gas Alarm Detector

4-102

TM 10-6640-215-134-40. REMOVE/INSTALL GAS ALARM SYSTEM- continued.

e. Connect tagged terminal wires and tighten terminal screws. Remove tags.

f. Carefully install circuit board.

g. Tighten the conduit nuts.

h. Close panel and tighten captive screw.

i. Close and latch cover.

2. Install Gas Alarm Detector Element. See figure 4-33.

a. Plug new detector element into detector body.

b. Carefully screw shield assembly over detector element ending with setscrew up.

c. Tighten setscrew on shield assembly.

d. For calibration procedure, refer to TM 10-6665-297-13&P.

3. Install Gas Alarm Buzzer. See figure 4-32.

a. Place buzzer injunction box located on roadside wall. Install with mounting collar.

b. Connect two wires to tapped connection on new buzzer.

c. Place cover plate on junction box and secure with screws.

d. For calibration procedure, refer to TM 10-6665-297-13&P.

TEST

Test Gas Alarm System.

a. Connect power inlet cable to laboratory. Turn on electrical power.

b. Depress the alarm test pushbutton located on the control module front panel.

c. Depress reset button to silence alarm.

4-103

TM 10-6640-215-134-41. REMOVE/INSTALL CABINETS, STOOL STORAGE BRACKET AND LOCKERS.


INITIAL SETUP

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Pipe Wrench, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1 )


REMOVAL

1. Remove Latch, Lock, and Hinge From Storage Cabinet. See figure 4-34.

a. Remove screw, star washer, and latch.

b. Remove screw and retaining clip from lock and remove defective lock from cabinet.

c. Remove two screws from cabinet.

d. Remove three screws attaching hinge to door and remove defective hinge.

2. Remove The Stainless Steel Sink. See figure 4-35.

a. Loosen coupling at sink trap and move trap.

b. Pop the form fitted sink free and remove the defective sink.

c. Remove drain pipe from sink and retain for reuse.

3. Remove The Steel Storage Locker. See figure 4-36.

a. Remove two screws, flat washers, and nuts from each of the four locker legs.

b. Remove defective locker from foundation.

4. Remove The Desiccating Cabinet. See figure 4-37.

a. Remove two nuts, lockwashers, and flat washers from mounting bracket.

b. Remove defective desiccating cabinet from the support shelf.

4-104

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-34. Storage Cabinet Latch, Lock, and Hinge

4-105

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-35. Stainless Steel Sink

4-106

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-36. Steel Storage Locker

4-107

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-37. Desiccating Cabinet

4-108

TM 10-6640-215-134-41. REMOVE/INSTALL CABINETS, STOOL, STORAGE BRACKET AND

LOCKERS - continued.

5. Remove Stool Storage Bracket. See figure 4-38.

a. Release retaining straps attaching stool to bracket and remove stool.

b. Remove four mounting screws and flat washers from stool storage bracket and remove defective bracket.

6. Remove the Steel Bookcase. See figure 4-39.

a. Remove two screws and flat washers from each of the two mounting bracket arms.

b. Slide defective bookcase off of bracket arms and remove.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Cabinet Paddle Latch Assembly. See figure 4-34.

a. Insert the new lock into opening on the door.

b. Install the new lock with retaining clip and screw.

c. Install the new latch with screw and star washer.

d. Attach new hinge to cabinet with two screws.

e. Attach hinge to door with three screws.

2. Install Stainless Steel Sink. See figure 4-35.

a. Attach drain pipe to sink.

b. Align new sink with opening in countertop and snap form fitting sink into place.

c. Attach drain pipe to sink trap and tighten coupling.

3. Install Steel Storage Locker. See figure 4-36.

a. Align new locker on foundation.

b. Attach each of the four locker legs with two screws, flat washers and nuts. Tighten in place.

4-109

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-38. Stool and Bracket

4-110

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-39. Steel Bookcase

4-111

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-41. REMOVE/INSTALL CABINETS, STOOL, STORAGE BRACKET ANDLOCKERS - continued.

4. Install Desiccating Cabinet. See figure 4-37.

a. Replace new desiccating cabinet on support shelf.

b. Align mounting bracket and fasten bracket in place with two flat washers, lockwashers and nuts.

5. Install Stool Storage Bracket. See figure 4-38.

a. Align new bracket and fasten in place with four mounting screws and flat washers.

b. Place stool in bracket and attach in place with two retaining straps and buckles.

6. Install the Steel Bookcase. See figure 4-39.

a. Align new bookcase with mounting bracket arms and slide bookcase onto bracket arms.

b. Fasten bookcase to each mounting bracket arm with two screws and flat washers. Tighten in place.

4-42. REMOVE/INSTALL THE ANALYTICAL BALANCE AND VIBRATIONDAMPING SUPPORT.


INITIAL SETUP:



REMOVAL

1. Remove the Cover and Balance. See figure 4-40.

a. Remove retaining strap and unsnap four retaining latches and lift cover clear of the balance.

b. Remove the faulty analytical balance from the vibration damping support.

2. Remove the Vibration Damping Support. See figure 4-40.

a. Remove drawers K 1, and K2.

4-112

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-40. Analytical Balance

4-113

TM 10-6640-215-134-42. REMOVE/INSTALL THE ANALYTICAL BALANCE AND VIBRATION

DAMPING SUPPORT - continued.

b. From beneath the countertop, remove six mounting screws, nuts, and flat washers attaching vibration dampingsupport.

c. From each retaining latch, remove two screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and remove the four retaining latches.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Vibration Damping Support. See figure 4-40.

a. Align and attach four retaining latches to the new vibration damping support, using two screws, lockwashers, andflat washers to attach each latch.

b. Align new vibration damping support on countertop and attach with six mounting screws, flat washers, and nuts.Tighten in place.

2. Install Analytical Balance and Cover.

a. Place new analytical balance on vibration damping support.

b. Place new cover over analytical balance and fasten in place with four retaining latches and retaining strap.

4-43. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM BATH/FUME HOOD EXHAUST BLOWER HOSES.


INITIAL SETUP:





REMOVAL

Remove the Exhaust Hose.

a. The exhaust hose for the gum bath or the fume hood exhaust blower is removed by loosening the screws on thehose clamps at both ends of the hose and sliding defective hose free of the blower discharge and the dischargeducting.

4-114

TM 10-6640-215-134-43. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM BATH/FUME HOOD EXHAUST

BLOWER HOSES - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install the Exhaust Hose.

a. Place one end of the new exhaust hose on the exhaust ducting with hose clamp. Tighten clamp screw until hose issecurely in place on ducting.

b. Place opposite end of hose with hose clamp on exhaust blower discharge. Tighten clamp screw until hose issecurely in place on blower discharge.

e. Energize blower and check blower and exhaust hose for leaks.

4-44. REMOVE/INSTALL THE RVP TESTING SYSTEM.


INITIAL SETUP:





Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electricalpower has been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

1. Remove the RVP Bath. See figure 4-41.

a. At Main Power Panel place circuit breaker A1CB16 to the OFF position.

b. Unplug bath power cord from convenience outlet.

c. Disconnect RVP bath drain by loosening hose clamp.

4-115

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-41. RVP Bath

4-116

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-44. REMOVE/INSTALL THE RVP TESTING SYSTEM - continued.

d. Remove four mounting screws.

WARNINGTwo people are required to remove RVP bath because of its weight. Failure to comply with thiswarning could result in serious injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

e. Lift defective RVP bath up from cabinet until it clears the countertop.

NOTEFor component removal refer to TM 10-6640-226-13&P.

2. Remove RVP Test Bomb. See figure 4-42.

a. Loosen two wing nuts and remove bomb from support rack.

b. Grasp gage support handle and lift bomb clear of air manifold. Lift liquid chamber clear of air manifold.

c. Loosen RVP gage coupling and remove gage from defective bomb.

3. Remove RVP Gage. See figure 4-43.

a. Grasp gage handle and lift defective gage and bomb free from bracket.

b. Loosen gage coupling until gage is free from bomb.

4. Remove Manometer. See figure 4-44.

WARNINGNever handle mercury with bare hands; never heat mercury in an open container; and never shakemore than 20 milliliters of mercury in a glass container.

a. Turn the air pressure regulator OFF.

b. Remove air line tubing from manometer.

c. Remove three mounting screws and six flat washers. Remove defective manometer.

INSTALLATION

1. Install the Manometer. See figure 4-44.

a. Align new manometer with wall mounts and attach with three screws and six flat washers.

4-117

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-42. RVP Test Bomb

4-118

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-43. RVP Gages

4-119

TM 110-6640-215-13

Figure 4-44. Manometer

4-120

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-44. REMOVE/INSTALL THE RVP TESTING SYSTEM - continued.

b. Connect tubing and open air pressure regulator.

2. Install RVP Gage. See figure 4-43.

a. Align new gage with bomb and tighten coupling.

b. Align bomb with air manifold and ensure gage handle is firmly engaged with support bracket.

3. Install RVP Test Bomb. See figure 4-42.

a. Place RVP gage on new bomb and tighten coupling.

b. Align bomb and liquid chamber in bomb rack and over air manifold.

c. Place gage handle on support bracket.

d. Tighten outer half of bomb rack with two wing nuts.

4. Install RVP Bath. See figure 4-41.

WARNINGTwo people are required to remove RVP bath because of its weight. Failure to comply with thiswarning could result in serious injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

a. Lift new RVP bath into position on countertop. Plug bath into convenience outlet and lower into place.

b. Align bath on countertop mount and attach with four mounting screws. Tighten in place.

c. Connect RVP bath drain with hose clamp.

d. At Main Power Panel place circuit breaker A1CB16 to the ON position.

e. Run an operational check to test new RVP bath system.

4-121

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-45. REMOVE/INSTALL KINEMATIC VISCOSITY BATHS.


INITIAL SETUP:




WARNINGELECTRICAL SHIOCK

Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical powerhas been turned off Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Kinematic Viscosity Baths. See figure 4-45.

a. Unplug controller for viscosity bath from wall receptacle and unplug bath from controller.

b. Disconnect strap which secures the top bracket over viscosity bath. Remove bracket.

c. Loosen four captive wing bolts and remove hold down brackets.

d. Remove viscosity bath.

e. Remove controller for viscosity bath by removing the two nuts, lockwashers, and flat washers from the retainingbracket.

INSTALLATION

Install Kinematic Viscosity Baths. See figure 4-45.

a. Install controller for viscosity bath by installing retaining bracket. Secure with two flat washers, lockwashers, andnuts.

b. Place viscosity bath in position on foundation.

4-122

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-45. Kinematic Viscosity Bath

4-123

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-44. REMOVE/INSTALL KINEMATIC VISCOSITY BATHS - continued.

c. Install the two hold down brackets with captive wing bolts.

d. Place bracket with strap in position on viscosity bath. Secure strap.

e. Plug bath into controller and plug controller for viscosity bath into wall receptacle.

f. Verify viscosity bath operation.


4-46. REMOVE/INSTALL THE CENTRIFUGE.


INITIAL SETUP:






REMOVAL

Remove the Centrifuge. See figure 4-46.

a. At Main Power Panel place circuit breaker A1CB8 to the OFF position.

b. Unplug centrifuge power cord from convenience outlet.

c. From beneath countertop, remove four mounting screws, lockwashers, flat washers and nuts that attach eachshock mount to shelf.

d. Remove defective centrifuge from countertop.


4-124

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-46. Centrifuge

4-125

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-46. REMOVE/INSTALL THE CENTRIFUGE-continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Centrifuge. See figure 4-46.

a. Place new centrifuge into cut-out on countertop.

b. Align shock mounts with screw holes on shelf and attach each shock mount with four screws, lockwashers, flatwashers, and nuts. Tighten in place.

c. Plug power cord into convenience outlet and at main power panel, place circuit breaker A1CB8 to the ONposition.

d. Run operational test to check new centrifuge.

4-47. REMOVE/INSTALL THE DISTILLATION TEST APPARATUS.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1 )Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)




REMOVAL

1. Remove Shield Assembly. See figure 4-47.

a. Unplug the condenser from the wall receptacles.

b. Remove ten shield assembly mounting screws.

c. Lift unit forward and disconnect shield assembly from the condenser assembly.

d. Remove defective shield assembly.

4-126

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-47. Distillation Test Apparatus

4-127

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-47. REMOVE/INSTALL THE DISTILLATION TEST APPARATUS- continued.

2. Remove Condenser Assembly. See figure 4-47.

a. Remove shield assembly as in paragraph 1. above.

b. Unplug the condenser power cord from the wall receptacle.

c. Remove drain lines(s).

d. Remove one screw from connecting mounting bracket.

e. Remove six screws from mounting bracket.

f. Remove defective condenser.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Condenser Assembly. See figure 4-47.

a. Using mounting plate as template, scribe and drill holes in new condenser.

b. Place mounting bracket on new condenser and secure with five mounting screws.

c. Connect drain line(s).

d. Install six condenser assembly mounting screws attaching assembly to the countertop.

e. Install one screw in connecting bracket.

f. Plug in unit and verify operation.

2. Install Shield Assembly. See figure 4-47.

a. Using mounting plate as template, scribe and drill holes in new shield assembly.

b. Place mounting bracket on new shield assembly.

c. Install five shield assembly mounting screws.

d. Secure shield assembly to countertop with mounting screw.

e. Connect shield to condenser.

4-128

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-48. REMOVE/INSTALL OXIDATION STABILITY BATH.


INITIAL SETUP:




Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical powerhas (been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove the Oxidation Stability Bath. See figure 4-48.

a. At Main Power Panel, place circuit breaker AlCB15 to the OFF position and unplug oxidation stability bath powercord from wall receptacle located inside cabinet "SI".

b. Disconnect drain line on oxidation stability bath located inside cabinet "S1".

c. Remove one screw from bath junction box and remove cover.

d. Disconnect heating element leads.

e. Disconnect conduit and withdraw with leads from junction box.

f. Remove heater element with junction box from bath.

g. Remove eight screws, nuts, lockwashers, and flat washers that secure oxidation stability bath to countertop.

h. Remove oxidation stability bath.

INSTALLATION

Install Oxidation Stability Bath. See figure 4-48.

a. Place oxidation stability bath in opening of countertop.

4-129

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-48. Oxidation Stability Bath

4-130

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-48. REMOVE/INSTALL OXIDATION STABILITY BATH- continued.

b. Secure oxidation stability bath to countertop with eight flat washers, lockwashers, screws and nuts.

c. Connect drain line located in cabinet "S1" to oxidation stability bath.

d. Install heater element/junction box on bath and connect heater element leads in junction box.

e. Replace junction box cover.

f. Verify proper operation of oxidation stability bath.


4-49. REMOVE/INSTALL LABORATORY OVENS.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)




REMOVAL

Remove Laboratory Ovens. See figure 4-49.

a. Unplug, laboratory oven power cord from wall receptacle.

b. Remove, twelve screws that secure laboratory oven support brackets to countertop.

c. Remove laboratory oven from countertop.

d. Remove twelve screws attaching brackets to oven and remove bracket.

4-131

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-49. Laboratory Ovens

4-132

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-49. REMOVE/INSTALL LABORATORY OVENS - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Laboratory Oven. See figure 4-49.

a. Using support bracket as template, scribe and drill holes in new oven.

b. Install twelve screws that secure brackets to oven.

c. Place new oven with support brackets attached on countertop, and attach with twelve screws.

d. Plug power cord into convenience outlet and run operational test.

NOTEFor component replacement refer to TM 10-6640-218-13&P.

4-50. REMOVE/INSTALL BURN-OUT FURNACE.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)




REMOVAL

Remove Burn-Out Furnace. See figure 4-50.

a. Unplug burn-out furnace power cord from wall receptacle.

b. Remove eight screws that secure support brackets to countertop.

c. Remove burn-out furnace.

d. Remove eight screws attaching brackets to furnace and remove bracket.

4-133

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-50. Burn-Out Furnace

4-134

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-50. REMOVE/INSTALL BURN-OUT FURNACE - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Burn-Out Furnace. See figure 4-49.

a. Using bracket as template, scribe and drill holes in new burn-out furnace.

b. Install eight screws that secure brackets to furnace.

c. Place new furnace with support brackets attached on countertop and attach with eight screws.

d. Plug burn-out furnace power cord into wall receptacle.

e. Verify proper operation.

4-51. REMOVE/INSTALL THE EXPLOSION PROOF REFRIGERATOR.


INITIAL SETUP:




ELECTRICAL SHOCKBefore performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment, ensure all electrical powerhas been turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove the Explosion Proof Refrigerator. See figure 4-51.

a. At Main Power Panel, place circuit breaker A1CB6 to the OFF position.

b. Remove thermostat knob and remove ventilation grill from refrigerator.

c. Remove two mounting screws, flat washers, and lockwashers from legs of refrigerator. Move refrigerator outfrom wall far enough to unplug power cord from convenience outlet.

4-135

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-51. Explosion Proof Refrigerator

4-136

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-51. REMOVE/INSTALL THE EXPLOSION PROOF REFRIGERATOR-continued.

d. Remove defective refrigerator from beneath countertop.

INSTALLATION

Install the Explosion Proof Refrigerator. See figure 4-51.

a. Slide new refrigerator in place beneath countertop far enough to plug power cord into convenience outlet.

b. Align refrigerator with holes in floor and attach with two mounting screws, lockwashers, and flat washer andtighten in place.

c. At Slain Power Panel, place circuit breaker A1CB6 to the ON position.

d. Turn refrigerator on and check operation.


4-52. REMOVE/INSTALL JET FUEL THERMAL STABILITY TESTER, JFTOT.


INITIAL SETUP:






PHYSICAL LIFTINGSerious injury could occur if heavy equipment is moved/lifted without sufficient personnel to do the job.Use proper physical lifting procedures or use a suitable lifting device or doll). Wear safety shoes, glovesand other suitable protective clothing.

4-137

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-52. REMOVE/INSTALL JET FUEL THERMAL STABILITY TESTER, JFTOT -continued.

REMOVAL

Remove JFTOT. See figure 4-52.

a. Unplug JFTOT power cord from wall receptacle.

b. Unplug J FTOT from power transformer on left side of unit.

c. Loosen hose clamps and disconnect plastic hoses from water inlet and drain on right side of unit.

d. Remove screws and hold down clamps securing inlet and drain on right side of unit.

e. Disconnect N2 inlet fitting on right side of unit.

f. Disconnect hose from metered tube on left side of unit.

g. Unlatch the retaining latches on both sides of unit from mounting frame.

h. Slide unit out approximately two inches.

i. Remove twelve cap nuts, nuts and flat washer that secure JFTOT foundation to countertop.

WARNINGTwo people are required to remove JFTOT tester because of its weight. Failure to comply with thiswarning could result in serious injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

j. Remove JFTOT with mounting frame from countertop.

k. Remove JFTOT from mounting frame.

INSTALLATION

Install JFTOT Tester. See figure 4-52.

a. Place JFTOT tester into mounting frame.

b. Place JFTOT tester with foundation in position on countertop.

c. Install twelve screws that secure JFTOT foundation to countertop.

d. Slide the unit into its retracted position.

e. Latch the retaining latches on both sides of unit to mounting frame.

4-138

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-52. Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Tester

4-139

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-52. REMOVE/INSTALL JET FUEL THERMAL STABILITY TESTER, JFTOT -continued.

e. Connect N2 inlet on right side of unit.

f. Install hold down clamps for water inlet and drain to frame.

g. Connect plastic hoses to water inlet and drain on right side of unit. Tighten hose clamp.

h. Plug in JFTOT on left side of unit to power transformer.

i. Plug JFTOT power cord into wall receptacle.

j. Verify proper JFTOT operation.


4-53. REMOVE/INSTALL GAS CYLINDERS AND GAS REGULATOR VALVES.


INITIAL SETUP:




Pressure systems safety precautions apply to all ranges of pressure. Care must be taken during testing toensure that all test connections are properly and tightly made prior to applying pressure to the test setup.Ensure gas cylinder valves are tightly closed prior to removing/replacing gas cylinders. Use care inmoving gas cylinders.

REMOVAL

Remove Gas Cylinder (Typical). See figure 4-53.

a. Open gas cylinder cabinet door.

b. Unlatch appropriate gas cylinder sliding rack retaining lock.

4-140

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-53. Gas Cylinder/Gas Regulator Valve

4-141

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-53. REMOVE/INSTALL GAS CYLINDERS ANDGAS REGULATOR VALVES - continued.

c. Pull gas cylinder sliding rack out from cabinet.

d. Close gas cylinder discharge valve.

e. Disconnect and remove gas regulator from gas cylinder and replace protective cap.

f. Release the upper and lower retaining straps that secure gas cylinder to sliding rack.

g. Remove gas cylinder.

INSTALLATION

Install Gas Cylinder (Typical). See figure 4-53.

a. Place gas cylinder in position on sliding rack.

b. Secure gas cylinder on sliding rack with upper and lower retaining straps.

c. Remove protective caps and install gas regulator on gas cylinder.

d. Slide cylinder sliding rack with cylinder into storage position in cabinet taking care not to kink hoses.

e. Latch the gas cylinder sliding rack retaining lock.

f. Verify gas regulator operation.

g. Close gas cylinder cabinet door.

4-54. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER LEVEL REGULATOR.


INITIAL SETUP:


Materials/Parts RequiredTeflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)

4-142

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-54. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER LEVEL REGULATOR - continued.

REMOVAL

Remove Water Level Regulator. See figure 4-54.

a. Position circuit breaker AICB17 to off.

b. In the mechanical room, turn off water pump.

c. Open cabinet U and drain hot water tank. Open hot water faucet and drain water piping.

d. Disconnect piping unions before and after the regulator.

e. Remove two screws, lockwashers, flat washers, nuts, and remove retaining bracket.

f. At junction box in cabinet U disconnect regulator electrical leads, tag connection points in box forreconnection.

g. Attach line to electrical leads before drawing leads through conduit to facilitate installation.

h. Remove regulator cap and float. Disconnect and remove conduit from regulator cap, withdraw electricalleads from junction box through conduit.

i. Remove two threaded pipe adapters from defective regulator.

INSTALLATION

Install Water Level Regulator. See figure 4-54.

a. Apply teflon tape on male fittings. Be sure to wrap teflon tape in same direction as pipe thread.

b. Install pipe adapters on water level regulator.

c. Draw electrical leads through conduit with line previously attached and connect conduit to regulator cap injunction box in cabinet U. Connect leads as tagged and remove tags.

d. Connect water level regulator to system piping. Connect pipe unions.

e. Open water level regulator isolation valves and verify operation.

4-143

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-54. Water Level Regulator

4-144

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-55. REMOVE/INSTALL ROADSIDE STOWAGE BOX.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill and Bits, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Personnel RequiredFive (5)

Materials/Parts RequiredLockwashers, (Appendix F)Rivets, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

1. Remove Roadside Stowage Box. See figure 4-55.

a. Empty stowage box of contents before attempting removal.

b. Manually remove four safety pins located on top of box. The use of pliers may be required if pins are rustedor bent.

c. Position two people on each end of the stowage box and have them apply upward pressure while a thirdindividual removes the two pins securing the box to the rear box hanger channel and removes the two pinssecuring the box to the front box hanger channel.

d. Remove defective stowage box.

2. Remove Stowage Box Hanger Channels.

a. Remove five hex head cap screws, lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts from rear hanger channel.

b. Remove defective hanger channel.

c. Remove seven hex head cap screws, lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts from the front hanger channel.

d. Remove defective hanger channel.

4-145

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-55. Roadside Stowage Box

4-146

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-55. REMOVE/INSTALL ROADSIDE STOWAGE BOX - continued.

3. Remove of Stowage Box Hinges, Hasps, Strikers and Door Panels. See figure 4-55.

a. Drill out eighteen rivets attaching latches and strikers to stowage box door panels and box base.

b. Remove defective latches and strikers.

c. Drill out sixteen rivets attaching hasps and strikers to stowage box door panels and box base.

d. Remove defective hasps and strikers.

e. Drill out thirty-six rivets attaching hinges to the stowage box and door panels.

f. Remove defective hinges from the stowage box and door panels.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Stowage Box Hinges, Hasps, Strikers, and Door Panels. See figure 4-55.

a. Place new hinges on the door panels and align the holes. If new panels are being used, place the hinges intoposition and mark hole locations then drill out the holes.

b. Rivet the hinges to the door panels. Place door panels with hinges into position on the stowage box andattach with rivets.

c. Position new latches on the door panels and align holes. If new door panels are being used, place thelatches into position and mark hole locations then drill out the holes.

d. Position latch strikers on the box base.

e. Rivet the latch strikers to the box base.

f. Position hasps on the door panels. If new door panels are being used, place the hasps in position and markhole locations then drill out the holes.

g. Rivet the hasps to the door panels.

h. Position the new hasp strikers on the box base.

i. Rivet the hasp strikers to the box base.

2. Install Stowage Box Hanger Channels. See figure 4-55.

4-147

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-55. REMOVE/INSTALL ROADSIDE STOWAGE BOX- continued.

a. Place one hex head cap screw into position towards center of the van support that will receive the fronthanger channel.

b. Position the front hanger channel and attach using flat washer, lockwasher and nut. This will support thehanger channel so that the remaining six lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts can be secured in place.

c. Place one hex head cap screw into position towards center of the van support that will receive the rearhanger channel.

d. Position the rear hanger channel and attach using flat washer, lockwasher and nut. This will support thehanger channel so that the remaining four lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts can be secured in place.

3. Install Roadside Stowage Box. See figure 4-55.

a. Place two people on each end of the stowage box and lift box into position on front and rear hangerchannels.

b. Attach stowage box to hanger channels with pins and then secure pins with safety pins.

4-56. REMOVE/INSTALL CURBSIDE STOWAGE BOX.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Drill and Bits, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)Drill Set, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 1)

Personnel RequiredThree (3)

Materials/Parts RequiredLockwashers, (Appendix F)Rivets, (Appendix F)

REMOVAL

1. Remove Curbside Stowage Box. See figure 4-56.

a. Empty stowage box of contents before attempting removal.

4-148

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-56. Curbside Stowage Box

4-149

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-56. REMOVE/INSTALL CURBSIDE STOWAGE BOX- continued.

b. Manually remove four safety pins located on top of box. The use of pliers may be required if pins are rustedor bent.

c. Position one person on each end of the stowage box and have them apply upward pressure while a thirdindividual removes the two pins securing the box to the rear box hanger channel and removes the two pinssecuring the box to the front box hanger channel.

d. Remove defective stowage box.

2. Remove Stowage Box Hanger Channels. See figure 4-56.

a. Remove four hex head cap screws, lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts from rear hanger channel.

b. Remove defective hanger channel.

c. Remove six hex head cap screws, lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts from the front hanger channel.

d. Remove defective hanger channel.

3. Remove Stowage Box Hinge, Hasp, Striker and Door Panel. See figure 4-56.

a. Drill out six rivets attaching latch and striker to stowage box door panel and box base.

b. Remove defective latch and striker.

c. Drill out eight rivets attaching hasp and striker to stowage box door panel and box base.

d. Remove defective hasp and striker.

e. Drill out eighteen rivets attaching hinge to the stowage box and door panel.

f. Remove defective hinge from the stowage box and door panel.

INSTALLATION

1. Install Stowage Box Hinge, Hasp, Striker, and Door Panel. See figure 4-56.

a. Place a new hinge on the door panel and align the holes. If a new panel is being used, place the hinge intoposition and mark hole locations then drill out the holes.

4-150

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-56. REMOVE/INSTALL CURBSIDE STOWAGE BOX -continued.

b. Rivet the hinges to the door panel. Place door panel with hinge into position on the stowage box and attachwith rivets.

c. Position new latch on door panel and align holes. If a new door panel is being used, place the latch intoposition and mark hole locations then drill out the holes.

d. Position latch striker on the box base.

e. Rivet the latch striker to the box base.

f. Position hasp on the door panel. If a new door panel is being used, place the hasp in position and mark holelocations then drill out the holes.

g. Rivet the hasp to the door panel.

h. Position the new hasp striker on the box base.

i. Rivet the hasp striker to the box base.

2. Install Stowage Box Hanger Channels. See figure 4-56.

a. Place one hex head cap screw into position towards center of the van support that will receive the fronthanger channel.

b. Position the front hanger channel and attach using flat washer, lockwasher and nut. This will support thehanger channel so that the remaining five lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts can be secured in place.

c. Place one hex head cap screw into position towards center of the van support that will receive the rearhanger channel.

d. Position the rear hanger channel and attach using flat washer, lockwasher and nut. This will support thehanger channel so that the remaining three lockwashers, flat washers, and nuts can be secured in place.

3. Install Curbside Stowage Box. See figure 4-56.

a. Place one person on each end of the stowage box and lift box into position on front and rear hangerchannels.

b. Attach stowage box to hanger channels with pins and then secure pins with safety pins.

4-151

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-57. REMOVE/INSTALL GFI INDICATING SWITCHES.


INITIAL SETUP:This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation





REMOVAL

Remove GFI Indicating Switches. See figure 4-57.

a. Turn circuit breaker A15CB 11 OFF in Power Panel No. 2.

b. Remove eight cover screws and remove cover.

c. Remove two switch mounting screws.

d. Remove insulating cover from switch.

e. Remove terminal screws, tag for reconnection and disconnect electrical leads.

f. Remove defective switch.

g. Remove indicating light by unscrewing from socket.

h. Remove two socket mounting screws.

i. Remove terminal screws, tag electrical leads for reconnection and disconnect leads.

j. Remove defective switch.

4-152

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 4-57. GFI Indicating Switches

4-153

TM 10-6640-215-13

4-57. REMOVE/INSTALL GFI INDICATING SWITCHES - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install GFI Indicating Switches. See figure 4-57.

a. Install new socket with two mounting screws.

b. Connect electrical leads as tagged and remove tags.

c. Install indicating light.

d. Install new switch with two mounting screws.

e. Connect electrical leads as tagged and remove tags.

f. Install insulating cover around switch.

g. Install cover with eight screws.

h. Verify operation of GFI indicating switches.

4-154

TM 10-6640-215-13

CHAPTER 5DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE

SECTION I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTAlphabetical Index

Paragraph Title ParagraphCommon Tools and Equipment .............................................................. ............................................ 5-1Repair Parts ............................................................................ ........................................................... 5-3Special Tools; Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment; and Support Equipment ................. ... 5-2

5-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT.Appendix B, Section Ill contains the authorized common tools. For authorized equipment, refer to Modified Table ofOrganization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit.

5-2. SPECIAL TOOLS; TEST, MEASUREMENT, AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT; AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.

No special tools; test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment; or support equipment are required for the repair of thePetroleum Laboratory at the direct support level of maintenance.

5-3. REPAIR PARTS.

Repair parts for the Petroleum Laboratory are listed in Appendix F, Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL),covering operator, unit, and direct support maintenance of the Petroleum Laboratory.

SECTION II. DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURESAlphabetical Index

Maintenance Item ParagraphAir/Steam Flow Rate Indicator Meters ................................................ ................................................ 5-24Boiler Low Water Cutoff Pump Control ............................................................................................... 5-16Boiler Low Water Pump ......................................................... ............................................................ 5-17Electric Steam Boiler .......................................................................................................................... 5-20Electric Steam Boiler Sight Glass ....................................................................................................... 5-18Flow Control Devices (Gum Bath System) ............................................... .......................................... 5-21Flow Control Devices (Water System) ................................................................................................ 5-10Freezer (Ice Cube Maker) .................................................................................................................. 5-26Gum Bath Vent/Fume Vent Blower and Motor .................................................................................... 5-25Gum Content Test Bath ...................................................................................................................... 5-15High Pressure Steam Boiler ............................................................................................................... 5-22Introduction .................................................................... .................................................................... 5-4Operating/Limit Control Switch ........................................................................................................... 5-19Pyrometer Indicator/Control ............................................................................................................... 5-23Sump Pump .................................................................. ..................................................................... 5-14Surge Tank ................................................................... ..................................................................... 5-8Thermostat and Heating Element ....................................................................................................... 5-13System Piping (Typical) (Water System) ............................................................................................ 5-11Water Chiller ...................................................................................................................................... 5-9

5-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

Alphabetical Index - continuedMaintenance Item ParagraphWater Heater ..................................................... .................................................................................. 5-12Water Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 5-5Water Tank ......................................................... ................................................................................. 5-6Water Tank Drain ................................................................................................................................. 5-7

5-4. INTRODUCTION.

a. This section contains instructions covering maintenance functions for direct support level maintenance on thePetroleum Laboratory. Personnel required are listed only if the task requires more than one.

b. After completing each maintenance procedure, perform operational check to be sure that equipment isproperly functioning.

5-5. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER PUMP.


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools requiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)

Material RequiredTeflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)

General Safetv Instructions:



REMOVAL

Remove Water Pump. See figure 5-1.

a. Set switch on WATER PUMP controller to OFF.

b. Set A15CB8 at POWER PANEL No. 2 to OFF.

c. Tag for reconnection and disconnect pump motor electrical leads at motor connection box.

d. Disconnect union on pump discharge line to the surge tank.

e. Disconnect union on suction supply line from water filter.

f. Disconnect hose from drain petcock.

g. Remove four bolts, nuts, flat washers, and lockwashers that secure pump to foundation.

h. Remove water pump.5-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-5. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER PUMP - continued.

i. Remove pipe fittings from pump and retain for reuse.INSTALLATION

Install Water Pump. See figure 5-1.a. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.b. Install pipe fittings on pump.c. Install water pump on foundation with four bolts, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts.d. Connect hose to drain petcock.e. Connect union on suction supply line to water tank.f. Connect union on suction supply line to water filter.g. Connect union on pump discharge line to the surge tank.h. Connect pump motor electrical leads to motor connection box. Remove tags.i. Set A15CB8 at POWER PANEL No. 2 to ON.j. Set switch on WATER PUMP controller to ON.k. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed

in paragraph 2-8.I. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-1. Water Pump Removal and Installation

5-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

15-6. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER TANK.


INITIAL SET-UP:Tools required

General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Material required

Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Flange gasket, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 158)

Personnel RequiredTwo (2)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Water tank. See figure 5-2.

a. Set switch on WATER PUMP controller to OFF.

b. Set A15CB8 at POWER PANEL No. 2 to OFF.

c. Open drain valve at bottom of water tank. Allow water to drain from tank and systemplumbing.

d. Disconnect seven unions from water tank connections on top of tank.

e. Disconnect union on suction line from water pump line.

f. Disconnect drain line union.

g. Remove six bolts, nuts, flat washers, and lockwashers, from tee flange. Remove gasket.

h. Remove two bolts and flat washers from each tank support leg.

i. Disconnect unions and remove any obstructing plumbing as required.

j. Remove water tank.

k. Remove pipe fittings from water tank.

5-4

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-6. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER TANK - continued.

l. Remove drain valve and tee from water tank (para. 5-7).INSTALLATION

Install Water Tank. See figure 5-2.a. Apply teflon tape to all male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.b. Install pipe fittings on water tank.c. Install drain valve and tee on water tank (para. 5-7).d. Position water tank on tank support legs. Install two bolts and flat washers in each tank support leg.e. Secure tee flange to tank drain line with gasket, six bolts, lock washers, and nuts.f. Connect drain line union (opposite from pipe tee flange) to tank drain line.g. Connect union on tank suction line to water pump.h. Connect seven unions to water tank connections on top of tank.i. Set A15CB8 at POWER PANEL No. 2 to ON.j. Set switch on WATER PUMP controller to ON.k. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed

in paragraph 2-8.l. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-2. Water Tank Removal and Installation

5-5

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-7. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER TANK DRAIN.

This task consists of a. Removal b. Installation


General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Material Required

Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Equipment Condition

Water tank removed (para 5-6).

REMOVALRemove Water Tank Drain. See figure 5-3.a. Disconnect drain valve and attached pipe fittings from water tank.b. Disconnect pipe fitting and tee from drain valve.

INSTALLATIONInstall Water Tank Drain. See figure 5-3.a. Apply teflon tape to male pipe fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.b Connect tee and pipe fitting to drain valve.c. Connect drain valve and attached fittings to water tank.d. Install water tank (para 5-6).e. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed

in paragraph 2-8.f. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-3. Water Tank Drain Removal and Installation

5-6

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-8. REMOVE/INSTALL SURGE TANK.





Water pump turned off.

REMOVALRemove Surge Tank. See figure 5-4.a. Remove cap and depress air valve stem to bleed pressure from surge tank.b. ' Unscrew surge tank from threaded fitting.c. Remove surge tank.

INSTALLATIONInstall Surge Tank. See figure 5-4.a. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.b. Screw surge tank onto threaded fitting.c. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed

in paragraph 2-8.d. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-4. Surge Tank Removal and Installation

5-7

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-9. REMOVE INSTALL WATER CHILLER.




Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Lockwashers, (4) (Appendix F)




REMOVAL

Remove Water Chiller. See figure 5-5.

a. On POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB7 to OFF.

b. On POWER PANEL No.2, set circuit breaker A15CB8 to OFF and drain water lines.

c. Remove four screws from left panel and two from screen. Remove left panel.

d. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring from water chiller.

e. Disconnect and remove conduit from chiller.

f. Disconnect the three unions that connect the water supply, water return, and drain lines on the roadside endof chiller.

g. Remove four capscrews and flat washers that secure water chiller foundation mounting plate to machineryroom floor.

h. Remove defective water chiller with foundation mounting plate.

i. Remove four screws, nuts, flat washers and lockwashers and separate chiller from foundation mountingplate.

j. Remove pipe fittings from water chiller.

5-8

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-9. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER CHILLER - continued.

Figure 5-5. Water Chiller Removal and Installation

INSTALLATIONInstall Water Chiller. See figure 5-5.a. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.

b. Install pipe fittings on water chiller.

c. Install water chiller on foundation mounting plate with four screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts.

d. Install water chiller foundation mounting plate on machinery room floor. Secure with - four flat washers andcapscrews.

e. Connect three unions that connect the water supply, water return, and drain lines.

f. Connect conduit to water chiller. Connect water chiller wiring and remove tags.

g. Position left panel on chiller. Install two screws in screen and four screws in left panel.

h. On POWER PANEL No.2, set circuit breaker AI5CB8 to ON.

i. On POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB7 to ON

j. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listedin paragraph 2-8.

k. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-9

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-10. REMOVE/INSTALL CONTROL DEVICES (WATER SYSTEM).




Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Reference

TB-SIG-222, Soldering Methods and EquipmentEquipment Condition

Water pump turned off.Water pressure relieved by opening sink faucet.

REMOVAL

Remove Water System Control Devices. See figure 5-6.

a. Remove threaded stopcock valves by unscrewing valves from tees or elbows located in water system piping.

b. To remove soldered/brazed valves or flow control devices, proceed as follows:

(1) Disconnect pipe union(s) closest to control device to being removed.

(2) Remove pipe section with control device attached.

(3) Unsolder/unbraze control device from piping.

INSTALLATION

Install Water System Control Devices. See figure 5-6.

a. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.b. Install threaded stopcock valves into tees or elbows located in system piping.c. To install soldered/brazed valves or flow control devices, proceed as follows:

(1) Solder braze control device to piping.(2) Install pipe section with control device attached(3) Connect pipe unions.

d. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listedin paragraph 2-8.

e. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-10

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-6. Water System Control Devices Removal and Installation

5-11

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-11. REMOVE/INSTALL SYSTEM PIPING (TYPICAL) WATER SYSTEM).




Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Reference

TB-SIG-222, Soldering Methods and Equipment

REMOVAL

Remove Water System Piping. See figure 5-7.

a. Disconnect union(s) closest to elbow, valve, coupling or piping component to be removed.

b. Remove pipe clamps, supports, and braces from pipe section as required.

c. Remove pipe section from unit.

d. Unsolder/unbraze defective elbow, valve, union, couplings or pipe component from pipe section.

INSTALLATION

Install Water System Piping. See figure 5-7.

a. Solder/braze replacement elbow, valves, unions, coupling or pipe components to pipe section.

b. Position pipe section in unit.

c. Connect unions to pipe section.

d. Install braces, supports and pipe clamps on pipe section as required.

e. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listedin paragraph 2-8.

f. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-12

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-7. Water System Piping Removal and Installation

5-13

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-12. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER HEATER.



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)Material required

Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Lockwashers, (Appendix F)



WARNINGELECTRICAL SHIOCK


REMOVAL

Remove Water Heater. See figure 5-8.

a. On MAIN POWER PANEL set water heater circuit breaker AICB17 to OFF.

b. Remove shelf from cabinet L' to gain access to water heater.

c. Turn off water pump and open water heater drain valve located in cabinet U. Open hot water faucet to aiddrainage.

d. Disconnect water inlet union from water heater.

e. Disconnect water outlet union from water heater.

f. Disconnect relief valve union from water heater.

g. At junction box in cabinet U, tag for reconnection and disconnect water heater wiring and conduit.

h. Remove two screws and lockwashers from each of the four mounting supports for water heater.

i. Remove defective water heater from cabinet U.

j. Remove relief valve and two threaded pipe adapters from water heater. Retain for reuse.

k. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring and conduit from water heater.

5-14

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-12. REMOVE/INSTALL WATER HEATER - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Water Heater. See figure 5-8a. Connect conduit and wiring to water heater. Remove tags.b. Install two threaded pipe adapters and relief valve on water heater.c. Position water heater on mounting supports in cabinet U.d. Install two screws and fiat washers in each of four mounting supports.e. At junction box in cabinet U, connect water heater wiring and conduit. Remove tags.f. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. make sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.g. Connect water heater relief valve unionh. Connect water heater outlet line union.i. Connect water heater inlet line union.j. Close hot water faucet and water heater drain valve located in cabinet U.k. Install shelf in cabinet U.l. Set water heater circuit breaker A CB 17 to ON.m. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed

in paragraph 2-8.n. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-8. Water Heater Removal and Installation

5-15

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-13. REMOVE/INSTALL THERMOSTAT AND HEATING ELEMENT


INITIAL SETUP:

Tools RequiredGeneral Mechanic's Tool Kit. (Appendix B, Section III Item 2)



Before performing any maintenance actions on electrical equipment ensure all electrical power hasbeen turned off. Death or serious injury may occur from failure to do this.

REMOVAL

Remove Thermostat and Heating Element. See Figure 5-9.

a. On the MAIN POWER PANEL set the water heater circuit breaker (A1CB17) to off position.

b. Turn off the water pump and open water heater drain valve located in cabinet U. Open hot water faucet toaid in draining.

c. Remove metal screw (1) securing cover panel (2) to water heater.

d. Remove cover panel and plastic thermal protector. (3).

e. Tag and disconnect two leads on the thermostat (4) and remove thermostat.

f. Tag and disconnect two leads on the heating element (5).

g. Remove four hex head bolts (6) securing bracket (7), O-ring (8), and heating coil (5.).

h. Remove the heating element (5), O-ring (8), and bracket (7).

5-16

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-9. Thermostat and Heating Element Removal and Installation.

5-17

TM 10-6640-215-13

INSTALLATION

Install Thermostat and Heating Element. See Figure 5-9.

a. Slide new O-ring (8) onto heating element (5) and insert heating element into heater.

b. Position bracket (7) and install four hex head bolts (6). Do not fully tighten bolts. To get proper seal boltsmust be alternately tightened.

c. Close the drain valve located in cabinet U.

d. Open the hot water faucet and turn on the water pump. When water flows from faucet the water heatershould be full. Shut off the hot water faucet.

e. Check for leaks.

f. Repair any leaks that are present.

g. Connect the two leads to the heating element. Remove tags.

h. Install thermostat (4) and connect two leads. Remove tags.

i. Install plastic thermal protector (3).

j. Position cover panel (2) and secure with metal screw (1).

k. Turn on water heater by setting circuit breaker A1CB17 in the MAIN POWER PANEL to on position.

5-18

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-14. REMOVE/INSTALL SUMP PUMP.




Lockwashers, (Appendix F)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Sump Pump. See Figure 5-10.

a. Unplug sump pump connectors from wall receptacle inside cabinet W2.

b. Remove drain trap from sink drain.

c. Tag for reconnection, remove heat shrink tubing, and disconnect two electrical leads at wire splices.

d Disconnect two electrical strain reliefs from top of cover.

e. Lift cover off of drain tank and position so that you have access to components in drain tank.

f. Disconnect discharge hose from top of sump pump.

g. Remove four nuts, flat washers and u-bolts securing sump pump to retaining bracket.

h. Remove eight screws, lock washers, flat washers, nuts and retaining bracket from drain tank stand.

i. Remove two screws, flat washers, and switch from retaining bracket.

j. Remove sump pump from drain tank. Remove splicing clip from sump pump and switch power cords.

(5-19 blank)/ 5-20

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-10. Sump Pump Removal.

5-21

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-14. REMOVE/INSTALL SUMP PUMP - continued. |

INSTALLATION

Install Sump Pump. See Figure 5-11.

a. Install splicing clips on sump pump and switch power cords. Position sump pump in drain tank.

b. Secure switch to retaining bracket with two fiat washers and screws.

c. Position retaining bracket on drain tank stand. Install eight screws, flat washers, lock washers and nuts.

d. Install sump pump on retaining bracket with two u-bolts, four flat washers and nuts.

e. Position cover over drain tank and connect discharge hose to top of sump pump.

f. Connect two electrical leads at wire splices and install heat shrink tubing.

g. Connect two strain reliefs to top of cover.

h. Install drain trap on sink drain.

i. Plug sump pump connectors into receptacle located in cabinet W2.

j. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listedin paragraph 2-8.


5-22

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-11. Sump Pump Installation

5-23

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-15. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM CONTENT TEST BATH.




Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)Personnel Required

Two (2)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Gum Content Test Bath. See Figure 5-12.

a. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breakers A1CB18 and AICB19 to OFF.

b. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to OFF.

WARNINGTo prevent injury to personnel, be sure gum bath has had time to cool before performing anymaintenance. Steam temperature as high as 600°F (279.9°C) can be obtained in this unit.

c. Open drain valve to clear overhead pipes of steam or water.

d. Tag for reconnection and disconnect gum bath wiring and conduit from pyrometer fuse box.

e. Disconnect steam line at union located at rear of gum bath.

f. Disconnect drain line at rear of gum bath.

g. Remove cabinet drawers Al and B1. Remove eight screws, lock washers, and lockwashers that secure gum bathto counter top.

5-24

TM 10-6640-215-13,

5-15. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM CONTENT TEST BATH - continued.

WARNINGThe gum bath unit is heavy (160 lbs/71 kg). To prevent injury, two people are required to removethe gum bath from the counter top.

h. Lift and remove gum bath from counter top.

i. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring and conduit from gum bath.

j. Remove four screws and separate gum bath from mounting bracket

Figure 5-12. Gum Content Bath Removal.

5-25

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-15. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM CONTENT TEST BATH- continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Gum Content Test Bath. See Figure 5-13.

a. Position mounting bracket on bottom of gum bath and install four screws.

b. Connect conduit and wiring to gum bath. Remove tags.

WARNINGThe gum bath unit is heavy (160 lbs/71 kg). To prevent injury, two people are required to installthe gum bath on the counter top.

c. Position gum bath on counter top. Aline mounting holes.

d. Install eight screws, flat washers and lockwashers through bottom of counter top.

e. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.

f. Connect drain line union to of gum bath.

g. Connect steam line union to gum bath.

h. Connect wiring and conduit to pyrometer fuse box. Remove tags.

i. Close drain valve.

j. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to ON.

k. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breakers A1CB18 and A1CB19 to ON.

l. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

m. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-26

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-13. Gum Content Bath Installation.

5-27

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-16. BOILER LOW WATER CUTOFF PUNIP CONTROL.




Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Boiler Low Water Cutoff Pump Control. See Figure 5-14.

a. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to OFF.

b. Close water feed boiler valve located on equipment wall and drain boiler.

c. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring and conduit from boiler low water cutoff pump control.

d. Disconnect three pipe unions.

e. Remove boiler low water cutoff pump control from electric steam boiler.

INSTALLATION

Install Boiler Low Water Cutoff Pump Control. See Figure 5-14.

a. Position boiler low water pump control on electric steam boiler.

b. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.

c. Connect three pipe unions.

d. Connect wiring and conduit to boiler low water pump control. Remove tags.

e. Open water feed boiler valve located on equipment wall.

f. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to ON.

5-28

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-16. BOILER LOW WATER CUTOFF PUMP CONTROL - continued.

g. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

h. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-14. Boiler Low Water Cutoff Pump Control Removal and Installation

5-29

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-17. REMOVE/INSTALL BOILER LOW WATER PUMP.





Boiler low water cutoff pump control removed (para 5-15).General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Boiler Low Water Pump. See Figure 5-15.

a. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to OFF.

b. Close water feed boiler valve located on equipment wall and drain boiler.

c. Tag for reconnection and disconnect low water pump wiring from junction box on back of electric steam boiler.

d. Disconnect high pressure flexible hose from boiler inlet line.

e. Disconnect two hoses from motor sensing valve.

f. Remove four nuts, lockwashers, flat washers and screws.

g. Remove boiler low water pump and mounting bracket from floor mount.

h. Remove four nuts, lockwashers, flat washers and screws. Remove mounting bracket from low water pump andretain for reuse.

INSTALLATION

Install Boiler Low Water Pump. See Figure 5-15.

a. Position boiler low water pump on mounting bracket.

b. Install four flat washers, lock washers, screws and nuts.c. Position boiler low water pump and mounting bracket on floor mount. Secure with four flat washers,

lockwashers, screws and nuts.d. Connect two hoses to motor sensing valve.

5-30

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-17. REMOVE/INSTALL BOILER LOW WATER PUMP - continued.

d. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.

e. Connect high pressure flexible hose to boiler inlet line.

f. Connect boiler low water pump wiring and conduit to junction box on back of electric steam boiler.

g. Install boiler low water cutoff pump control (para. 5-16).

h. Open water feed boiler valve located on equipment wall.

i. Set circuit breaker A15CB5 on POWER PANEL No. 2 to ON.

j. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.


Figure 5-15. Boiler Low Water Pump Removal and installation

5-31

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-18. REMOVE/INSTALL ELECTRIC STEAM BOILER SIGHT GLASS.



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)

REMOVAL

Remove Electric Steam Boiler Sight Glass. See Figure 5-16.

WARNINGTo prevent injury to personnel, be sure electric steam boiler has had time to cool beforeperforming any maintenance. Steam temperature as high as 600°F (279.9°C) can be obtained inthis unit.

a. Close two isolation valves.

b. Lift two protective rods from sight glass.

c. Loosen two retaining nuts and remove sight glass.

INSTALLATION

Install Electric Steam Boiler Sight Glass. See Figure 5-16.


a. Position sight glass between two retaining nuts. Tighten nuts.

b. Slide two protective rods down through holes in isolation valves.

c. Open two isolation valves.

d. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

e. Inspect for leaks.

5-32

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-16. Electric Steam Boiler Sight Glass Removal and Installation.

5-33

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-19. REMOVE/INSTALL OPERATING/LIMIT CONTROL SWITCHES.



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section [II, Item 2)Material Required

Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)General Safety Instructions



NOTEProcedures for removal/installation of the high limit control switch or the operating control switchare the same.

REMOVAL

Remove Operating/Limit Control Switches. See Figure 5-17.

a. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A 15CB5 to OFF.

b. Remove screw and cover from control switch.

c. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring and conduit from control switch.

d. Unscrew switch from piping.

e. Unscrew pressure gage from piping.

INSTALLATION

Install Operating/Limit Control Switches. See Figure 5-17.

a. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.

b. Screw pressure gage onto piping.

c. Screw control switch onto piping.

d. Connect wiring and conduit to control switch. Remove tags.

e. Install cover on control switch with screw.

5-34

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-19. REMOVE/INSTALL OPERATING/LIMIT CONTROL SWITCHES - continued

f. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to ON.

g. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

h. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-17. Operating/Limit Control Switch Removal and Installation

5-35

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-20. REMOVE/INSTALL ELECTRIC STEAM BOILER.





Two (2)Equipment Condition

Boiler low water cutoff pump control removed (para. 5-16)Boiler low water pump removed (para. 5-17)Electric steam boiler sight glass removed (para. 5-18)Operating/Limit control switches removed (para. 5-19)




REMOVAL

Remove Electric Steam Boiler. See Figure 5-18.


a. Open boiler access door. Tag for reconnection and disconnect power input electrical wiring and conduit.

b. Disconnect two pipe unions located on top of boiler.

c. Disconnect pipe union at drain valve.

d. Remove four bolts, lockwashers, and flat washers.

WARNINGTo prevent injury, two personnel are required to remove electric steam boiler. Boiler is very heavy.

e. Remove electric steam boiler from machinery room.

5-36

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-20. REMOVE/INSTALL ELECTRIC STEAM BOILER - continued.

f. Remove pipe fittings, safety valve, and drain valve from boiler. Save components for use on replacement boiler.

g. Tag for reconnection and remove junction boxes, conduit, and external wiring from back of boiler. Savecomponents for use on replacement boiler.

Figure 5-18. Electric Steam Boiler Removal

5-37

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-20. REMOVE/INSTALL ELECTRIC STEAM BOILER - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install Electric Steam Boiler. See Figure 5-19.

a. Install wiring, conduit and junction boxes onto back of boiler. Remove tags

b. Apply teflon tape to male fittings. Be sure to wrap tape in same direction as pipe thread.

c. Install pipe fittings, drain valve, and safety valve on boiler.

WARNINGTo prevent injury, two personnel are required to install electric steam boiler. Boiler is very heavy.

d. Position boiler in machinery room.

e. Install four bolts, lockwashers, and washers.

f. Connect pipe union at drain valve.

g. Connect two pipe unions located on top of boiler.

h. Open boiler access door. Connect power input electrical wiring and conduit. Remove tags.

i. Close drain valve.

j. Install boiler low water pump (para. 5-17)

k. Install electric steam boiler low water cutoff pump control (para. 5-16)

l. Install boiler sight glass (para. 5-18)

m. Install operating/limit control switches (para. 5-19)

n. Open water feed boiler valve located on equipment wall.

o. At POWER PANEL No. 2, set circuit breaker A15CB5 to ON.

p. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

q. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-38

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-19. Electric Steam Boiler Installation

5-39

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-21. REMOVE/INSTALL FLOW CONTROL DEVICES (GUM BATH SYSTEM).



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section II1, Item 2)Material Required

Teflon Tape, (Appendix E, Section II, Item 157)References

TB-SIG-222, Soldering Methods and Techniques

REMOVAL

Remove Gum Bath System Flow Control Devices. See Figure 5-20.

a. Remove threaded flow control devices by unscrewing device from tees or elbows located in system piping.

b. To remove soldered/brazed valves or flow control devices, proceed as follows:

(1) Disconnect pipe union(s) closest to control device to being removed.

(2) Remove pipe section with control device attached.

(3) Unsolder/unbraze control device from piping.

INSTALLATION

Install Gum Bath System Flow Control Devices. See Figure 5-20.


b. Screw threaded flow control devices into tees or elbows located in system piping.

c. To install soldered/brazed valves or flow control devices, proceed as follows:

(1) Solder/braze control device to piping.

(2) Install pipe section with control device attached.

(3) Connect pipe union(s).

d. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

e. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-40

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-20. Gum Bath System Flow Control Devices Removal and Installation

5-41

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-22. REMOVE/INSTALL HIGH PRESSURE STEAM BOILER.



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section 11, Item 2)Material Required


Two (2)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove High Pressure Steam Boiler. See Figure 5-21.

a. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breaker A1CB19 to OFF.

WARNINGTo prevent injury to personnel, be sure high pressure steam boiler has had time to cool beforeperforming any maintenance. Steam temperature as high as 600°F (279.9°C) can be obtained inthis unit.

b. Remove cover from steam temperature control box. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring and conduitfrom control box.

c. Disconnect unions at each end of pipe from valve No. 2 to boiler. Remove pipe.

d. Disconnect boiler steam outlet and relief lines at unions near top of boiler.

e. Disconnect inlet union at bottom of boiler.

f. Remove two self-tapping metal screws from boiler.

g. Lift and remove boiler from mount.

h. Unscrew and remove temperature sensing bulb from bulb well.

i. Remove two screws and wire guard.

5-42

TM 10-6640-215-135-22. REMOVE/INSTALL HIGH PRESSURE STEAM BOILER - continued.

j. Tag for reconnection and disconnect two wires and conduit from bottom of boiler.

k. Remove four screws, flat washers, grommets and temperature control box from boiler.

l. Remove pipe fittings and relief valve from boiler.

Figure 5-21. High Pressure Steam Boiler Removal

5-43

TM 10-6640-215-135-22. REMOVE/INSTALL HIGH PRESSURE STEAM BOILER - continued.

INSTALLATION

Install High Pressure Steam Boiler. See Figure 5-22.


b. Install pipe fittings and relief valve on boiler.

c. Position temperature control box on steam boiler and install four grommets, flat washers and screws.

d. Connect conduit and two electrical leads to bottom of boiler. Remove tags.

e. Position wire guard on boiler and install two screws.

f. Screw temperature sensing bulb into bulb well.

g. Position boiler on mount.

h. Install two self-tapping metal screws in boiler.

i. Connect inlet union at bottom of boiler.

j. Connect boiler steam outlet and relief line unions at top of boiler.

k. Position pipe between valve No. 2 and boiler outlet. Connect unions at each end of pipe.

NOTEWhen connecting wiring from boiler to temperature control box, attach one wire to each bus bar.

I. Connect wiring and conduit to steam temperature control box. Remove tags.

m. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breaker A1CB19 to ON.

n. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

o. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-44

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-22. High Pressure Steam Boiler Installation

5-45

TM 10-6640-215-13

5-23. REMOVE/INSTALL PYROMETER INDICATOR/CONTROL.




Lockwashers, (Appendix F)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Pyrometer Indicator/Control. See Figure 5-23.a. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breaker A1CB18 to OFF.b. Open latch and pull out pyrometer from panel mounting. Disconnect electrical plug and remove pyrometer.c. Remove housing assembly by removing four bolts, flat washers and lockwashers.

Remove housing assembly with brackets attached.d. Remove eight screws and flat washers securing two brackets to housing assembly.e. Tag for reconnection and disconnect electrical leads and conduit from housing assembly.

INSTALLATION

Install Pyrometer Indicator/Control. See Figure 5-23.a. Connect conduit and electrical leads to housing assembly. Remove tags.b. Install two brackets on housing assembly with eight screws and flat washers.

c. Position housing assembly, with brackets attached, in cabinet. Secure brackets with four flat washers, lockwashers, and bolts.

d. Connect electrical plug and slide pyrometer into panel mounting. Close latch.a. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breaker A1CB18 to ON.e. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed in

paragraph 2-8.f. Check for proper operation.

5-46

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-23. Pyrometer Indicator/Control Removal and Installation

5-47

TM 10-6640-215-135-24. REMOVE/INSTALL AIR/STEAM FLOW RATE INDICATOR METERS.



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section Ill, Item 2)Material Required


Steam boiler shut down and appropriate circuit breaker switch off.

REMOVAL

Remove Air/Steam Flow Rate Indicator Meters. See Figure 5-24.

a. Disconnect unions from air flow rate indicator meter coupling. Remove meter.

b. Disconnect unions from steam flow rate indicator meter fitting and elbow. Remove meter.

c. Remove pipe fitting, elbow and coupler from meters.

INSTALLATION

Install Air/Steam Flow Rate Indicator Meters. See Figure 5-24.


b. Install pipe fitting, elbow and coupler on meters.

c. Position steam flow rate indicator meter behind panel and connect two unions.

d. Position air flow rate indicator meter behind panel and connect union.

e. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

f. Inspect for leaks and check for proper operation.

5-48

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure 5-24. Air/Steam Flow Rate Indicator Meters Removal and Installation

5-49

TM 10-6640-215-135-25. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM BATH VENT/FUME VENT BLOWER AND MOTOR.



General Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Gum Bath Vent/Fume Blower and Motor. See Figure 5-25.

a. At MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breaker A1CB2 to OFF.

b. Remove four screws and access panel from blower motor. Tag for reconnection and disconnect wiring andconduit.

c. Loosen clamp and disconnect discharge duct from blower housing.

d. Remove nuts, lockwashers, flat washers, dampers, and bolts securing motor bracket to equipment shelf.

e. Remove blower motor and motor bracket from equipment shelf. Separate suction duct from blower housing.

f. Remove four bolts and separate blower housing from blower motor.

g. Loosen setscrew and remove impeller from motor shaft.

h. Remove four mounting bolts, starwashers, flat washers and lock nuts. Separate blower motor from motor bracket.

INSTALLATION

Install Gum Bath Vent/Fume Blower and Motor. See Figure 5-25.

a. Position blower motor on motor bracket. Install four mounting bolts, starwashers, flat washers and lock nuts.

b. Install impeller on motor shaft and tighten setscrew.

c. Position blower housing on blower motor and install four bolts.

5-50

TM 10-6640-215-135-25. REMOVE/INSTALL GUM BATH VENT/FUME VENT BLOWER

AND MOTOR continued.

d. Place assembled blower and motor on equipment shelf and position suction duct between equipment wall andblower housing.

e. Install dampers, flat washers, lock washers and bolts to secure motor bracket to equipment shelf.

f. Install discharge duct on blower housing and tighten clamp.

g. Connect wiring and conduit to blower motor. Remove tags.

h. Install access panel and four screws on blower motor.

i On MAIN POWER PANEL, set circuit breaker A1CB2 to ON.

j. Prepare and operate water system using internal water tank as source in accordance with procedures listed inparagraph 2-8.

k. Check for proper operation.

Figure 5-25. Gum Bath Vent/Fume Vent Blower and Motor Removal and Installation

5-51

TM 10-6640-215-135-26. REMOVE/INSTALL FREEZER (ICE CUBE MAKER).


INITIAL SET-UP:

Tools requiredGeneral Mechanics Tool Kit, (Appendix B, Section III, Item 2)

Material RequiredLockwashers, (Appendix F)

Equipment ConditionCentrifuge removed (para. 4-46).ECU Remote Control Shelves removed (para 4-26).

Personnel RequiredTwo (2)General Safety Instructions



REMOVAL

Remove Freezer. See Figure 5-26.a. Unplug freezer from wall receptacle in mechanical room.b. Open cabinet doors D2 for access to freezer mounting bolts.c. Remove four mounting bolts, lockwashers, flat washers from bottom of counter top.

WARNINGThe freezer is heavy. To prevent injury, two people are required to remove freezer from counter top.

d. Remove freezer from counter top.

INSTALLATION

Install Freezer. See Figure 5-26.

WARNINGThe freezer is heavy. To prevent injury, two people are required to remove freezer from counter top.

a. Position freezer on counter top.

b. Install four flat washers, lockwashers, and mounting bolts up through of counter top and into freezer.

5-52

TM 10-6640-215-135-26. REMOVE/INSTALL FREEZER (ICE CUBE MAKER) - continued.

c. Close cabinet doors D2.

d. Plug freezer into wall receptacle located in mechanical room.

e. Install centrifuge (para. 4-46).

f. Install ECU remote control shelves (para 4-26).

g. Start freezer and check for proper operation.

Figure 5-26. Freezer Removal and Installation

5-53/(5-54 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13APPENDIX A

REFERENCES

A-1. SCOPE.

This appendix contains all forms, pamphlets and technical manuals referenced in both the Airmobile and Semitrailermounted laboratories.

A-2. FORMS.

Recommended Changes to Publications ............................................................................................... DA Form 2028DA Form 2028-2

Quality Deficiency Report....................................................................................................................... SF 368Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Work Sheet.............................................................................. DA Form 2404Hand Receipts ......................................................................................................................... DA Form 2062

A-3. FIELD MANUALS.

Petroleum Testing Facilities:Laboratories and Kits ................................................................................................................... FM 10-72

Inspecting and Testing Petroleum Products............................................................................................ FM 10-70ASTM Test Method Supplement to ........................................................................................................ FM 10-92C1/C2

A-4. TECHNICAL MANUALS.

Atlas-Copco Compressor ........................................................................................................TM 10-4310-392-13&PAlcor Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Tester Operatingand Maintenance Manual ........................................................................................................TM 10-6635-210-13&PBacharach Gas Alarm and Calibration Data ...........................................................................TM 10-6665-297-13&PBrother Portable Typewriter ....................................................................................................TM 10-7430-218-13&PChemtrix Field Ph Meter .........................................................................................................TM 10-6630-237-13&PElkay Manufacturing 30 GPH Cooler.......................................................................................TM 10-4130-240-13&PEmcee Micro-Separometer .....................................................................................................TM 10-6640-222-13&PFoxboro Pressure Recording Gauge ......................................................................................TM 10-6685-365-13&PGammon Aqua Glo Water Detector.........................................................................................TM 10-6640-221-13&PGammon Mini Monitor Fuel Sampling Kit ................................................................................TM 10-6630-230-13&PJelrus Burn-Out Furnace .........................................................................................................TM 10-6640-231-13&PKoehler Cleveland Open Tester. .............................................................................................TM 10-6630-236-13&PKoehler Cloud and Pour Point Chamber..................................................................................TM 10-6630-238-13&PKoehler Copper Strip Corrosion Bomb Bath ...........................................................................TM 10-6640-220-13&PKoehler Distillation Apparatus ................................................................................................TM 10-6630-233-13&PKoehler Dropping Point Apparatus .........................................................................................TM 10-6635-211-13&PKoehler Electric Pensky-Martins Tester ...................................................................................TM 10-6630-231-13&PKoehler Foaming Characteristics Determination Apparatus .....................................................TM 10-6640-228-13&PKoehler Kinematic Viscosity Bath............................................................................................TM 10-6630-239-13&PKoehler Tag Closed Cup Flash Tester.....................................................................................TM 10-6630-235-13&P

A-1

TM 10-6640-215-13A-4. TECHNICAL MANUALS- continued

Lab-Line Explosion Proof Refrigerator.....................................................................................TM 10-6640-219-13&PLily Freezer ......... ........ ..........................................................................................................TM 10-6640-234-13&PMillipore OM 39 Filter Holder .................................................................................................TM 10-6640-225-13&PMillipore Vacuum Pump .........................................................................................................TM 10-6640-217-13&POhaus Harvard Trip Balance...................................................................................................TM 10-6670-278-13&PPrecision Gas-Oil Distillation Test Equipment ........................................................................TM 10-6630-219-13&PPrecision General Purpose Water Bath. ..................................................................................TM 10-6640-229-13&PPrecision High Temperature Bronze Block Gum Bath ............................................................TM 10-6630-234-13&PPrecision General Purpose Ovens...........................................................................................TM 10-6640-218-13&PPrecision Heater Instruction 'Manual and Parts List .................................................................TM 10-6640-223-13&PPrecision Oxidation Stability Bath ...........................................................................................TM 10-6640-232-13&PPrecision Pensky-Martens Flash Testers .................................................................................TM 10-6630-231-13&PPrecision Reid Vapor Pressure Bath........................................................................................TM 10-6640-226-13&PPrecision Slo-Speed Stirrer .....................................................................................................TM 10-6640-224-13&PPrecision Universal Centrifuge ................................................................................................TM 10-6640-230-13&PPrecision Universal Penetrometer ...........................................................................................TM 106635-212-13&PSargent-Welch Vacuum Pump ...............................................................................................TM 10-4310-391-13&PSartorious Analytical Balance..................................................................................................TM 10-6670-227-13&PScotsman Cuber ....................................................................................................................TM 10-6640-227-13&PSoltec VOM-Multimeter ..........................................................................................................TM 10-6625-3127-13&PTeel Self-Priming Centrifugal Pump........................................................................................TM 104320-321-13&PTeel Submersible Pump..........................................................................................................TM 10-4320-320-13&PTexas Instrument TI-503011 Calculator...................................................................................TM 10-7420-210-13&P

A-5. PAMPHLETS.

The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) ................................................................ DA Pam 738-750

A-6. MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS.

The Army Integrated Publishing and Printing Program ................................................................... AR 25-30Laboratory, Airmobile, Aviation Fuel ............................................................................................. MIL-L-52733A(ME)Apparatus, Instruments, Chemicals, Furniture, andSupplies for Industrial, Clinical, College andGovernment Laboratories..................................................................................Fisher Scientific Laboratories CatalogPetroleum-Petrochemical Testing Equipment ....................................................................Precision Scientific Catalog

A-2

TM 10-6640-215-13APPENDIX B

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

B-1. GENERAL.

a. This section provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair function authorized at variousmaintenance categories.

b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Section II designates overall authority and responsibility forperformance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of themaintenance functions to the end item or component will be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of thedesignated maintenance categories.

c. Section III lists the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for eachmaintenance function as referenced from Section II.

d. Section IV contains supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.

B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS.

Maintenance functions will be limited to and are defined as follows:

a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electricalcharacteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).

b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical characteristics ofan item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.

c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to lean (includesdecontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids, orgases.

d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exactposition, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.

e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about a optimum performance.

f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, measuring,and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of whichis a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument beingcompared.

B-1

TM 10-6640-215-13B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS- continued

g. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenancefunctions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, or module(component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning or an equipment or system.

h. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. "Replace" isauthorized by the MAC and is shown as the 3rd position code of the SMR code.

i. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, anddisassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles, and restore serviceability to an itemby correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly)end item, or system.

j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completelyserviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications (i.e.,DMWR). Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does notnormally return an item to like new condition.

k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like newcondition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of material maintenanceapplied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements(hours/miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.

B-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC - SECTION II.

a. Column 1, Group Number. Column I lists functional group code numbers, the purpose of which is to identifymaintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly. Enditem group numbers are "00".

b. Column 2. Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the names of components, assemblies, subassemblies,and modules for which maintenance is authorized.

c. Column 3, Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in Column 2.(For a detailed explanation of these functions, see paragraph B-2).

d. Column 4. Maintenance Level. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a work time figure (expressed as man-hoursshown as whole hours or decimals) in the appropriate subcolumn(s), the level of maintenance authorized to performthe function listed in Column (3). This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance functionat the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or the complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenancefunction vary at different maintenance levels, appropriate work time figures will be shown for each level. The worktime figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, enditem, or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparationitem including any necessary disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and qualityassurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform

B-2

TM 10-6640-215-13the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. The systemdesignations for the various maintenance levels are shown on the following page.

C Operator or crew0 Unit MaintenanceF Direct Support MaintenanceH General Support MaintenanceD Depot Maintenance

e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools)common TMDE, and special tools, special TMDE, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.

f. Column 6, Remarks. This column, when applicable, contains a letter code, in alphabetic order, which is keyed tothe remarks contained in Section IV.

B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENTREQUIREMENTS, SECTION Ill.

a. Column 1, Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in theMAC, Section II, Column 5.

b. Column 2, Maintenance Level. The lowest category of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment.

c. Column 3, Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.

d. Column 4, National Stock Number. The national stock number of the tool or test equipment.

e. Column 5, Tool Number. The manufacturer's part number.

B-5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, SECTION IV.

a. Column 1, Reference Code. The code recorded in column 6, Section II.

b. Column 2, Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed asindicated in the MAC, Section II.

B-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

00 PetroleumLaboratory, Semi-Trailer Mounted

01 Van, Semitrailer Inspect A

Storage Box, Inspect 0.2Curbside Repair 1.5 1

Replace 0.5 1

Stowage Box, Inspect 0.2Roadside Repair 2.0 1

Replace 0.5 1

Utilities Box Inspect 0.1Repair 1.5 1,2Replace 1.6 1,2

Door Assembly Inspect 0.1Repair 0.8 1,2Replace 0.8 1,2

Coupling Assembly Inspect 0.1Replace 0.6 1

Direction Valve Inspect 0.1Lever Replace 0.8 1

Power Entry Panel Inspect 0.1Replace 2.0 1,2

Propane Locker Inspect 0.1Vents Replace 0.6 1

Fume Chamber Inspect 0.1and Gum Bath Repair 0.6 1Vent Exhaust Door

Door Assembly Inspect 0.1 1,2Replace 0.8

(5)

TOOLS ANDEQUIPMENTREF CODE

(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO.

B-4

C O F H D

(4)MAINTENANCE CATEGORY

UNIT DS GS DEPOT

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART-continued

02 Electrical System

Power Cable Inspect 0.1Test 0.1 1Service 0.5Replace 0.1

Fluorescent Light Inspect 0.1 1Fixture Service 0.2

Emergency Light Inspect 0.1 CTest 0.1Replace 0.3

Emergency Light Test 0.1 BBallast Replace 0.4

Main Power Panel Inspect 0.1 1No. 1 Service 0.2

Circuit Breakers Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Terminal Board Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Relay (A1K1) Test 0.2 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Fuses Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.1 1

Fuseholder Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Explosive Proof Inspect 0.2 1Distribution Box Service 0.4 1(A3)

Terminal Boards Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Relays Test 0.2 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Power Panel No. 2 Inspect 0.1 1Service 0.2

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO.

B-5

C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART--continued

02 Circuit Breakers Test 0.1 1 Bcontinued Replace 0.3 1

Terminal Board Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Fuse Test 0.1 1Replace 0.1 1

Fuseholder Test 0.1 1Replace 0.3 1

Explosive Proof Inspect 0.2 1Distribution Box Service 0.4 1(A13)

Terminal Boards Test 0.2 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Relays Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

Wall Switches Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.5 1

Blackout Test 0.1 BMicrowitch Adjust 0.1 1

Replace 0.3 1

Receptacles Test 0.1 1 BReplace 0.3 1

A/C Remote Inspect 0.1Controls Replace 0.7 1

Junction Boxer Inspect 0.4 1Service 0.2 1Repair 2.0 1

Motor Controllers Inspect 0.4 1Service 0.2 1Repair 2.0 1

03 Environmental Inspect 0.2 AControl Units, Replace 1.5 118,000 BTU

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO.

B-6

C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

TM 10-6640-215-13


04 Purge System

Purge Intake Doors Inspect 0.1Repair 1.0 1Replace 1.0 1,2

Motor Inspect 0.1Replace 1.0 1

ECU Intake Doors, Inspect 0.1Machinery Room Replace 1.0 1


Purge Exhaust Inspect 0.1Door, Machinery Replace 0.8 1Room


Purge Exhaust Inspect 0.1Door, Curbside Replace 0.8 1


Purge Door Limit Test 0.1 1 BSwitches Adjust 0.1 1

Replace 0.3 1

06 Air System

Compressor Inspect 0.2 AReplace 1.5 1

Air Tank Inspect 0.1Replace 1.5 1

Drain Valve Inspect 0.1Replace 0.8 1

Tubing Inspect 0.1Replace 0.5 1

Flow Control Inspect 0.2Device Replace 1.0 1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-7

TM 10-6640-215-13


06 System Piping Inspect 0.2continued Repair 0.8 1

Replace 1.0 1.0 1

06 Vacuum System A

Vacuum Pump Inspect 0.2Replace 1.0 1

Flow Control Inspect 0.2Devices Replace 1.0 1

System Piping Inspect 0.2Repair 0.8 1Replace 1.0 1.0 1

07 Water System A

Water Pump Inspect 0.1Replace 1.0 1

Water Tank Inspect 0.1Replace 2.0 1

Water Tank Drain Inspect 0.1Replace 0.5 1

Surge Tank Inspect 0.1Replace 0.8 1

Water Chiller Inspect 0.1 AReplace 1.0 1


Water Filter Inspect 0.1 1Replace 0.8

System Piping Inspect 0.2Repair 0.8 1Replace 1.0 1

Water Pressure Inspect 0.1Switch Test 0.1 B

Adjust 0.2 1Replace 0.4 1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-8

TM 10-6640-215-13


07 Eyewash Inspect 0.1continued Replace 0.4 1

Water Heater, 6 Gallon Inspect 0.2Electrical Repair 1.0 1

Replace 1.0 1

Faucet Assembly Inspect 0.1Replace 0.6 1

Sink Drain Inspect 0.1Replace 0.5 1

Sump Pump Inspect 0.4 AReplace 1.5 1

Electrical Still Inspect 0.1Service 1.5 1Replace 0.8

08 Gas Alarm System

Gas Alarm Inspect 1.0 AReplace 1.0 1

Detector Elements Replace 0.3 1 A

Buzzers Test 0.1 BReplace 0.3 1

09 Cabinet System

Storage Cabinets Service 0.3and Related Parts Repair 0.8 1

Stainless Steel Sink Inspect 0.1Replace 0.4 1

Steel Locker Inspect 0.1Replace 1.0 1

Desiccating Cabinets Inspect 0.1Repair 0.4 1Replace 0.4 1

Stool Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Stool Bracket Inspect 0.1Replace 0.2 1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-9

TM 10-6640-215-13


09 Steel Bookcase Inspect 0.1continued Replace 0.6

Propane Locker Inspect 0.1

Fume Chamber Inspect 0.1 1Window Replace 1.0 3.0

Explosion Proof Inspect 0.1Light Replace 0.3

10 Balance System

Analytical Inspect 0.1 ABalance, Sartorius Replace 0.2

Analytical Balance Inspect 0.1 1 ADamping Replace 0.6Vibratim Support

Balance, Double Inspect 0.1 ABeam, Laboratory Repair 0.3

11 Gum Bath System

Gum Content Test Inspect 0.2 ABath Replace 1.5 1

Electric Steam Inspect 0.1Boiler Replace 2.0 1

Boiler Low Water Inspect 0.1Cut off Pump Replace 1.0 1Control

Boiler Low Water Inspect 0.1Pump Replace 1.0 1


Pyromerter Inspect 0.1Indicator/Control Replace 1.0 1

Air/Steam Flow Inspect 0.1Rate Indicator Replace 1.0 1Meters

High Pressure Inspect 0.1Steam Boiler Replace 1.5 1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-10

TM 10-6640-215-13


11 Gum/Bath Fume Inspect 0.1continued Exhaust Vent Replace 1.0 1

Blower and Motor

Vent Hose Inspect 0.1Replace 0.4 1

12 RVP TestingSystem

RVP Bath, Inspect 0.1 AConstant Replace 1.0 1Temperature

RVP Test Bomb Inspect 0.1Replace 0.8 1

Gage, 0-5 psi Inspect 0.1Replace 0.6 1

Gage, 0-16 psi Inspect 0.1Replace 0.6 1

Manometer Inspect 0.1 BCalibrate 0.5 1Replace 0.6 1

Vacuum Gage Inspect 0.1Replace 0.6 1

13 Corrosion TestingSystem

Corrosion Bath Inspect 0.1 ALaboratory Replace 0.1

Corrosion Test Inspect 0.1Bomb Replace 0.1

14 Viscosity TestingSystem

Kinematic Inspect 0.2 AViscosity Bath Replace 1.0 1

Electric Heater Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-11

TM 10-6640-215-13


15 Centrifuge System

Utility Laboratory Inspect 0.1 ABath Replace 0.1

Centrifuge Inspect 0.1 ALaboratory Replace 0.8 1

16 Carbon ResidueTesting System

Gas Burner Repair 0.1Replace 0.1

Carbon Residue Inspect 0.1Apparatus Replace 0.1

17 Color Comparator

Color Comparator Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Holder, Filter Inspect 0.1 AHydro Repair 0.1

18 Grease Unit Inspect 0.1 A(Penetrometer) Replace 0.1

Penetrometer Cone Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Grease Working Inspect 0.1Machine Replace 0.1

19 Field Testing Kits

Auto-Aviation Inspect 0.1Fuel Water Replace 0.1Detection Kit

Fluid Sampling Kit Inspect 0.1 AReplace 0.1

Sampling and Inspect 0.1 AGaging Kit Replace 0.1

20 Distillation Test Inspect 0.1Apparatus Replace 1.5 1,2 A

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-12

TM 10-6640-215-13


21 Freezer (Ice Cube Inspect 0.2Maker) Replace 2.0

22 Oxygen Stability Inspect 0.1Unit Replace 0.6 1

Gum Test Inspect 0.1Oxidation Bath Replace 0.1

Gum Stability Inspect 0.1Bomb Replace 0.1

Oxygen Cylinder Inspect 0.1Replace 0.8

Pressure Inspect 0.1 ARecording Gage Replace 0.1

23 Laboratory Ovens Inspect 0.1 AReplace 1.6 1,2

24 Burn-Out Furnace Inspect 0.1 1,2Replace 1.0

26 Flash PointTesting System

Propane Cylinder Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Heater, Ful Inspect 0.1 AKontrol Replace 0.1

Electric Inspect 0.1 ALaboratory Stirrer Replace 0.1

Tester Tag Closed Inspect 0.1 AReplace 0.1

Flash Point Tester Inspect 0.1 AReplace 0.1

Tester, Cleveland Inspect 0.1 AOpen Cup Replace 0.1

26 Bath Foaming Test Inspect 0.1Replace 0.6

27 Explosion Proof Inspect 0.1 ARefrigerator Replace 0.8

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-13

TM 10-6640-215-13


28 Freezing PointTesting System

Carbon Dioxide Inspect 0.1Cylinder Replace 0.1

Ice Maker Bag and Inspect 0.1Fitting Replace 0.1

29 Petroleum Inspect 0.1 ADropping Point Replace 0.1Apparatus

30 Air-Gas Drying Inspect 0.1Apparatus Replace 0.2

31 Cloud and Pour Inspect 0.1 APoint Apparatus Replace 0.1

32 Separometer Unit Inspect 0.1 AReplace 0.2

33 Thermal Stability Inspect 0.2 ATester, JFTOT Replace 1.5 1.5

34 Tetraethyl LeadTesting System

Rheostat, TEL Inspect 0.1Apparatus Replace 0.1

Tetraethyl Lead Inspect 0.1Apparatus, Replace 0.1Petroleum

35 General LaboratoryHot Plates

Hot Plate Magnetic Inspect 0.1Stirrer Replace 0.1

Heater, Extraction, Inspect 0.1Petroleum Test Replace 0.1

Hot Plate, Inspect 0.1Laboratory Replace 0.1

Laboratory Inspect 0.1Infrared Heater Replace 0.1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-14

TM 10-6640-215-13


36 Flow Control Devices

Manometer Air Inspect 0.1 1Regulator Valve Replace 0.6

Oxygen Pressure Inspect 0.1 1Regulator Valve Replace 0.4

Nitrogen Pressure Inspect 0.1 1Regulator Valve Replace 0.4

Carbon Dioxide Inspect 0.1Pressure Regulator Replace 0.4 1Valve

Regulator, Water Inspect 0.1 1Level, 6 gal Replace 1.0

37 Support Items

Calculator Inspect 0.1 AReplace 0.1

Cutting and Inspect 0.1Flaring Tool Replace 0.1

Halon Fire Inspect 0.1Extinguisher Replace 0.1

First Aid Kit Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Flashlight Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Extension Light Inspect 0.1Replace 0.1

Laboratory Glass Inspect 0.1Repair Kit Replace 0.1

Conductivity Inspect 0.1Meter Replace 0.1

Chemtrix pH Inspect 0.1Meter Replace 0.1 A

Inspection Probe Inspect 0.1Light Replace 0.1

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-15

TM 10-6640-215-13


Typewriter, Inspect 0.1Portable Service 0.

Replace 0.1

Kit, No. B2 Anti- Inspect 0.1Icing Service 0. 1

Replace 0.1 1

Overpack Box Inspect 0.1Repair 0.3

Barometer, Inspect 0.1Aneroid Replace 0.2

SECTION III. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

(1)REFERENC

E CODE


(3)

NOMENCLATURE

(4)NATIONAL STOCK

NUMBER (NSN)

(5)TOOL

NUMBER

1 O,F Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenanceand Repair, Unit Maintenance, Common #1

4910-00-754-0654 (19204)SC4910-95-CL-A74

2 OF General Mechanics Tool Kit 5180-00-177-7033 (50980)SC6180-90N26

3 O,F Riveter, Blind Hand 5120-01-289-5310 (10054)NP2

SECTION IV. REMARKS

REFERENCE CODE REMARKS

A Refer to this equipment's technical manual for testing, calibration, maintenance, repairand replacement parts authorized at the operator, unit, and direct support. levels ofmaintenance.

B Refer to Chapter 4, Section IV for testing and calibration procedures.

C Refer to Chapter 3, Section II for testing procedures.

(5)


(3)

MAINTENANCEFUNCTION

(6)

REMARKSCODE

(2)

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY

(1)

GROUPNO. C O F H D


UNIT DS GS DEPOT

B-16

TM 10-6640-215-13

APPENDIX C

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST


C-1. SCOPE.

This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the Petroleum Laboratory to help you inventoryitems required for safe and efficient operation.

C-2. GENERAL.

The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items List are divided into the following sections:

a. Section II. Components of End Item. This listing is for informational purposes only, and is not authority torequisition replacements. These items are part of the end item, but are removed and separately packaged fortransportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is issuedor transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished to assist you in identifying the items.

b. Section III. Basic Issue Items. These are the minimum essential items required to place the PetroleumLaboratory in operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency repairs. Although shipped separatelypackaged, BII must be with the Petroleum Laboratory during operation and whenever it is transferred betweenproperty accounts. The illustrations will assist you with hard-to-identify items. This manual is your authority torequest/requisition replacement BII, based on TOE/MTOE authorization of the end item.

C.3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS.

The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listing:

a. Column (1) - Illustration Number (Illus Number). This column indicates the number of the illustration in whichthe item is shown. An illustration number preceded by a dash (-) is not illustrated.

b. Column (2)- National Stock Number. Indicates the national stock number assigned to the item and will beused for requisitioning purposes.

c. Column (3) - Description. Indicates the Federal item name, and if required, a minimum description to identifyand locate the item. The Last line for each item indicates the CAGE (in parentheses) followed by the partnumber.

d. Column (4) - Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual operationalmaintenance function. This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g.,EA, IN, PR).

e. Column (5) - Quantity required (Qty rqd). Indicates the quantity of the item authorized to be used with/on theequipment.

C-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM - continued

1 4120-01-114-2471 AIR CONDITIONER: 18,000 BTU/Hr, EA 4vertical, compact, 208 volt,50160 Hz: F18T-2S( )

2 6665-00-410-4982 ALARM, GAS, AUTOMATIC: W/detector EA 1housing No. 23-4012, mtdbracket No. 23-4028(05083) No. 23-7180

3 6670-00-280-2396 BALANCE, ANALYTICAL, SARTORIUS: EA 1Fully automatic, top loading(53088) A200S

4 6670-00-436-9857 BALANCE, DOUBLE-BEAM, OHAUS: EA 1(Drawer G5)(85973) MDL 1510D

5 BALLAST, EMERGENCY LIGHT: EA 2Volts, 3.5 watts, 60 Hz(56714) P/N B70A

6 6685-00-255-9507 BAROMETER, ANEROID: 26 to EA 131 in. scale(80740) P/N 5-060;(22527) No. 2-405

7 6640-00-522-1886 BATH, CORROSION, LABORATORY: EA 1(23035) K253-1

8 6640-00-359-9628 BATH, FOAMING TEST: (Overpack EA 2Box 1)(21519) No. 67-973

9 6630-00-895-1259 BATH GUM, HIGH TEMPERATURE: EA 1(48619) No. 74801

10 6640-00-290-6693 BATH, GUM TEST OXIDATION: EA 1(48619) NO. 75042

11 6630-00-404-2753 BATH, KINEMATIC VISCOSITY: EA 2(23035) NO. K233

12 6630-00-359-9629 BATH, CONSTANT TEMP, R.V.P.: EA 1(48619) NO. 74893

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number

(3)DescriptionCAGE and Part Number

(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-3

TM 10-6640-215-13


13 6640-00-403-0420 BATH, UTILITY LABORATORY: EA 1(48619) No. 66643

14 BOILER, HEATING, HIGH EA 1TEMPERATURE: Elec. portable,

30 lb., steam/hr, Max 100 lb.,208V, 60Hz, three phase(65583) No. CES-12

15 4410-00-406-8922 BOILER, STEAM, HIGH PRESSURE: EA 1120V, 1500W(65586) No. GCH-215

16 BOOKCASE, STEEL: EA 2(15599) P/N HNSV 31L

17 6640-00-986-5033 CABINET, DESICCATING: EA 2(21519) G7060, MS536217-3

18 CARBON RESIDUE APPARATUS: CSC ST 1(Drawer B2)Sci P/N 27331-000

19 CENTRIFUGE, LABORATORY: Elect. EA 1operated, 100V 50/60 Hz,2,250 rpm(48619) P/N 67310

20 CHILLER, WATER: 115V, 50/60 Hz EA 1(20247) Model No. ER-30

21 6630-00-713-2097 COMPARATOR, COLOR: Disk, corrected EA 3for artificial light, prismviewing metal housing, w/plasticcover; (Drawer F3)(90767) No. 611A

22 COMPRESSOR, RECIPROCATING, AIR: EA 13 HP single stage(59379) P/N D360V3 Model 3LE6A

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-4

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-5

TM 10-6640-215-13


23 6640-00-244-9478 DETECTOR KIT, WATER, AUTO- KT 1AVIATION FUEL: Water and

solid contamination, u/w4730-00-978-8760 coupler,quick disconnect: 1/4 in.internal AVEC-4-417 (Drawer G5)(32218) GTP-323, SyringePN GTP-165, Battery PN CGTP-191

24 6630-00-359-9772 DISTILLATION TEST APPARATUS, EA 1PETROLEUM. Elec. heated,

110V, 50/60 Hz, ice refrigeratedsingle unit (48619) No. 74730

25 6630-00-251-2118 DISTILLATION TEST APPARATUS, EA 1GAS-OIL: Elec. heated, 110 V,

50/60 Hz(48619)76002

26 EYE WASH: W/hose connection EA 1(53483) Model No. 901F

27 FILTER, WATER: 10 in. long, flows EA 110 GPM (w/cartridge P/N PSP-10)(05430) P/N LMOSS10OB-3/4

28 6680-00-762-4057 FLOWMETER KIT; Calibrated EA 1(Drawer S1)(15747) P/N G10475A(21519) P/N 36-546-001

29 6665-00-496-9623 FLUID SAMPLING KIT; (Drawer W4) EA 1(08071) XX64-037-30

30 FREEZER/ICE CUBE MAKER: W/16 EA 1ice trays(90339) P/N F4CSS-(TS)

31 FURNACE, BURN-OUT: 100 to 200 EAdegrees range, 120 Vac, 1500 W(90495) P/N LA 27500

32 GAGE, PRESSURE RECORDING: EA 1Bronze, double bourdon tube:Precision P/N 74744

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-6

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-7

TM 10-6640-215-13


33 6685-00-411-5488 GAGE, VACUUM, MERCURY MANOMETER: EA 1Neg pressure readings downto 1 mm, adjustable scale graduatedover a length of 160 mm (drawer A1)(15747) P/N G10730

6115-00-258-1622 GENERATOR: 60KW, 60 HZ, 3 Phase, 4 wire, EA 1120/208/240/416 volt, (PU-650) trailermounted

34 6635-00-359-9831 GREASE WORKING MACHINE: EA 1(48619) No. 73531

35 HEATER, WATER, ELECTRICAL: 6 gal. EA 1(16327) P/N 3E318E

36 6630-01-165-7133 KIT, ANTI-ICING: Batterry operated EA 1(629935) P/N B2

37 LOCKER, STEEL: 15" wide X 18" deep X 72" EA 1high (37296) P/N 5062

38 6685-00-842-4565 MANOMETER: Wall mtd.; 24 in.; EA 1w/No. SC 4606-Duplex Scale PSI Mercurycalibrated (39739) No. 3602

39 6680-00-063-4116 METR, FLOW RATE INDICATOR, EA 1FLOAT TYPE: Calibrated for directreading (91556) No. 3602

40 6640-00-359-9880 OVEN, LABORATORY: Integral heat EA 2source; 110/120 V, 60 Hz(48619) NO. 31477

41 6635-00-359-2232 PENETROMETER: 39mm penetration; EA 150 gm; w/leveling screw(Drawer K4)(48619) No. 73510

42 PUMP, WATER: 115 V, 60 HZ EA 1(25795) P/N 2P373

43 PUMP, WATER LOW PRESSURE: EA 1(65583) ES3002

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

Change 1 C-8

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-9

TM 10-6640-215-13


44 6685-00-401-1423 PYROMETER INDICATOR/CONTROL: EA 10 to 600 deg F, w/correspondingc scale, calibrated, 120/240 V50/60 Hz(48619w No. 74802

45 REFRIGERATOR, EXPLOSION PROOF: EA 16.5 CU. FT.(22527) No. 97-950

46 6680-00-496-9611 REGULATOR, AIR/STEAM, PETROLEUM EA 1TEST:(48619) No. 78403

47 6630-00-151-5310 SAMPLING AND CAGING KIT, EA 1PETROLEUM: (Drawer D1)(85483) P/N 5310

48 SEPAROMETER, WATER, KIT: EA 1(23299) P/N 140-00-0005(w/spare six-pack kitP/N 840-99-5944)

49 SINK, STAIN LESS STEEL: single EA 1tub 16 in. long X 28 in. widex 7-1/2 in. deep(32417) P/N R750D

50 STILL, ELECTRICAL, PORTABLE:, EA 11.8 liters/hr(15747) P/N G7280A

51 STOOL: W/pull-over cushion EA 1(98451) P/N 10G65-2

52 SUMP PUMP: W/level switch, 1/6 EA 1HP submersible pump;(25795) P/N 1P914 (SwitchP/N 2P353)

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-10

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-11

TM 10-6640-215-13


53 6670-00-494-8153 SUPPORT, VIBRATION, DAMPING, EA 1ANALYTICAL BALANCE: Non-magnetic, nonferrousreinforced concrete platform,mtd on 4 shock absorbers,10 Hz per minute minimumfrequencies absorbed(80740) No. 78-902

54 TANK, AIR: 200 PSI ASME 16 in. EA 1dia x 44 in. high, 30 gal.(25795) P/N 3Z088

55 TANK, WATER: 60 Gal., fiberglass EA 1construction(14426) P/N 84115-3

56 6630-00-359-9730 TEST BATH, CLOUD AND POUR EA 1POINT: (Drawer Y2)(23035) P/N K460

57 6630-00-359-9787 TESTER, CLEVELAND, OPEN CUP: ST 1(Drawer D)(22527) No. 13-528

58 TESTER, JFTOT: C/o expendable ST 1spare parts(21207) P/N JFOT-215

59 6630-00-530-0987 TESTER, PENSKY-MARTIN EA 1Closed type (drawer A2)(48619) No. 74537

60 6630-00-244-9415 TESTER, FLASHPOINT: (Drawer J2) EA 1(23035) P/N K146

61 VACUUM PUMP, ROTARY, POWER, EA 1DRIVEN: 2 stage 1/2 HP mtr,115 V, 670 Hz(22527) No. 1-099V1(64484) No. 1405B

C-12

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-13

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS

1 6640-00-494-3923 ADAPTER, LABORATORY GLASSWARE: EA 2Three way (10/30, 24/4024140 joint sizes) (Drawer F4)(96906) MS36257-1

2 6640-00-494-3922 ADAPTER, LABORATORY GLASSWARE: EA 2Glass, 24/40 external andinternal joint (Drawer F4)(96906) MS36258

3 6640-00-852-3013 ADAPTER, LABORATORY GLASSWARE: EA 2Glass, Pyrex (Drawer F4)(80740) 1-130-01

4 5935-00-081-8025 ADAPTER, CONNECTOR: 2-pole to EA 33-pole elect plug (Drawer W3)(22527) 9-525-10

5 6640-00-403-9344 ADAPTER, CRUCIBLE, LABORATORY: PK 1(Drawer W1)(22527) No. 08-2398

6 8415-00-082-6108 APRON, UTILITY: (Drawer L5) EA 1(81349) MIL-A-41829

7 6640-00-966-3644 BASKET, TEST TUBE: EA 1(Drawer E5)(81348) NNN-B-1291, Type II

8 6640-00-890-0880 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 50 ml, EA 12Borosilicate glass (Drawer H3)(80244) NNN-B-175, Type 1

9 6640-00-890-0881 BREAKER, LABORATORY: 100 ml, EA 12Borosilicate glass (Drawer K3)(81348) NNN-B-175

10 6640-00-942-4394 BREAKER, LABORATORY: 400 ml, EA 11Borosilicate glass (Drawer H4)(15481) NNN-B-175,029-561

C-14

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-15

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - continued

11 6640-00-200-6817 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 100 ml, EA 10Borosilicate glass (Drawer K3)(14674) NNN-B-175, 1040-100

12 6640-00-942-4393 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 250 ml, EA 4Borosilicate glass (Drawer H5)(14674) NNN-B-175, 1000-250

13 6640-00-526-8491 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 500 ml, EA 12Borosilicate glass (Drawer H5)(96906) MS35993-3

14 6640-00-942-4397 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 1000ml, EA 6Borosilicate glass (Drawer H5)(81348) NNN-B-175

15 6640-00-942-4395 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 600ml EA 4(Drawer H5)(81348) NNN-B-175

16 6640-00-899-2784 BEAKER, LABORATORY: 200 ml to EA 41800 ml, (Drawer H5)(81348) NNN-B-175, Type 1

17 BEAKER, STAINLESS STL: 1200ml, EA 1(Drawer K4)(15741) No. G1782D

18 3030-00-478-8368 BELT, DRIVE: Penskvy Martens EA 5(Drawer W2)(80740) 95067-905

19 6630-00-359-9772 BOARD, DISTILLING: 4"/1" hole, EA 4(Drawer B3)(48619) 74730

20 6630-00-251-2118 BOARD, DISTILLING: 4"/1.25" hole, EA 2(Drawer B3)(48619)76002

21 BOARD, DISTILLING: 4"/2" hole, EA 2(Drawer B3)(48619) 76028

C-16

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-17

TM 10-6640-215-13


22 6630-00-399-2964 BOMB (R.V.P.), PETROLEUM TEST: EA 2W/air and liquid chambers,gage coupling, and two O-ringgaskets, w/o gage: (Drawer S2)(48619) No. 74877

23 6630-00-522-1893 BOMB, CORROSION TEST: Copper EA 2strip (Drawer F3)(22527) No. 13-420-20

24 6630-00-359-9655 BOMB, GUM STABILITY: (Drawer J2) EA 2(48619) No. 74740

25 6640-00-131-4566 BORER SET, CORK: (Drawer W3) EA 1(80740) 27-084

26 6640-00-404-8001 BOTTLE, DROPPER: Glass 60 ml: EA 6(Drawer H2)(81348) NNN-B-1 194

27 6640-00-404-0661 BOTTLE, SCREW CAP: Glass, 32 oz. EA 6(Drawer X5)(80740) 5-730-32

28 8125-00-174-0852 BOTTLE, SCREW CAP: Polyethylene EA 41 gal. (Drawer X5)(81349) MIL-B-26701

29 6640-00-410-4461 BOTTLE, SCREW CAP: Polypropylene EA 21 gal. (Drawer X5)(15747) G2231E

30 6640-00-404-0659 BOTTLE, SCREW CAP: 32 oz. soda EA 2lime glass (Drawers C1 and C3)(15747) G2232P

31 6640-00-405-1000 BOTTLE, STOPPER: 250 ml, size 4 EA 3(Drawer BI)(81348) NNN-B-001522

32 6640-00-405-1500 BOTTLE, STOPPER: 500 ml, size 5 EA 2(Drawer B1)(81348) NNN-B-001522

33 6640-00-405-3000 BOTTLE, STOPPER: 1000 ml, size 6 EA 1(Drawer B1)(81348) NNN-B-001522

C-18

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-19

TM 10-6640-215-13


34 8125-00-263-8241 BOTTLE, STOPPER: "ACETIC ACID", EA 1250 ml. Pyrex Glass (Drawer K3)(24546)14202405

35 8125-00-263-8245 BOTTLE, STOPPER: "Hydrochloric EA 1Acid, Del", (Drawer K3)(24546)14202090

36 8125-00-263-8254 BOTTLE, STOPPER: "Sulfuric Acid EA 1Del", (Drawer K3)(24546)14202L475

37 BOTTLE, STOPPER: 250 ml, Reagent EA 1glass (Drawer K3)(24546)1500-250

38 8125-00-263-8262 BOTTLE, STOPPER: "Nitric Acid, EA 1Con", 250 ml, Reagent glass(Drawer K3)(24546) 14202L345

39 6640-00-069-2747 BOTTLE, WASHING: 500ml EA 2Borosilicate glass (Drawer F4)(22527) 03-403-10

40 BOTTLE, WASHING: Polyethylene EA 4graduated, 500 ml (Drawer X5)(15747) G2757E

-41 BOX, OVERPACK: EA 8(97403) 13226E6760

42 6640-00-494-3726 BULB, PRESSURE AND CIRCULATING EA 2LABORATORY: (Drawer K2)(96906) MS36074-1

43 6640-00-409-8500 BURET, STRAIGHT: 10 ml, size 4 EA 8(Drawer F1)

(96906) MS35971-1

44 6640-00-409-9000 BURET, STRAIGHT: 25 ml, size 5 EA 8(Drawer Fl, G1, and K1)(96906) MS35971-2

45 6640-00-410-0000 BURET, STRAIGHT: 50 ml, size 6 EA 8(Drawer Fl and K1)(96906) MS35971-3

C-20

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-21

TM 10-6640-215-13


46 6640-00-551-4082 BURNER, GAS: Single combustion EA 2unit, w/removable flat gridburner tip, high temp,designed for liquefied gas,2400-3300 BTU per cu. ft.(Drawer F5)(22527) 3-902P

47 6150-00-487-3037 CABLE ASSEMBLY, POWER, ELECTRICAL: EA 12 conductor, No. 16 AWG,rubber insulation, 300 volt,25 ft. long(Drawer L5)(81348) J-C-1270

48 CALCULATOR: (Drawer M2) EA 1(56634) T1503011

49 CARBON DIOXIDE, TECHNICAL: liquid, EA 250 lb. cylinders with valve(Drawer B2)BB-C-I01, Grade B

50 CAR-BOY: W/spigot, 20 liters/ EA 15-1/2 gal.(15747) G2343B

51 4610-00-222-8261 CARTRIDGE, WATER DEMINERALIZER: EA 4Organic (Overpack Box 5)(05852) No. D8904

52 6640-00-248-4490 CHART, PAPER: Type C (Drawer M3) PD 1(21519) G20129 69-883)

53 6640-00-248-4491 CHART, PAPER: Type D PD 1(Drawer M3)(21519) G20131 69-884

54 6640-00-248-4492 CHART, PAPER: Type E PD 1(Drawer M3)

(21519) G20132 69-885

55 6640-00-404-2749 CHART, PAPER, TEMPERATURE EA 1VISCOSITY INDEX; (Drawer M3)(21519) 69-889

56 6680-00-951-7085 CHART, RECORDING 100: (DRAWER M3) BX 200(23439) 89344

C-22

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-23

TM 10-6640-215-13


57 5340-00-252-5317 CLAMP(JOINT) LABORATORY, EA 4PETROLEUM TEST: (Drawer W2)(15747) TIKS-40-WS)

58 6640-00-428-2460 CLAMP, LABORATORY SUPPORT ROD: EA 611/16 in. dia., double swiveljaw (Drawer W2)(96906) MS36001-3

59 6640-00-024-2279 CLAMP, RUBBER TUBING, REGULATING: EA 63/4 in. dia. (Drawer W2)(96906) MS36003-1

60 6640-00-418-1000 CLAMP, TEST TUBE: 1-1/2 in .jaw EA 8opening, standard (Drawer W3)(96906) MS36009-1

61 6640-00-417-6000 CLAMP, UTILITY, LABORATORY: EA 21-1/2 in. fixed jaw (Drawer W2)(81348) NNN-C440

62 6640-00-962-9820 CLAMP, UTILITY LABORATORY: EA 31-1/2 in. swivel jaws(Drawer W2)(22527) 5-766

63 6640-00-526-7989 CLAMP, UTILITY, LABORATORY EA 23-1/2 in. dia., fixed jaw(Drawer W2) (81348) NNN-C-440

64 6640-00-264-5024 CLAMP, UTILITY, LABORATORY: EA 42-1/2 in. dia. grip (Drawer W2)(96906) MS36012-4

65 5999-00-263-1051 CLIP, ELECTRICAL: Alligator EA 10(Drawer WI)(81348) W-C-440

66 5999-00-939-7462 CLIP, ELECTRICAL: Battery EA 10uninsulated 25 amp (Drawer H1)(64484)531115

67 4820-00-401-9177 COCK, PLUG: External thread EA 3(Drawer W2)(80740) 77-960-01

C-24

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-25

TM 10-6640-215-13


68 6630-00-789-0486 COLOR DISK: (Drawer F3) EA 1(90767) No. 611-95

69 6630-00-789-0487 COLOR DISK: (Drawer F3) EA 1(90767) No. 611-96

70 6630-00-789-0488 COLOR DISK: (Drawer F3) EA I(90767) No. 611-97

71 6640-00-081-6553 CONDENSER, LABORATORY: EA 5Borosilicate glass (Drawer GI)(22527) 7-724-15B

72 CONDENSER: U/w tetraethyl lead EA 2apparatus (Overpacl; Box 3)(62201) TG23220

73 6640-00-359-2218 CONE, PENTROMETER: (DrawerJ2) EA 1(48619) No. 73526

74 6640-00-410-1911 CONNECTOR, LABORATORY FRAME: EA 2(Drawer E2)(48619)69403

75 6640-00-074-3339 COPPER STRIP CORROSION STANDARDS: EA 1(Drawer F3)(07285) 12-401300-00

-76 COUPLING, HALF: 1-1/2 in. EA 1(Trailer Accessories Storage)(96906) ( MS27020-9)

77 6640-00-410-1913 COVER, GRADUATED: (Drawer B3) EA 2(80740) 90-006-40

78 6640-00-419-3050 CRUCIBLE, FILTERING, LABORATORY: EA 630 ml, Borosilicate glass(Drawer G3 and H2)(81349) MIL-C-3659

79 6640-00-290-6551 CRUCIBLE, FILTERING, LABORATORY: EA 250 ml glass (Drawer H2)(96906) MS36089-4

80 6640-00-404-0657 CRUCIBLE, FILTERING, LABORATORY: EA 625 ml porcelain (Drawer G3)(64484) S-24442

C-26

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-27

TM 10-6640-215-13


81 6640-00-899-8976 CRUCIBLE, FILTERING, LABORATORY: EA 430 ml (Drawer H2)(15747) G6703E

82 6640-00-290-6790 CRUCIBLE, IGNITION, LABORATORY: EA 630 ml, porcelain (Drawers H2 and G3)(96906) MS35966-4

83 6640-00-290-6791 CRUCIBLE, IGNITION, LABORATORY: EA 650 ml (Drawers H2 and G3)(96906) MS35966-5

84 6640-00-550-6287 CRUCIBLE, IGNITION, LABORATORY: EA 6100 ml (Drawers H4 and G3)(96906) MS35966-6

85 6640-00-936-2065 CRUCIBLE, SKIDMORE, PETROLEUM EA 1TEST: 70 ml (Drawer J2)(48619)68245

86 6630-00-359-9757 CUP: Flash and fire point, EA 1Cleveland open (Drawer J2)(15747) G18062B

87 6630-00-359-9759 CUP: Flash point, Pensky- EA 1Martens closed (Drawer J2)(80740) G7-946

88 6630-00-359-9758 CUP: Tagclosed(DrawerJ2) EA 1(15747) G18064

89 6640-00-090-4469 CUP: GLASS: (Drawer G2) EA 2(20056) 68-825-09

90 6640-00-403-9349 CUP, GREASE DROPPING: (Drawer HI) EA 2(23035) K194-018

91 5110-00-489-8135 CUTTER, HAWSER, HAND-OPERATED: EA 1(Drawer W3)(22527) 11-340

C-28

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-29

TM 10-6640-215-13


92 5180-00-596-1038 CUTTER AND FLARING TOOL KIT, KT 1TUBE, HAND: Case container,.Metal c/o: (30327) (Drawer R3)

5110-00-288-6520 TUBE CUTTER: 1/8 to EA 11-1/8 in. od of tube(30327) No. 274FB

5120-00-251-2267 FLARING TOOL: Tube hand EA 11/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8,7/16, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 in.(30127) No. 275FS

93 6640-00-912-8656 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 35 ml (Drawer H2)(80740) 28-476-5

94 6640-00-494-3959 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 425 ml (Drawer H5)(96906) MS35943-4

95 6640-00-883-8516 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 12100 ml (Drawers C3 and H5)(22527) 8-552E

96 6640-00-290-6543 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 4250 ml (Drawers F4 and G4)(81348) NNN-C-940

97 6640-00-420-3000 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 21000 ml (Overpack Box 1)(81348) NNN-C-940

98 6640-00-420-3500 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 22,000 ml (Overpack Box 2)(81348) NNN-C-940

99 6640-00-420-6000 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 4100 ml circular base (Drawer H5)(96906) MS35947-6

100 6640-00-290-6570 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 310 ml hex base (Drawers H5 and X1)(81348) NNN-C-940

C-30

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-31

TM 10-6640-215-13


101 6640-00-899-6901 CYLINDER, GRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 550 ml (Drawer H5)(22527) 8-549-5D

-102 6640-00-403-9339 CYLINDER, LABORATORY: EA 4Borosilicate glass, 1000 ml(Overtake Boxes 1 and 3)(80740) 67-973-02

103 6830-00-292-0129 CYLINDER, OXYGEN, TECHNICAL: EA 1220 to 240 cu. ft. cyvl8120-00-151-9758, BB-0-925,Type I (Gas Cyl Storage)

104 6640-00-244-4341 CYLINDER, UNGRADUATED, LABORATORY: EA 4125 ml (Drawer F4)(80740) 28-395

105 6640-00-688-7882 DISPENSER, FILTERING, SOLVENT: EA 2(Drawer F3)(08071) XX66-025-00

106 7520-00-240-2411 DISPENSER, PRESSURE SENSITIVE EA 1ADHESIVE TAPE: Metal (Drawer M2)(81348) GG-D-458

107 6640-00-925-6649 DISTILLING RECEIVER: Water EA 1determination 10 ml Drawer G1)(81346) E-123 Style A

108 6640-00-988-2936 DISTILLING RECEIVER: Oil EA 1dilution, 5 ml (Drawer G1)(96906) MS362661

109 5133-00-889-8996 DRILL, PORTABLE, ELECTRIC: 1/4 EA 1in., (Drawer L4)(81348) W-D-661

110 5133-00-278-0237 DRILL, SET, TWIST: High speed ST 1steel, fractional series,13 drill set (Drawer L3)(813488) GGG-D-751)

111 6635-00-359-9827 DROPPING POINT APPARATUS, EA 1PETROLEUM: (DrawerJ4)(23035) K194A

C-32

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-33

TM1 10-6640-215-13


112 4440-00-192-7595 DRYING APPARATUS, AIR GAS: EA 1(Drawer G4)(80740) 31-364

113 7490-00-813-0152 EMBOSSING MACHINE, IDENTIFICATION: EA 1TAPE: (DrawerJ2)(81348) 00-E-491

114 4210-01-087-4989 EXTINGUISHER, FIRE EA 35 lb. (98752) IRA4210-031

115 6640-00-450-5700 EXTRACTION ASSEMBLY: EA 3(Drawers K4, LI, and W3)(22527) 09-585

116 4240-00-202-9473 FACE SHIELD, INDUSTRIAL: EA 1L-F-36, Style B (Drawer Al)

117 5110-00-234-6550 FILE, HAND: 6 in., American EA 2pattern (Drawer L3)(81348) GGG-F-325

118 5110-00-241-9160 FILE, HAND: Three square EA 2(Drawer L4)(81348) GGG-F-325

119 6640-00-404-2759 FILLER, PIPET; Caufield EA 1(Drawer K4)(15747) G20387

120 FILLER, PIPET: Rubber bulb EA 3(Drawer K4)(15747) G20424)

121 6545-00-922-1200 FIRST AID KIT: EA 1(18162) 90-145

122 6230-00-269-3034 FLASHLIGHT: Explosion proof EA 4(80058) MX-992/U

123 6240-00-857-6877 FLASK, BOILING: 500 ml, EA 2Borosilicate glass (Drawer F4)(81348) NNN-F-240

124 6640-00-558-0651 FLASK, BOILING: 1,000 ml, EA 3Borosilicate glass (Drawer H4)(81348) NNN-F-240

C-34

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-35

TM 10-6640-215-13


125 6640-00-899-6375 FLASK, DEWAR: 1900 ml, EA 3cylindrical (Drawer F5)(80740) 35-484-1900

126 6640-00-423-8500 FLASK, DISTILLING: 125 ml, EA 10Borosilicate glass (Drawer K3)(96906) MS36058-3

127 6640-00-935-4286 FLASK, ERLENMEYER: 50 ml, EA 3Borosilicate glass graduated(Drawer G2)(81348) NNN-F-240

128 6640-00-935-4269 FLASK, ERLENMEYER: 250 ml, EA 7Borosilicate glass (Drawer G4)(81348) NNN-F-240

129 6640-00-935-4270 FLASK, ERLENMEYER: 500 ml, EA 9Borosilicate glass (Drawer G4)(81348) NNN-F-240

130 6640-00-935-4287 FLASK, ERLENMEYER: 1000 ml, EA 2Ungraduated (Drawer G3)(96906) MS36062-9

131 FLASK, ERLENMEYER. 250 ml, EA 5Boran free (Drawer H5)(75278)26510

132 6640-00-522-1889 FLASK, FILTERING: 4000 ml, EA 4Borosilicate glass (Drawer E5)(22527) 10-181-5

133 6640-00-424-8000 FLASK, FILTERING: 500 ml, size 4 EA 3(Drawers E4 and G4)(96906) MS36066-4

134 6640-00-522-1888 FLASK, FILTERING: 1,000 ml, EA 1size 5 (Drawer E4)(96906) MS36066-5

135 6640-00-290-6936 FLASK, LABORATORY: 250 ml, EA 8iodine (Drawer K2)(22527) 10-094

C-36

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-37

TM 10-6640-215-13


136 6640-00-062-5949 FLASK, LABORATORY: 500 ml, EA 2iodine ( Drawer B 1)(75278) 27200

137 6640-00-425-6000 FLASK, VOLUMETRIC: Borosilicate EA 4glass, 100 ml (Drawers H5and K2)(96906) MS36068-4

138 6640-00-425-8000 FLASK, VOLUMETRIC: Borosilicate EA 4glass, 500 ml (Drawer H4)(96906) MS36068-6

139 6640-00-425-9000 FLASK, VOLUMETRIC: Borosilicate EA 4glass, 1000 ml (Drawer H4)(96906) MS36068-7

140 6640-00-404-2748 FOOT, LABORATORY FRAME: EA 2(48619)69402

141 6670-00-263-0249 FORCEPS: Crescent, 4 in. EA 2(Drawer F2)(22527)2-354

142 6640-00-426-0315 FORCEPS, FLAT, BLADED: (Drawer F2) EA 1(08071) XX62-000-06

143 6640-00-403-9338 FRAME ASSEMBLY, LABORATORY, RODS: EA 1(Drawer E2)(96906) MS36014-2

144 6640-00-918-7719 FUNNELAIRE: (Drawer WI) EA 6(22527) 10-331

145 6640-00-290-6913 FUNNEL, COMMON LABORATORY: Glass, EA 460 deg., Ribbed (Drawer E5)(22527) 10-381D

146 6640-00-290-6923 FUNNEL, COMMON, LABORATORY: Glass, EA 460 deg., smooth (Drawers H5 and K2)(22527) 10-326A

147 6640-00-426-8060 FUNNEL, COMMON, LABORATORY: Glass, EA 2short stem (Drawer K2)(96906) MS36084-7

C-38

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-39

TM 10-6640-215-13


148 6640-00-899-8993 FUNNEL, FILTERING LABORATORY: EA 4Buchner 150 ml (Drawer H4)(22527) 10-358M

149 6640-00-926-1313 FUNNEL, SEPARATORY: Borosilicate EA 1glass, 125 ml (Drawer B1)(81348) NNN-F-800

150 6640-00-926-1314 FUNNEL, SEPARATORY: Borosilicate EA 3glass, 250 ml (Drawers C3 and G4)(96906) MS35948-4

151 6640-00-926-1315 FUNNEL, SEPARATORY: Borosilicate EA 2glass, 500 ml (Drawer BI)(81348) NNN-B-800

152 7240-00-282-3916 FUNNEL, STEEL, RIGID SPOUT: 1 pint EA 1(58536) A-A-1663 (Drawer R4)

153 6640-00-986-2721 GAGE, CORK AND RUBBER: Plastic, PK 16 in. (Drawer W3)(22527) 11-284

154 6685-00-194-1683 GAGE, 0-15, (PSI) PRESSURE: EA 4(Overpack Box 5 (not illus) andDrawer S2)(48619) No. 74886

155 6685-00-194-1699 GAGE 0-5, (PSI) PRESSURE: EA 4(Overpack Box 5 (not illus) and(Drawer S2)(48619) No. 74885

156 5330-00-401-9582 GASKET: For gum stability EA 1bomb, 100 per pack (Drawer B3)(48619) No. 74743

157 5330-00-402-2209 GASKET: Composition (Drawer J2) EA 1(48619) P/N 232240

158 GASKET: For coupling half, EA 11-1/2 in. (Drawer J2)(96906) MS27030-3

159 GLAND AND STIRRER: (Drawer H3) EA 1(80740) 67-990-09

C-40

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-41

TM 10-6640-215-13


160 6640-00-558-0307 GLASS TUBING, ROUND: (Locker) EA 24 mm OD (96906) MS36079-1

161 6640-00-445-7750 GLASS TUBING, ROUND: (Locker) EA 26 mm OD (96906) MS36079-2

162 6640-00-245-7129 GLASSTUBING,ROUND: (Locker) EA 28 mm OD (96906) MS36079-3

163 6640-00-445-7775 GLASS TUBING, ROUND: (Locker): EA 210 mm OD (96906) MS36079-4

164 6640-00-558-0292 GLASSTUBING, ROUND: (Locker) EA 211 mm OD (96906) MS36079-5

165 6640-00-427-3960 GRID, WIRE GAUZE, LABORATORY: EA 8(Drawer E2)(96906) MS36016-2



168 6640-00-840-1390 GRID, WIRE GAUZE, LABORATORY: EA 8(Drawer E2)(81348) NNN-G-698

169 6640-00-980-5002 HEATER, ELECTRIC: (Drawer J4) EA 2(48619) P/N 61600

170 HEATER, ELECTRIC: Kinematic EA 1Viscosity Bath (Drawer R1)(22527) 11-463-18B

171 HEATER, EXTRACTION, PETROLEUM EA 1TEST: Repeatable heater control,percentage timer, 1200W, 120Vac/dc, 150 to 800 deg.F temprange (Drawer U 1 )(15747) I/.N G11850D

C-42

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-43

TM 10-6640-215-13


172 6640-00-970-6620 HEATER, LAB, INFRARED: 115V, EA 160 Hz (Drawer G5)(22527) 11-504-50

173 6640-00-410-1915 HOLDER, CRUCIBLE: Borosilicate EA 6glass, size B (Drawer H5)(22527) 8-238B

174 6640-00-893-3096 HOLDER, FILTER, HYDRO: (Drawer F2) EA 1(08071) XX20-047-20

175 6640-900-359-9753 HOLDER, FILTERING CRUCIBLE: PK I(Drawer F3)(96906) MS36091-1

176 6640-00-404-2756 HOLDER, POLISHING: Bakelite, UN 14 units (Drawer F3)(22527) 13-420-40

-177 HOSE, GARDENEA 1

178 HOT PLATE, LABORATORY: 110 to 600 EA 1degree F range (Drawer J2)(15747) P/N G11885

179 6630-00-265-7610 HYDROMETER, GRADUATED SCALE: EA 2Thermometer 9 to 21 degrees F(Drawer V)(81349) MIL-H-36343





C-44

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-45

TM 10-6640-215-13


184 6630-00-265-7765 HYDRONMETER, GRADUATED SCALE: EA 3Thermometer 59 to 71 degrees F(Drawer V)(81349) MIL-H-36343

185 6630-00-815-2267 HYDROMETER, GRADUATED SCALE: EA 2Thermometer 69 to 81 degrees F(Drawer V)(81349) NIIL-11-36343

186 6630-00-404-2754 HYDROMETER, GRADUATED SCALE: EA 2Thermometer 79 to 91 degrees F(Drawer V)(15747) G13005-J

187 6630-00-404-2755 HYDROMETER, GRADUATED SCALE: EA 2Thermometer 89 to 101 degrees F(Drawer V)(15747) G13005-K

188 ICE MAKER BAG AND FITTINGS: U/w ST 1compressed carbon dioxidegas (Gas Cyl Storage)(15747) P/N G14485

189 5120-00-965-0326 IGNITER, FRICTION: Wire frame EA 2(Drawer W3)(81348) GG-I-271

190 6635-00-025-9152 JAR, CLOUD AND POUR: (Drawer X3) EA 6(15747) G147185

191 6640-00-403-9343 JAR, CHROMATOGRAPHY: 1 gal. EA 1(Drawer Al)(22527) 5-719-9-1

192 6640-00-359-9870 JAR, CYLINDRICAL, LABORATORY: EA 44-5/8 X 9-1/2 in. (Drawer H5)(75278) 32900

193 6640-00-899-8980 JAR, DRYING, LABORATORY: EA 1Borosilicate glass (Drawer F4)(75278)19505

194 JERRY JUG: Polyethylene EA 4(15747) G14798A

C-46

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-47

TM 10-6640-215-13


195 6640-00.436-9926 KIT, LABORATORY GLASS REPAIR: EA 1(Drawer F5)(21519) P/N 82460-512

196 5110-00-223-7782 KNIFE, CRAFTSMAN'S: (Drawer W3) EA 1(81348) GGG-K-481

197 6240-00-319-4549 LAMP. FLUORESCENT: 4 watts, miniature. EA 1ultraviolet (Drawer G5)(32218) J-204

198 6240-00-155-8675 LAMP, INCANDESCENT: Clear, white EA 2light, 2.4 volts, miniatureflange (Drawer H1)(81348) W-L-Ir

199 6240-00-797-3750 LAMP, INCANDESCENT: Clear, white EA 2light, 3.7 volts, miniaturescrew base (Drawer H1)(81348) W-L-HI

200 LEVEL, CARPENTERS EA 1

201 5210-00-619-7036 LEVEL AND PLUMB: Cast iron EA 1(Drawer K2)GGG-L-211, Type II, Class I

202 6230-00-146-8898 LIGHT. EXTENSION: 50 ft.long EA 1(Drawer L5)(81348) W-L-661

203 6630-00-337-6890 LINER, BOMB: (Drawer K2) EA 4(23035) K105-4

204 TM 10-4130-240-13&P EA 130 GPH COOLER

205 TM 10-4130-391-13&P EA 1VACUUM PUMP (SARGENT WELCH)

206 TM 10-4130-392-13&P EA 1COMPRESSOR, RECIPROCATING,AIR

207 TM 10-4320-320-13&P EA 1SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

C-48

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13


208 TM 10-4320-321-13&P EA 1CAST IRON SHALLOW WELL PUMPSYSTEM

209 TM 10-6625-3127-13&P EA 1VOM MULTIMETER 0-6000 V DC/AC

210 TM 10-6630-234-13&P EA 1HIGH TEMP. GUM BATH

211 TM 10-6630-235-13&P EA 1TAG CLOSED CUP FLASH TESTER

212 TM 10-6630-236-13&P EA 1CLEVELAND OPEN TESTER

213 TM 10-6630-237-13&P EA 1FIELD PH METER

214 TM 10-6630-238-13&P EA ICLOUD & POUR POINT CHAMBER

215 TM 10-6630-239-13&P EA 1KINEMATIC VISCOSITY BATH

216 TM 10-6635-210-13&P EA 1JET FUEL THERMALOXIDATION TESTER

217 TM 10-6635-211-13&P EA 1DROPPING POINT APPARATUS

218 TM 10-6635-212-13&P EA 1UNIVERSAL PENETROMETER

219 TM 10-6640-228-13&P EA 1FOAMING CHARACTERISTICSDETER. APPARA.

220 TM 10-6640-229-13&P EA 1GENERAL PURPOSE WATER BATHS

221 TM 10-6640-230-13&P EA 1UNIVERSAL CENTRIFUGE

222 TM 10-6640-231-13&P EA 1BURN-OUT FURNACE

C-49

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13


223 TM 10-6640-232-13&P EA 1OXYGEN STABILITY BATH

224 TM 10-6670-278-13&P EA 1HARVARD TRIP BALANCE

225 TM 10-6685-365-13&P EA 1PRESSURE RECORDING GAGE

226 TM 10-7420-210-13&P EA 15030 CALCULATOR

227 TM 10-7430-218-13&P EA 1PORTABLE TYPEWRITER

228 MAT: Rubber, color, black EA 13 x 0.25 vds.(70485) M-9000-36

229 6630-01-115-2398 METER, CONDUCTIVITY: Battery EA 1operated (Drawer K3)(23299) P/N 1152

230 METER, PH, CHEMTRIX: W/temp EA 1compensation, solid stateelectronics, interchangeablebattery, w/l 15V ac conversionkit (Drawer G5)(58485) Type 400

C-50

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-51

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - continued

231 6625-00-691-6605 MULTIMETER, 0-6000 V DC/AC: EA 1(Drawer M2)(60741) Model No. 310

-232 4730-01-009-1735 NIPPLE, QUICK DISCONNECT 2.00: EA 1(96906) MS39352-9

233 4930-00-287-8474 OILER, HAND: 5 oz. (Drawer R3) EA 1GGG-O-591, Type I, Class A

234 6640-00-404-2758 PIPET: Graduated 10 ml EA 1(Drawer G1)(08071) XX10-047-09

235 6640-00-442-9621 PIPET, DROPPING: Glass (Drawer L1) EA 12(80740) 71570

236 6640-00-558-0575 PIPET, VOLUMETRIC: Borosilicate EA 6glass, 2 ml (Drawers F1 and X2)(96906) MS35985-2



239 6640-00-438-0000 PIPET, VOLUMETRIC: Borosilicate EA 16glass, 25 ml, granulated(Drawer F1)(96906) MS35985-9

240 6640-00-438-0250 PIPET, VOLUMETRIC: Borosilicate EA 5glass, 50 ml, granulated(Drawers F2 and G3)(96906) MS35985-10

241 6640-00-438-2150 PRESS, CORK, LABORATORY: EA 5Accommodates 1-1/4 in. cork(Drawer K4)(80740) 27-160

242 6230-00-411-9318 PROBE LIGHT, INSPECTION: EA 1(Drawer R3)(83303) MVXF

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-52

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-53

TM 10-6640-215-13


-243 PROPANE CYLINDER: Disposable EA 9odorized, 1 lb. (Overpack Box 5)BB-G-110, Type II

244 6640-00-403-9341 PUMP, FILTER, LABORATORY: EA 2Borosilicate glass (Drawer G3)(75278) K-38004

245 6640-00-442-5100 RACK, TEST TUBE, LABORATORY: EA 1(Drawer F5)(81348) NNN-R-55

246 6640-00-411-5486 RACK, TEST TUBE, LABORATORY: EA 1(Drawer F5)(15747) G23210

247 6685-00-401-1422 REGULATOR, WATER LEVEL, EA 1PETROLEUM TEST: (Drawer H1)(48619) No. 66996 MDL 82

248 6640-00-494-3731 REMOVER, BOTTLE STOPPER, EA 1LABORATORY: Hinged arm(Drawer X5)(22527) 02-927

249 5905-00-448-5326 RHEOSTAT,TELAPPARATUS: 25ohms, EA 12 amp ((Drawer J2)(21519) No. 69-009

250 6640-00-835-0896 RING, LABORATORY APPARATUS EA 3SUPPORT: (Drawer H1)(96906) MS35944-2

251 6640-00-440-1348 RING, LABORATORY APPARATUS EA 3SUPPORT: (Drawer G2)(96906) MS35944-4

252 6640-00-290-6699 RING, LABORATORY APPARATUS EA 3SUPPORT: Metal, 6-1/8 in.id., with clamp (Drawer H1)(87040) 74-660-7

253 6640-00-440-1325 RING, SUPPORT: (Drawer 0G2) EA 3(96906) MS35944-3

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-54

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-55

TM 10-6640-215-13


254 6640-00-690-3269 RING TRUNNION: Cone-shaped 100 ml EA 4(Drawer E4)(48619) 67313

255 RING TRUNNION: Pear-shaped 100 ml EA 4(Drawer E4)(48619)67314

256 6640-00-436-9921 ROD, DROPPING POINT APPARATUS EA 1(Drawer H1)(23035) K194-E6

257 6640-00-410-1912 ROD, LABORATORY FRAME: EA 1(Drawer E2)(48619)69416

258 6670-00-436-9853 ROD, SUPPORT, VIBRATION DAMPING: EA 1(Drawer K4)(15747) C1387PT

-259 7240-00-248-9620 SAFETY CAN: Steel (Utility Overpack Box) EA 1(83487) RR-S-30, Style 11,Grade C

260 6695-00-946-3602 SAMPLER, LIQUID: 16 oz. (Drawer J2) EA 1(20222) 33531-03

261 6670-00-436-9860 SCOOP, BALANCE, LABORATORY: EA 1Analytical balance (Drawer 5)(53088)726002

262 SCOOP, ICE, POLYETHYLENE ' EA 1(13147)2884

263 5120-00-421-0000 SCRIBER, DIAMOND POINT: EA 1(Drawer L3)(81349) MIL-S-15825

264 6680-00-496-9612 SHAFT, 'EXTENSION) TACHOMETER: EA IPetroleum test 12 in. (Drawer F3)(57733)412850

265 6640-00-403-9348 SHAFT, STIRRER, FLEXIBLE: EA 411-1/2 in. long with 1/4 in.chuck (DrawerJ4)(23035) K160-9

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-56

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-57

TM 10-6640-215-13


266 5110-00-263-0248 SHARPENER, CORD BORED: 22 mm EA 1cutting edges (Drawer W31(80740) 27-170

267 5110-00-223-6371 SHEARS, STRAIGHT TRIMMERS; EA 1(Drawer H1)(81348) GGG-S-278

268 6640-00-360-1062 SHIELD: Cone-shaped, 100 ml EA 4(Drawer E4)(48619) 67359

269 6640-00-359-9951 SHIELD: Pear-shaped, 100 ml EA 4(Drawer E4)(48619) 67360

270 6640-00-359-9641 SHIELD, HEAT, DISTILLING FLASK: EA 4(Drawer X3)(96906) MS356345-4

271 6640-00-359-9646 SHIELD, HEAT, DISTILLING FLASK: EA 2(Drawers X3 and X4)(96906) MS356345-2

272 6640-00-359-9642 SHIELD, HEAT, DISTILLING FLASK: EA 2(Drawer X4)(96906) MS356345-5

273 6640-00-403-9345 SOCKET, BOMB: EA 1(23035) K65-3

274 3439-00-618-6623 SOLDERING GUN: 115 V, 60 Hz, EA 1W/pistol grip handle andspotlight (Drawer L4)(81348) W-S-564

275 6640-00-171-5198 SPATULA, LABORATORY: Crescent EA 2blade, wood handle, 7-3/8 in.(Drawer W3)(81348) NNN-S-1356

276 6640-00-439-7375 SPATULA, LABORATORY: Crescent EA 2blade, wood handle, 12-5/8 in.(Drawer W3)(96906) MS6208-4

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-58

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-59

TM 10-6640-215-13


277 6640-00-975-0453 SPATULA, LABORATORY: Crescent EA 2blade, wood handle, thinflexible blade (Drawer W3)(22527) 14-371A

278 6640-00-436-9939 STAND, FREEZING POINT APPARATUS: EA 2U/w tubes (Drawer H3)(23035) K-297

279 6640-00-290-6717 STAND, LABORATORY APPARATUS EA 2SUPPORT: Metal base (Drawer J3)(96906) MS36019-1

280 6640-00-440-1300 STAND, LABORATORY APPARATUS EA 2SUPPORT: Porcelain base(Drawer J3)(96906) MS36020-1

281 STANDARDS: Millipore (Drawer F5) EA 1(08071) PIN XX64-037-85

282 6640-00-488-5221 STIRRER, AGITATOR LABORATORY: EA 2Crescent, 3 blade, 2 in. dia.(Drawer F2)(22527) 14-518-75

283 6640-00-531-5022 STIRRER, ELECTRIC LABORATORY: EA 1115 V, 50/60 Hz, 80-115 rpm,on/off toggle switch, universalclamp mtg (Drawer J4)(48619) No. 75765

284 6640-00-482-7235 STIRRER-HOT PLATE, MAGNETIC EA 1LABORATORY: 775 W, variablestirring speed, 110 V, 60 Hz(Drawer G5)(53078) S40990

285 6640-00-310-8550 STONE: Foam test apparatus EA 4(Drawer K2)(80740) 68-758-01

286 6645-00-126-0286 STOPWATCH: Laboratory, 2 sweep EA 4hands, open face, shockproof(Drawer F3)(81348) GG-S-764

3

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-60

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-61

TM 10-6640-215-13


287 6640-00-410-4466 STOPPER, SPLIT CORK: (Drawer H1) EA 6(23035) K194A-09

288 6635-00-359-9982 STRAINER: 100 mesh, 100 mesh EA 1replaceable cloth, and 200 mesh(Drawer J3)(23035) K220-6, K220-6A, andK220-6B

289 6640-00-055-0071 STRETCHER, RUBBER TUBING: EA 1(Drawer F2)(22527) 14-196

290 SUPPORT ROD: (Drawer E4) EA 4Aluminum 6061-T6

291 6640-00-359-9985 SUPPORT: Sediment apparatus EA 2(Drawer K2)(23035) K-485

292 6640-00-392-8643 SUPPORT ARM, FUNNEL, EA 2LABORATORY: With clamp andhardwood rod (Drawer J3)(96906) MS36021-1

293 6640-00-410-1919 SUPPORT RACK, PIPET: (Drawer H1) EA 1(20056) 71-720

294 6640-00-359-9995 SWAB: (Drawer H1) EA 2(26340) 90-006-37

295 6615-00-068-5022 SYRINGE. General Purpose, 100 cc, EA 110 cc graduations, glass(Drawer K2)(08474) 80-2317

296 6680-00-526-6889 TACHOMETER, MECHANICAL EA 1LABORATORY, PETROLEUM TEST:(Drawer F5)(57733) 757W

297 5210-00-287-3335 TAPE, MEASURING: (Drawer F3) EA 1(80244) GGG-T-106, Type V,Class A, Style 2

298 6640-00-404-2757 TEST TUBE: Borosilicate glass, EA 18flat (Drawer H2)(22527) 13-420-45

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-62

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-63

TM 10-6640-215-13


299 6640-00-061-8967 TEST TUBE: Class, 150 mm x 25 mm EA 22(Drawer H2)(81348) NNN-T-189

300 6640-00-061-8966 TEST TUBE: Glass, 175 mm x 22 mm EA 22(Drawer H2)(81348) NNN-T-189

301 6640-00-298-7258 TEST TUBE: Heat resistant, 150 mm EA 10x 18 mm (Drawer H2)(96906) MS36183-3

302 6630-00-404-2750 TETRAETHYL LEAD APPARATUS ST 2PETROLEUM: W/3 glass parts(2A303 P/N 151-9151) (Drawer G2)(80740) No. 19-007

303 6685-00-975-0041 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA IBIMETALLIC: 0 to 200 deg F, dial(Drawer K2)(48619)73503

304 6685-00-245-9519 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: -20 to + 50deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 13-510-105

305 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 4LIQUID IN GLASS: -20 to + 102deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 11-604-5

306 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 3LIQUID IN GLASS: -34 to + 49deg C (Drawer V)

307 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 4LIQUID IN GLASS: -38 to + 50deg C (Drawer V)(59728) 9310-D42

308 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 1LIQUID IN GLASS: -38 to + 42deg C (Driawer V)(22527) 13-394-30A

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-64

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-65

TM 10-6640-215-13


309 6685-00-070-0716 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 1LIQUID IN GLASS: -7 to + 110deg C, (Drawer V)(95059) 13-501

310 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: -5 to +300deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 15-166B

311 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 3LIQUID IN CLASS: -5 to + 400deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 15-166C

312 6685-00-242-2223 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 3LIQUID IN GLASS: -6 to + 400deg C (Drawer V)(22527)13-535-5

313 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 5LIQUID IN GLASS: -2 to +300deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 13-481

314 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 5LIQUID IN GLASS: -2 to 400deg C ( Drawer V)(22527) 13-842

315 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 3LIQUID IN GLASS: 25 to 105deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 13-394-30B

316 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 3LIQUID IN GLASS: 34 to 42deg C, with case (Drawer V)(22527) 13-575B

317 6685-00-247-3765 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: 97.5 to 102.5deg F (Drawer V)(22527) 13-618D

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-66

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-67

TM 10-6640-215-13


318 6685-00-247-3764 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: 127.5 to 132.5deg F (Drawer V)(64484) S-80800E

319 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2ILIQUID IN GLASS: 90 to 170deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 13-394-30C

320 THERMOMETER , SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: 90 to 370deg C, with case (Drawer V)(22527) 13-506

321 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: 95 to 103deg C, with case (Drawer V)(22527) 13-575F

322 6685-00-242-3763 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: 207.5 to 215.5deg F (Drawer V)(22527) 13-618,

323 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: -18 to + 82degC (Drawer V)

324 6685-00-843-7239 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: -20 to + 150deg C (Drawer V)(22527) 15-166A

325 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 4LIQUID IN GLASS: Toluol, -80to + 20 deg C (Drawer V)(64484) S-80585

326 THERMOMETER, SELF-INDICATING, EA 2LIQUID IN GLASS: -80 to + 20deg C (Drawer V)(59728) 9311-G34

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-68

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-69

TM 10-6640-215-13


327 6685-00-194-1707 THERMOMETER, SET: -36 to +761 EA 2deg F, -38 to + 405 deg C,set of 9 (Drawer F5)(80740)80-211-22

328 THERMOREGULATOR, MICRO-SET: EA 5Regulating, 50 to 220 deg F,with bulb sockets and wires(Drawer X3)(59728) 9366-H50

329 6695-00-496-9624 THIEF, OIL: Transparent EA 2035) K274

330 6640-00-360-0011 THIMBLE, EXTRACTION: Alundum, EA 2dense, 70 mm X 25.4 mm(Drawer K2)(22527) 09-660B

331 6645-00-235-4685 TIMER, SWITCH, CLOCK, ELECTRICAL EA 1PETROLEUM TEST: Self-sorting,115 volt, 10 amp (Drawer G5)(22527) 6-657

332 6640-00-360-0013 TONGS, LABORATORY: Beaker, jaws EA 2covered with mittens, 13 in. long(Drawer W3)(22527) 2-620

333 6640-00-444-8000 TONGS, LABORATORY: Crucible, EA 2riveted joint, 9 in. (Drawer W3)(96906) MS36023-2

334 6640-00-494-3779 TONGS, LABORATORY: Crucible, EA 4nickel plated finish, 9 in.Serated jaw (Drawer W3)(22527) 15-190

335 6640-00-063-3420 TONGS, LABORATORY: Crucible, steel, EA 29 in. smooth jaws (Drawer W3(22527) 15-186

336 5180-00-177-7033 TOOL KIT, GENERAL MECHANIC'S: EA tAutomotive (Drawer W4)SC 5180-90-CL-N26

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

C-70

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-71

TM 10-6640-215-13


337 6640-00-436-9941 TRAY, LABORATORY: 12 x 7-5/8 x EA 12 in. (Drawer HI)(80740) 82-005

338 TRIANGLE, WIRE, LABORATORY: Wire EA 3covered with silica tubes(Drawer H 1)(80740) 82-060

339 6640-00-477-3274 TUBE, CENTRIFUGE: Borosilicate EA 2glass, 100 ml (Drawer F2)(75278) 45241

340 6640-00-445-6625 TUBE, CENTRIFUGE: Borosilicate EA 10glass, granulated, conicalbottom (Drawer El)(96906) MS36165-1

341 6640-00-403-9342 TUBE, CENTRIFUGE, PETROLEUM EA 4TEST: Borosilicate glass(Drawer El)(80740) 69-030

342 640-00-445-5000 TUBE, DRYING, LABORATORY: EA 4(Drawer G3)(96906) MS36181-2

343 6640-00-436-9939 TUBE, FREEZING POINT APPARATUS: EA 31 large, 2 small (Drawers H3and H4)(23035) K297

344 6640-00-360-0046 TUBE, MELTING POINT DETER- EA 2MINATION: Borosilicate glass(Drawer H2)(23035) K194-AOB

345 4720-00-360-0047 TUBING: For 2-pen recorder EA 1(Drawer R4)(80740) No. 68-459-01

346 4720-00-410-9506 TUBING, PLASTIC: Flexible, 3/8 FT 25in. id (Overpack Box 3)(80740) 74-995

347 4720-00-411-5451 TUBING, PLASTIC: Flexible, 1/2 FT 25in. id (Overpack Box 3)(80740) 74-995

C-72

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-73

TM 10-6640-215-13


348 4720-00-456-1036 TUBING, PLASTIC: Tygon, medical RL 6grade, polyvinylchloride, 1/4in. id (Drawer B3)(61501) R-4000

349 4720-00-410-9505 TUBING, PLASTIC: Tygon, medical FT 50grade, polyvinylchloride, 3/8in. id (Overpack Box 5)(08071) R-4000

350 4720-00-411-5450 TUBING, PLASTIC: Tygon, medical FT 30grade, polyvinylchloride, 1/2in. id (Overpack Box 3)(80471) R-4000

351 4720-00-640-0329 TUBING: Natural, heavy wall, FT 24translucent, 3000 psi (Drawer F2)(80071) No. XX7100004

352 4720-00-277-5388 TUBING: Natural, heavy wall, FT 103/16 in. id translucent,3000 psi (Drawer B3)(81348) ZZ-T-831

353 4720-00-260-6877 TUBING: Natural, heavy wall, FT 1003/16 in. id petroleumresistant, red (Overpack Box 5)(81346) S73590C

354 4720-00-429-6874 TUBING: Natural, heavy wall, FT 7.51/4 in. id (Drawer B3)(81346) S73645

355 4720-00-729-6406 TUBING: Neoprene, 3/16 in. id FT 50black (Drawer B3)(22527) 14-171A

356 4720-00-273-1032 TUBING: Neoprene, 1/4 in. id FT 502500 psi (Overpack Box 5)(22527) 14-171B

357 7430-00-254-4319 TYPEWRITER; PORTABLE: Manual EA Iw/carrying case, elite type,std keyboard, 42 keys, 9 in.carriage(61634) Lettera 22

C-74

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-75

TM 10-6640-215-13


358 4820-00-111-1142 VALVE, CHECK, MANOMETER: EA I(Gas Cyl Locker)(39739) No. 942K50

359 VALVE, REGULATOR: Carbon dioxide EA Ipressure (Gas Cyl Locker)

360 VALVE, REGULATOR: Nitrogen EA Ipressure (Gas Cyl Locker)

361 4820-00-641-3519 VALVE, REGULATOR: Oxygen pressure EA 1(Gas Cyl Locker)MIL-V-13877, Type VI

362 4820-00-957-5639 VALVE, REGULATING: (Air pressure) EA 2(Gas Cyl Locker)(22529) No. 1-088

363 6630-00-359-9888 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 100(Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer K 1)(81346) D2515

364 6630-00-359-9889 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 200 (Overpack Box 3(not Illus) and Drawer K1)(81346) D2515

365 6630-00-359-9890 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 300 (Overpack Box 3(not Illus) and Drawer K1)(22527) 13-615-5F

366 6630-00-359-9891 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 400 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer K1)(81346) D2515

367 6630-00-450-3479 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 3Size 500 (Overpack Box 3(not Illus) and Drawer K1)(22527) 13-615-5K

C-76

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-77

TM 10-6640-215-13


368 6630-00-450-5699 VISCO.METER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 2Size 600 (Drawer K 1)(22527) 13-615-5J7-2

369 6630-00-359-9886 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 3Size 25 (Drawer J 1)(22527) 13-617A

370 6630-00-397-9293 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 50 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer J 1)(22527) 13-617B

371 6630-00-359-9903 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 100 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer Jl)(22527) 13-617C

372 6630-00-359-9904 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 200 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer J 1)(22527) 13-617E

373 6630-00-359-9905 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 4Size 300 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer J 1)(22527) 13-617F

374 6630-00-397-9309 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 3Size 400 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer J 1)(81346) D2515

375 6630-00-397-9311 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 2Size 450 (Overpack Box 3(not Illus) and Drawer J 1)(81346) D2515

376 6630-00-359-9892 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 2Size 500 (Overpack Box 4(not Illus) and Drawer J1)(22527) 13-615-500

377 6630-00-359-9893 VISCOMETER, CAPILLARY TYPE: EA 3Size 600 (Overpack Box 3(not Illus) and Drawer J1)(22527) 13-617-600

C-78

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-79


378 6640-00-290-6808 WATCH GLASS, LABORATORY: EA 6Circular, 65 mm dia. (Drawer X4)(96906) MS36000-1

379 6640-00-290-6789 WATCH GLASS, LABORATORY: EA 8Circular, 100 mm dia. (Drawer X4)(96906) .MS36000-1

380 6640-00-848-8209 WATCH CLASS, LABORATORY: EA 8Circular, Borosilicate glass,150 mm dia. (Drawer X4)(96906) MS36000-5

381 6640-00-282-5708 WATCH GLASS, LABORATORY: EA 1Circular, Borosilicate glass,90 mm dia. (Drawer X4)(15747) G1860B

382 6640-00-282-5717 WATCH GLASS, LABORATORY: EA 1Circular, Borosilicate glass,100 mm dia. (Drawer X4)(15747) G1860C

383 6670-00-351-2356 WEIGHT SET, BALANCE: With box EA 2and forceps (Drawer X4)(22527) 2-214A

384 6670-00-803-9680 WEIGHT SET, BALANCE: Brass, I to EA 11000 grams, tall form(Drawer F4)(81348) AAA-W-20C

385 WING TOP LABORATORY GAS BURNER: EA 1Brass (Drawer F4)(15747) G39028

386 6640-00-360-0067 WRENCH: For gum stability bomb EA 1(Drawer H1)(80740) 68-465

387 5120-00-244-4389 WRENCH, BUNG: Multiple size, non- EA 2sparking/nonmagnetic (Drawer K4)(81348) GGG-W-642

C-80

(1)Illus

Number

(2)National Stock

Number


(4)U/M

(5)QtyRqd

TM 10-6640-215-13

C-81/(C-82 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13

APPENDIX D. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)

SECTION I. INTRODUCTIOND-1. SCOPE.

This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the Petroleum Laboratory.

D-2. (GENERAL)This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the Petroleum Laboratory and that do have to beturned in with it. These items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, OR JTA.

D-3. EXPLANATION OF LISTING.National stock numbers, descriptions, and quantities are provided to help you identify and request the additional itemsyou require to support this equipment. 'The items are listed in alphabetical sequence by item name. If the item yourequire differs between serial numbers of the same model, effective serial numbers are shown in the last line of thedescription. If item required differs for different models of this equipment, the model is shown under the "Usable on"heading in the description column. These codes are identified as:

SECTION II. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION ITEMS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4)National Stock Number Description Usable U/I Qty

CAGEC and Part Number On Code rqr

6150-00-487-3037 POWER INPUT CABLE EA 1

*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1994 - 555-288/00288

Change 1 D-1/( D-2 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13

APPENDIX EEXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST


E-1. SCOPE

This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you will need to operate and maintain the Petroleum Laboratory.This listing is for informational purposes only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These items areauthorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items.

E-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS.

a. Column l Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the narrativeinstructions to identify the material (e. g. , "Use cleaning compound, Item 5, Appendix D").

b. Column 2 Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item:

C Operator/CrewO-Organizational MaintenanceF-Direct Support MaintenanceH-General Support Maintenance

c. Column 3 National Stock Number. This is the national stock number assigned to the item; use it to request orrequisition the item.

d. Column 4 Description. Indicates the federal item name and, if required, a description to identify the item. Thelast line for each item indicates the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGE) in parentheses followed bythe part number.

e. Column 5 Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance function.This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e. g. , ea, in, pr). If the unit of measurediffers from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.

E-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST - continued

1 C 6810-00-222-2634 ACETIC ACID, GLACIAL, ACS: OZLiquid; 99.7 pot min assyas acetic acid, glacial,MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

2 C 6810-01-003-0262 ACETONE, ACS: Liquid, OZbottle MIL-STD-1218(81348) 0-A-51, Grade III

3 8040-00-221-3811 ADHESIVE TYPE II: Liquid, OZrubber, synthetic,(81348) MMM-A1617, Type II1

4 C 6810-00-543-7415 ALCOHOL, DENATURED: Alcohol OZformula No. 3A colorless,(81348) O-E-750

5 C 9535-00-541-2453 ALUMINUM FOIL: Dry-anneal FTsurface, 75 ft. Ig(81348) QQ-A-1876, Type I,Grade A

6 C 6810-00-753-4784 ANMONIUNI HYDROXIDE, ACS: OZBottle MIL-STD-1218(22353) 3255-500

7 C 6810-00-282-2910 ASCARITE: 90-95 pct sodium OZhydroxide(96906) MIL-STD-1444

8 C 6810-00-234-8362 BARIUM HYDROXIDE, OCTAHY- OZDRATE, ACS: Crystal,98 pct min assy asbarium hydroxide, bottle(81348) MIL-STD-1218 O-C-265

9 C 6640-00-403-1000 BEAD, LABORATORY: Glass OZper solid, 5 mm dia., box(96906) MS36259-2 DD-G-541,Type 1, Class A

E-2

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


10 C 7920-00-023-1056 BRUSH, BOTTLE AND BURET: EA13/16 in. Ig(22527) No. 3-608

11 C 7920-00-409-2000 BRUSH, BOTTLE AND BURET: EATufted tip, stiff hogbristle, 3/4 in. dia.(80244) H-B-1050, StyleB, Class I MDLTW

12 C 7920-00-402-2379 BRUSH, CYLINDER, LABORATORY: EAMultifan tip, 1 in. Igbristled portion(22527) No. 3-622

13 C 7920-00-178-8315 BRUSH, DUSTING, BENCH: EAHorsetail hair, 8 in. Ig(80244) H-B-190, Type I,Style 2, Class 2

14 C 7920-00-205-0565 BRUSH, DUSTING, LENS AND EAPHOTOGRAPHIC NEGATIVE:Camel hair, metal ferrule(81348) H-B-1654

15 C 7920-00-409-4000 BRUSH, FLASK: Hog bristle, EAcircular tip, 4-1/2 in.Ig, 2 in. dia. brush,13 in. Ig handle(22527) No. 3-571

16 C 7920-00-494-3688 BRUSH, FLASK: Synthetic EAfil, 3 in. dia., 5-1/2 in. Igbrush part, 15 in. ig wood handle(81348) H-B-1049, Type VII

17 C 7920-00-240-6359 BRUSH, PIPET: 7 in. lg EA(80244) H-B-1051,Type 1I, Style A, Class I

18 C 7920-00-282-7784 BRUSH, TEST TUBE: Size 3/4, EA3/4 in. dia., 3 in. Ig(80244) H -B-1051,Type 1, Style A, Class I

E-3

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


19 C 7920-00-889-3381 BRUSH, TEST TUBE: Size 1-1/4, EA1-1/4 in. dia., 3-1/4 in. Ig(80244) l-B-1051, Type 1,Style A, Class I

20 C 7920-00-297-1510 BRUSH, TEST TUBE: Size 1-1/2, EA1-1/2 in. dia., 3-1/2 in. lg(80244) tl-B-1051,Type 1,Style A, Class I

21 C 7920-00-917-5843 BRUSH, TEST TUBE: Size A EA1-3/4 in dia., 6 in. lg(22527) No. 3-621

22 C 7920-00-917-5844 BRUSH, TEST TUBE: Size B EA2-3/8 in dia., 6 in. Ig(22527) No 3-621

23 C 7920-00-753-5260 BRUSI, TEST TUBE: EASingle fan tip; 1-3/8 in.dia., 4 in. lg(35051) No. 44-34

24 C 8020-00-260-1302 BRUSH, VARNISH: Size 2, flat, EAtriple-X thk, hogbristle, 2 x 3 in.(80244) H-B-695, Class I,Grade A

25 C 6810-01-126-2694 CALCIUM CHLORIDE, ANHY- OZDROUS, ACS: Granular,bottle, MIL-STD-1218,(81348) O-C-265

26 C 6810-00-964-3497 CALCIUM SULFATE, ANHY- OZDROUS, TECHNICAL:Powder, bottle(22527) C-140

27 C 6640-00-194-9728 CAP, SCREW, BOTTLE AND EAJAR: Plastic, w/plastic liner,Size 33 doz. lot(22527) 02-883-2E

E-4

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


28 C 6830-00-292-0142 CARBON DIOXIDE, TECHNICAL: OZ99.5 pct min assy ascarbon dioxide, liquidBB-C-101, grade B

29 C 6800-00-281-9825 CHARCOAL, ACTIVATED, LBTECHNICAL: Granular;adaptability to impregnation inaccordance w/MIL-C-13724(22527) P/N 05-685B

30 C 4730-00-908-3193 CLAMP, HOSE: Cres, 2 EAin. id FED-STD-66(08484) MS35842-12

31 C 6640-00-267-1'84 CLEANER, INSTRUMENT, TUBING. EASteel wire, w/cotton tufts,50 ft. Ig, 3 mm dia(64484)S10055

32 C 6640-00-267-1783 CLEANER, INSTRUMENT, TUBING: EA5 mm dia. (64484) S10055

33 C 6640-00-494-3846 CLEANER, INSTRUMIENT,TUBING: EA8 mm dia(94480) 3-642

34 C 8305-00-267-3015 CLOTH, CIIEESECLOTH: Cotton YD1.03 oz. per sq. yd,white, unshrunk, 36 in. w(81348) CCC-C-440,Type II, Class 2

35 C CONNECTOR, ELASTIC TUBING, EABRANCHED: Polypropylene,for 1/4 in. id tubing, "T" -shaped(22527) P/N 15-319-C

36 C 6640-00-410-4464 CONNECTOR: Polypropylene, EAfor 1/4 in. id tubing, "Y'-shaped,uniform dia., serrated styleconnecting ends(22527) P/N 15-320-lOC

E-5

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


37 C 6640-00-404-2762 CORK, DRILLED: EA(23035) P/N K460-0-8

38 C CORK, RING, TEST, LAB: EA(23035) P/N K460-1

39 C 6640-00-323-8689 CORROSION TEST STRIP, EACOPPER: 1/16 to 1/8in. thk, 1/2 in. w,3 in. Ig(96906) MS36252-1

40 C 6510-00-201-4000 COTTON, PURIFIED: Rolled FT12 in. x 10 ft. Ig, pkg(80244) JJJ-C-561,Grade A, Class 2, Size 4

41 C 5110-00-685-8101 CUTTING WHEEL, GLASS: EAGGG-C-751, Fisher #1 1-345, Pack/10(15747) P/N GI1041

42 C 6850-00-290-0042 DESICCANT, ACTIVATED: OZImpregnated w/moistureindicator, can(81349) MIL-D-3716,Type IV, Grade 4

43 C 7930-00-558-1111 DETERGENT,GENERAL OZPURPOSE: Water soluble,power, for cleaningsurgical instruments, laboratoryglassware and other hospitalapparatus(81348) P-D-1526

44 C 6640-00-422-2200 DISH, CULTURE, PETRI: Large EA(81348) NNN-D-1478,Type 1, Class I

45 C 6640-00-229-8689 DISH, CULTURE, PETRI: EAU/w bacterial filteringdisk; disposable(81349) MIL-D-36425

E-6

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13

SECTION II. EXPENADABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST - continued

46 C 6640-00-404-2761 DISK, CORK, LAB: EA9) G-17482E

47 C 6640-00-985-2099 DISK, FILTERING, MICRO- EAPOROUS: Aerosol andhydrosol, 25 mm dia(08071) HAWP 025-00

48 C 6640-00-967-0501 DISK, FILTERING, MICRO- EAPOROUS: Plain, aerosol,47 mm dia(08071) AAWP-047-00

49 C 6640-00-985-2096 DISK, FILTERING, MICRO- EAPOROUS: 100s(08071) RAWP-025-00

50 C 6850-00-281-1985 DRY CLEANING SOLVENT: OZStoddard, liquid, fordry cleaning textiles(81348) P-D-680, Type 1

51 C 6810-00-264-8997 ETHYLENE GLYCOL OZMONOMETHYL ETHER,TECHNICAL: Liquid(81348) O-E-780

52 C 4240-00-202-9473 FACE SHIELD, INDUSTRIAL: EAReplaceable, tiltable,headgear supported visor(81349) L-F-36, Style B

53 C 5120-00-965-0603 FLINT TIP, FRICTION EAIGNITER: Sleeve, thd6-50 NF(81848) GG-I-271, Type I,Style B

54 C 5330-00-401-9582 GASKET: For gum stability EAbomb(48619) No. 74743

E-7

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


55 C 5330-00-402-2209 GASKET: Composition, EApetroleum test, accessoryto gum stability bomb

(48619) P/N 232240

56 C 5330-00-350-9438 GASKET, (POLYTETRAFLUORO- EAETHYLENE) PETROLEUMTEST: Accessory to gumstability bomb(23085) P/N K105-0-85

57 C 5330-00-169-0557 GASKET, (R.V.P.) PETROLEUM EATEST: O-rings(48619) P/N 232068

58 C 5330-00-292-0570 GASKET, (R.V.P.) PETROLEUM EATEST: Liquid chamber, O-rings(48619) P/N 232069

59 C 8415-00-261-7015 GLOVES, CLOTH: Work PRmen's, gauntlet cuff,knitted, napped, cottonlines, natural, large sizeHH-G-450, Type I, Class 2

60 C 8415-00-266-8679 GLOVES, RUBBER: Size 9 PR(81348) ZZ-G-381, Type 1, Style I

61 C 8145-00-266-8675 GLOVES, RUBBER: Size 11 PR(81348) ZZ-G-381, Type 1, Style I

62 C 6810-00-222-2636 GLYCEROL, ACS: Liquid OZ1 pint bottle, MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

63 C 4240-00-269-7912 GOGGLES, INDUSTRIAL: W/eye PRcups, plastic, ventilated,clear glass lenses, 50 mm dia, rd,worn over personal spectacles(58536) A-A-1814, Class A

64 C 5350-00-184-6255 GRAIN, ABRASIVE: Silicone OZcarbide, 140 mesh(81349) MIL-A-21380, Type III

E-8

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


65 C 9150-00-965-2408 GREASE, GROUND GLASS TUJOINT: Silicone,high vacuum grease(71984) 976V

66 C 6810-00-470-4631 N-NEPTANE, TECHNICAL: OZWith bending tables(46935) N-HEPTANE

67 C 6810-00-753-4786 HYDROCHLORIC ACID, ACS: OZLiquid MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

68 C 6810-00-463-4271 ISO-OCTANE: OZ(15747) No. 6052

69 C 6810-00-586-6647 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL, ACS: OZ(81348) O-C-265

70 C 7510-00-267-9249 INK, RECORDING INSTRUMENT: OZGreen(28480) No. 5080-3611

71 C 7510-00- 821-0258 INK, RECORDING INSTRUMENT: OZRed(72264) No. 61100R

72 C 7530-00-526-9792 LABEL: Paper, white, w/red EAborder, single, no perforations,water activating adhesive,1.00 in. lg, 11/16 in. w(81348) UU-L-49, Class A,Style A

73 C 7530-00-663-3949 LABEL: Paper, laminated, EAwhite, w/blue border, transparentacetate film finish, acid, grease,sensitive adhesive, sealed incarbon, 0.625 in. w, 1 in. id core(81348) A-A-204

74 C 6810-00-271-1405 LEAD ACETATE, TRIHYDRATE, OZACS: Crystal MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

E-9

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


75 C 6810-00-236-5359 LEAD NITRATE, ACS: OZCrystal NMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

76 C 6640-00-290-0146 LITMUS PAPER, ACS: Blue EA5 cm Ig, 0.6 cm w stripMS36253-2(81348) O-C-265

77 C 6640-00-290-0147 LITMUS PAPER, ACS: Red EA5 cm lg, 0 6cm wstrip, MS36235-1(81348) O-C-265

78 O 9150-00-273-8663 LUBRICATING OIL, VACUUM OZPUMP:(81349) MIL-L-83767, Type II

79 C 6810-00-247-0600 MERCURIC IODIDE, RED, GMACS: PowderMIL-STD-1218(81348) 0-C-265

80 C 6810-00-281-7450 MERCURY, ACS: Liquid OZMIL-STD-1218(81348) 0-C-265

81 C 6810-00-281-2785 METHYLETHYLKETONE, OZTECHNICAL; Liquid(81348) TT-M-261

82 C 6810-00-227-1259 METHYLORANGE,ACS; Powder GMMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

83 C 6810-00-227-1271 NAPTHA, ALIPHATIC: Distil- GLled from petroleum, pre-cipitation naptha(81346) D91

84 C 6810-00-070-7677 P-NAPTHOLBENZEIN: 25 gm GMper bottle(22527) No. 924

E-10

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


85 C 6810-00-237-2954 NITRIC ACID, REAGENT: OZMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

86 C 6810-00-234-2013 P-NITROPHENOL, REAGENT: GMCrystal, 112 to 114 degC, 100 gm per bottle(81349) MIL-C-51130

87 C 6830-00-292-0131 NITROGEN, TECHNICAL: CU FT(81348) BB-N-411

88 C 9150-00-449-7819 OIL, BATH, VISCOSIMETER: OZ(48619) No. 74972

89 C 6830-00-292-0129 OXYGEN, TECHNICAL: CU FT(81348) BB-N411

90 C 6640-00-235-3820 PAD, WATER DETECTOR KIT: EA100 per box932218) GTP-25

91 C 5350-00-721-8117 PAPER, ABRASIVE: Silicone EAcarbide, 9 x 11 in.sheets, grit no. 180,closed coating waterproofpackage(81348) PP-101



E-11

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


94 C 5350-00-224-7201 PAPER, ABRASIVE: Silicone EAcarbide, 9 x 11 in.sheets, grit no. 400,electronically appliedabrasive, package(81348) PP-101101

95 C 6640-00-084-5080 PAPER (ABSORBENT) BIBULOUS: SH50 sheet book, bound w/heavy paper covers, 13.5 mmx 10 cm sheets(80740) No. 65-480

96 C 6640-00-083-5308 PAPER, FILTER: 47 mm EA(08071) AWP-047-00,Type HA

97 C 6640-00-252-5198 PAPER, FILTER: EAQualitative, for course andgelatinous precipitates, 12.5 cm dia,100s(81348) MS36097-1, NNN-P-1475,Type 1, Class 1, Grade I, Style I

98 C 6640-00-866-1427 PAPER, FILTER: EAQualitative, for fine precipitates,12.5 cm dia, 100s(81348) MS36097-1, NNN-P-1475, Type I, Class 3,

99 C 6640-00-252-5202 PAPER, FILTER: EAQualitative, "Whatman" No. 40double acid washed, dense,12.5 cm dia. 100s(81348) NNN-P-1475,Type III, Class 7

100 C PAPER, FILTER: EAQuantitative, double acid washedfor fine precipitates, thin, 12.5cm dia, 100per box

E-12

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


101 C 6640-00-291-8724 PAPER, FILTER: Dense EA(81348) MS36097-24, NNN-P-1475,Type 11, Class 7

102 C 6640-00-252-5205 PAPER, FILTER: Slow filtration SH(81348) NMS36097-27NNN'-P-1475, Type II, Class 8

103 C 6850-00-270-5526 PASTE: Gasoline indicating TB(15747) P/N G18095B

104 C 6850-00-001-4194 PASTE: Water indicating TB(15747) P/N G18095A

105 C 7510-00-174-3205 PENCIL: Black, wax, extra lead, EAglazed surface marking,paper casing(81348) SS-P-196

106 C 6810-00-051-5872 PETROLEUM ETHER, ACS: OZLiquid MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

107 C 6810-00-223-7612 PHENOLPHTHALEIN, ACS: EAPowder MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

108 C 8135-00-043-5331 PLASTIC FILM: 12 in. w, RO100 ft. roll handiwrap(58536) A-A-1742

109 C 7930-00-266-7137 POLISH, METAL: For brass, chrome, OZcopper and nickel, liquid,1 pt. can, flammable(81348) PP-556, Type II, Class I

110 C 6810-00-241-1150 POTASSIUM CHLORATE, ACS: OZCrystal, 1/4 lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

111 C 6810-00-222-9675 POTASSIUM DICHROMATE, ACS: OZCrystal, 1 lb. bottle,MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

E-13

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


112 C 6810-00-137-5000 POTASSIUM DIHYDROGEN GMPHOSPHATE MONO BASIC,ACS. Sorenson, 100 gmbottle .MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

113 C 6810-00-275-8134 POTASSIUM HYDROGEN PATH- OZALATE ACID METRIC STAN-DARDS, ACS: Cook, crystal, 1/4 lb.bottle MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

114 C 6810-00-281-9827 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE, ACS: OZPellets, 1 lb, bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

115 C 6810-00-243-4433 POTASSIUM IODIDE, ACS: OZCrystal, I lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

116 C 6810-00-270-3255 POTASSIUM PHOSPHATE, DI- GMBASIC, ANHYDROUS,ANALYZED REAGENT:Powder, 100 gm bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

117 C 6830-00-269-4299 PROPANE: Cylinder, disposable, EAodorized (small) 1 lb. cyl(80244) BB-G-110, Type II

118 C 5350-00-161-9033 PUMICE, TECHNICAL: OZPulverized(80244) SS-P-821, Grade FFF

119 C 6145-00-192-1698 RESISTANCE WIRE: No. 22 AWG, FT80 Ni-20cr alloyconductor, 4.299 ohmsper ft. at 25 deg C resistivity(81348) QQR-175

E-14

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


120 C 6640-00-438-5950 ROD ASSORTMENT, STIRRING, EALABORATORY: Soft glass, 1 ft.Ig, or 4, 6, and 8 mm dia,fire polished ends(81348) NNN-R-560, Type I

121 C 6640-00-103-8961 SAND, SEA: 5 lb. pkg OZ(64484) S-73845A

122 C 6640-00-063-5240 SCRAPPER, LABORATORY EARUBBER: Diagonal,pure gum rubber, 1-3/8 in.Ig, 7/16 in. w, 1/8 in. dia rod(22527) P/N 14-105A

123 C 6640-00-410-4463 SCRAPPER, LABORATORY EARUBBER: Diagonal,25 mm Ig, 3.15 mm dia.152.4 mm lg glass rod(21519) No. 74-800

124 C 6810-00-233-0126 SILVER NITRATE, ACS. OZCrystal, 1/4 lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

125 C 6810-00-241-1143 SODIUM BICARBONATE, ACS: OZCrystal, I lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

126 C 6810-00-264-6593 SODIUM BICARBONATE, AN- OZHYDROUS, ACS: Granular,1 lb. bottle MIL-STD-1218(81348) 0-C-265

127 C 6810-00-264-6592 SODIUM CHLORIDE, ACS: OZCrystal, 1 lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

E-15

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


128 C 6810-00-262-8582 SODIUM DICIIROMATE, DI- OZHYDRATE, ANALYZEDREAGENT: Crystal, I lb. bottle(22527) No. S-235

129 C 6810-00-174-6585 SODIUM HYDROXIDE, ACS: OZPellet, 1 lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

130 C 6810-00-234-8377 SODIUM SULFIDE, ANHYDROUS GMACS:(81348) O-C-265

131 C 6810-00-237-2908 SODIUM SULFIDE, NON-HYDRATE, GMACS: Crystal, 100 gm bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

132 C 6810-00-234-8380 SODIUM THIOSULFATE, PENTA- OZHYDRATE, ACS: Crystal,1 lb. bottle MIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

133 C 3439-00-269-9610 SOLDER, TIN ALLOY: OZ1 lb. spool (81348)QQ-S-571, TypeSN-60 Wrap 3

134 C 7920-00-240-2559 SPONGE, CELLULOSE: EA(80244) L-S-626,Type II, Class 2,Porosity A

135 C 6810-00-275-8126 STARCH, SOLUBLE, ACS: OZPowder, 1 lb. bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

136 C 5350-00-240-2920 STEEL WOOL: 1 lb. roll, OZ(81348) FF-W-1825,Type 1, Class 00 Fine

E-16

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


137 C 6640-00-440-7000 STOPCOCK, LABORATORY EAAPPARATUS: Glass,straight, 2 mm(96906) MS35989-2DD-S-720, Type I,Grade A (with plugs)

138 C 6640-00-852-3452 STOPCOCK, LABORATORY EAAPPARATUS: Glass,straight, 4 mm, std taperMS35989-3 DD-S-720Type 1, composition I,Grade A (with plugs)

139 C 6640-00-410-1917 STOPCOCK, PLASTIC: Tapered EAends, 3/8 to 1/4 in.(15747) P/N G23025A

140 C 6640-00-116-2823 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Cork, EAw/std taper, regular,No. 4 stopper, 0.63 in. topdia, 0.47 in. bottom dia(80740) No. 26-970-4

141 C 6640-00-232-5991 STOPPER, BOTTLE: cork, EAw/std taper, regular,No. 5 stopper, 0.69 in. topdia., 0.53 in. bottom dia100s(80740) No. 26-970-5

142 C 6640-00-232-6014 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Cork, EAw/std taper, regular,No. 6 stopper, 0.75 in. topdia, 0.58 bottom dia, 100s(80740) No. 26-970-6

E-17

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


143 C 6640-00-232-5992 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Cork, EAw/std taper, regular,No. 7 stopper, 0.81 in. topdia, 0.63 in. bottom dia,100s(80740) No. 26-970-7

144 C 8125-00-281-4107 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Cork, EAw/std taper, regular,nonblooming red rubber,w/low sulfur content,0.413 in. top dia, 0. 1 18 in.bottom dia (15747) P/N G21635

145 C 6640-00-232-6007 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Cork, EAw/std taper, regular,rubber, No. 7 stopper,1.457 in. top dia, 1.181 in.bottom dia,100s(80740) No. 74-930-7

146 C 6640-00-232-6012 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber, No. 2 stopper,0.78740 in. top dia,0.62992 in. bottom dia(96906) MS36369-4

147 C 6640-00-232-6011 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber No. 3 stopper,0.94488 in. top dia,0.70866 in. bottom dia(96906) MS36369-5

148 C 6640-00-232-6010 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber No. 4 stopper,1.0236 in. top dia,0.78740 in. bottom dia(96906) MS36369-6

E-18

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13



150 C 6640-00-935-1105 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber, No. 6 stopper,1.2598 in. top dia,1.0244 in. bottom dia(80740) No. 74-930-6


152 C 6640-00-232-6005 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber, No. 9 stopper,1.771 in. top dia,1.456 in. bottom dia(80740) No. 74-903-11

153 C 6640-00-232-6004 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber No. 11 stopper,2.205 in. top dia,1.890 in. bottom dia(80740) no. 74-930-11

154 C 6640-00-103-1845 STOPPER, BOTTLE: Synthetic EArubber No. 12 stopper,2.524 in. top dia,2.126 in. bottom dia(80740) No. 74-930-12

155 C 6640-00-179-2558 STOPPER, CORK QUALITY: EA(80740) No. 27-000

E-19

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


156 C 6810-00-146-7520 SULFURIC ACID, ACS: OZMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

157 0 8030-00-889-3535 TAPE, ANTISEIZING: Poly- INtetrafluoroethylene(81349) MIL-T-27730,Size 11

158 0 7510-00-082-2520 TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE: IN(58536) A-A-113, TypeII, Class A

159 C 6640-00-861-6215 TEST PAPER, LEAD ACETATE: EAType "B", strips, 100per vial(15741) P/N G12500B

160 C 6630-00-442-9005 TEST PAPER AND COLOR CHART, FTHYDROGEN: Color chartvisible both sizes, 1to lland 2 to 10 pHranges, two 15 ft. rollsin double refillabledispenser, w/items 160 and161 following

161 C 6330-00-442-9015 TEST PAPER REFILL: 5 roll/ FTpack, 1 to 11 pH range(81348)

162 C 6330-00-442-9025 TEST PAPER REFILL: 5 roll/ FTpack, 1 to 2 pH range2 to 10 pH range, and widerange(81348) NNN-T-001529,Style 1, Class A

163 C 6810-00-281-2002 TOLUENE, TECHNICAL: Liquid OZ(81348) TT-T-548

164 C TOTE, PAN, ICE: Polyethylene EA(13147)3509

E-20

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13


165 C 7920-00-965-1709 TOWEL, PAPER: Single fold, EA15 in. w, 72 per self-dispensing box(81348) UU-T-598

166 C 6640-00-314-2097 WASH BOTTLE, LABORATORY: EAPolyethelene, 500 ml(22527) No. 3-409-10(53078) S-9486C

167 C 6810-00-815-6105 XYLENE, ACS: 350 ml ML(81348) ) O-C-265

168 C 6810-00-241-1157 ZINC OXIDE, ACS: Powder, OZI lb. per bottleMIL-STD-1218(81348) O-C-265

E-21/(E-22 blank)

(1)

ItemNumber

(2)

Level

(4)

Description

(5

U/M

(3)National

StockNumber

TM 10-6640-215-13

APPENDIX F. ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS

F-1. INTRODUCTIONThis appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated atorganizational maintenance.

A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided for cross-referencing the part number of the item to bemanufactured to the figure which covers fabrication criteria.

All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed by part number or specification number on the illustration.

F-2. MANUFACTURED ITEMS PART NUMBER INDEXTable F-1. Part Number Index

Part Number Description Figure

ASTM-B209 Aluminum Filler F-113226E6364-24 Chain F-213226E6478-22 Chromium Nickel Steel F-313219E1801-2 Conduit F-413219E1801-3 Conduit, Flexible F-4US1-2 Conduit, Metal, Flexi F-413226E6740-14 Conduit, Metal, Flexi F-413226E6626-3 Gasket, Rubber F-513226E6661-413 Hose F-6EB-43-0250 Nonmetallic Tubing F-613226E6661-32 Nonmetallic Tube F-67193 Hose, Rubber F-613226E6661-242 Hose, Vacuum F-713226E6709-004 Pad F-813226E6661-429 Pipe F-913226E6763-33 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-12 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-27 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-30 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-31 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-32 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-33 Rubber, Cellular F-10

Table F-1. Part Number Index (Cont'd)

F-1

TM 10-6640-214-13

Part Number Description Figure

13226E6786-34 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6786-35 Rubber, Cellular F-1013226E6364-17 Rubber, Gasket F-10S-9310-14 Sheet, Neoprene F-1113226E6478-05 Sheet, Steel F-313226E6672-3 Tube, Metallic F-1213226E6661-249 Tubing, Non-Metallic F-13TYGON-S-50HL Tubing, Plastic F-1313226E6387-22 Wire, Spring Steel F-14

F-3. FABRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

Instructions:

Aluminum Filler. Make from Aluminum Filler, ASTM-B209, cut to length using Shears, NSN 5110-00-221-1085.

Figure F-1. Aluminum Filler

F-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

Instructions:

Chain. Make from Chain, P/N RR-C-271, cut to length using a Hacksaw, NSN 5110-00-289-9657.

Figure F-2. Chain

Instructions:Steel, Chromium Nickel.For: 13226E6364-24, Make from Chromium Nickel Steel, P/N ASTM A167, Type 304 13226E6478-05, Make from

Chromium Nickel Steel, P/N ASTM A167, Type 304.Cut to length using a Hacksaw, NSN 5110-00-289-9657 and drill holes as required.

Figure F-3. Chromium Nickel Steel

Instructions:Conduit.For: P/N13219E1801-2, Make from Conduit, Flexible, P/N LT-11, cut to length.

P/N13219E1801-3, Make from Conduit, Flexible, P/N Type-UA-OR1/2, cut to length.P/N US1-2, Make from Conduit, Metal, Flexible, P/N UA1-2, cut to length.P/N13226E6740-14, Make from Conduit, Metal, Flexible, UA1-2, cut to length.

On plastic conduits, cut to length using a Hacksaw, NSN 5110-00-289-9657; on metal metal conduits, cut to length usinga Tube Cutter, NSN 5110-00-288-6520.

Figure F-4. Conduit

F-3

TM 10-6640-214-13

Instructions:Gasket. Make from Gasket, Rubber 3/4 WD x 3/8 THK, P/N MIL-R-46089, cut to size using a Craftsman Knife, NSN5110-00-223-7782.

Figure F-5. Gasket, Rubber.

Instructions:Hose.For: 13226E6661-413, Make from Hose, P/N SAE20R3G, .cut to length.

EB-43-0250. Make from Tubing, Nonmetallic P/N PPB-64-0500, cut to length.13226E6661-32. Make from Tube, Nonmetallic P/N EB-86-0250, cut to length.7193. Make from Hose, Rubber, P/N 7193-63200, cut to length.

Cut all tubing and hoses to length using a Craftsman Knife, NSN 5110-00-223-7782 or if needed, use aHacksaw, NSN 5110-00-289-9657.

Figure F-6. Hose.

F-4

TM 10-6640-215-13

Instructions:Vacuum Hose. Make from Hose, Vacuum, P/N 62993-908, cut to length. Cut hose to length using a Crafts-man Knife,NSN 5110-00-223-7782.

Figure F-7. Vacuum Hose.

Instructions:Pad. Make from Pad, P/N MIL-R-6855, cut to size using a Craftsman Knife, NSN 5110-00-223-7782 or Shears, NSN5110-00-221-1085.

Figure F-8. Pad.

Instructions:Pipe. Make from Pipe, Nonmetallic, P/N 32034, cut to length, using a Hacksaw, NSN 5110-00-289-9657 or a TubeCutter, NSN 5110-00-288-6520.

Figure F-9. Pipe.

F-5

TM 10-6640-214-13

Instructions:

Rubber, Cellular.

For: 13226E6763-33. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-12. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-27. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-30. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-31. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-32. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-33. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-34. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.13226E6786-35. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length.

Rubber Gasket:

13226E6364-17. Make from Cellular Rubber, P/N MIL-R-6130C, cut to length. Cut all rubber and gaskets to size using aCraftsman Knife, NSN 5110-00-223-7782 or Shears, NSN5110-00-221-1085.

Figure F-10. Cellular Rubber and Rubber Gasket

Instructions:

Neoprene Sheet. Make from Sheet, Neoprene, P/N S-9310. Cut sheets to size using a Craftsman Knife, NSN 5110-00-223-7782 or Shears, NSN 5110-00-221-1085.

Figure F-11. Neoprene Sheet.

F-6

TM 10-6640-215-13

Instructions:

Tube, Metallic. Make from Tube, Metallic, P/N ASTM-A629, cut to length using a Tube Cutter, NSN 5110-00-288-6520.

Figure F-12. Metallic Tube.

Instructions:

Tubing.

For: 13226E6661-249, Make from Tubing, Non-Metallic, P/N PPB-64-0500, cut to length. TYGON-S-50-HL, Make fromTubing, Plastic, P/N 54005, cut to length using a Hacksaw, NSN

5110-00-289-9657.

Figure F-13. Non-Metallic Tubing.

Instructions:

Wire, Spring Steel. Make from Wire, Spring Steel, P/N ASTM-A313, cut to length using Shears, NSN 5110-00-221-1085.

Figure F-14. Wire.

F-7/( F-8 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

A

Additional authorization list........................................................................................................................ D-1Administrative storage ............................................................................................................................ 3-29Air system, repair ............................................................................................................................ 4-80Air/steam flow rate indicators, remove/install ............................................................................................ 5-48Analytical balance/vibration dampers, remove/install ................................................................................ 4-112Aneroid barometer, remove/install............................................................................................................. 3-24Assembly and preparation for use ............................................................................................................. 2-42

B

Basic issue items list ............................................................................................................................ C-1Blackout micro-switch, remove/install................................................................. ....................................... 4-54Boiler low water cut-off pump control, remove/install....................................................... .......................... 5-29Boiler low water pump, remove/install ................................................................ ....................................... 5-26Burnout furnace, remove/install................................................................................................................. 4-133

C

Cabinets, remove/install............................................................................................................................ 4-104Centrifuge, remove/install ......................................................................................................................... 4-124Components or end items list .................................................................................................................... C-1Control devices (water), remove/install...................................................................... ................................ 5-10

Index-1

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEXSUBJECT PAGE

Damage from improper settings ................................................................... ............................................. 2-1Destruction of Army material ...................................................................... ............................................... 1-2Direct support maintenance procedures .............................................................. ...................................... 5-1Distillation test apparatus, remove/install .............................................................. .................................... 4-126

E

ECU intake damper motor, remove/install ............................................................. .................................... 4-72Electric steam boiler sight glass, remove/install ........................................................................................ 5-32Electric still, remove/install........................................................................................................................ 3-26Emergency light ballast, remove/install ............................................................... ...................................... 4-35Emergency stopping procedures ................................................................... ............................................ 2-11Environmental control units remote controls, remove/install ................................................... ................... 4-58Environmental control units, remove/install .............................................................. ................................. 4-62Equipment data ........................................................................................................................................ 1-20Equipment description and data ............................................. .................................................................. 1-7Equipment purpose, capabilities and features ........................................................................................... 1-7Exhaust blower hoses (gum bath/fume hood), remove/install .................................................................... 4-114Exhaust damper motor, curbside, remove/install ......................................................... .............................. 4-78Expendable /durable supplies and materials list ......................................................... ............................... E-lExplosion proof distribution box A3, repair ............................................................. ................................... 4-43Explosion proof refrigerator, remove/install ............................................................ ................................... 4-135Explosion proof distribution box A-13, repair ............................................................ ................................. 4-49

F

Flow control devices (gum bath), remove/install.......................................................... .............................. 5-40

Index-2

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

Fluorescent light fixtures, repair ....................................................................... ............................................ 3-15Freezer, remove/install .......................................................................... ..................................................... 5-52Fume hood and gum bath exhaust vent doors, remove/install ................................................... ................... 4-28Functional description ............................................................................................................................... 1-22

G

Gas alarm system, remove/install .................................................................... ............................................ 4-99Gas cylinders, remove/install ....................................................................... ................................................ 4-140Gas regulator valves, remove/install ................................................................... ......................................... 4-140General information ....................................................................... ........................................................ 1-1Gum bath, remove/install ............................................................................................................................. 5-24Gum bath fume hood vent motors and blowers, remove/install .................................................................... 5-50

II

Hand receipt manuals ............................................................................................................................... 1-1

Inspection upon receipt .......................................................................... ..................................................... 4-2

K

Kinematic viscosity bath, remove/install ....................................................................................................... 4-122

L

Laboratory ovens, remove/install.................................................................................................................. 4-131

Index-3

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

light ballast. remove/install ........................................................................ ............................................... 4-33Location and description of major components.......................................................... ................................ 1- 10Lockers, remove/install ............................................................................................................................ 4-104

M

Machinery room exhaust damper motor. remove/install ..................................................... ...................... 4-75Main power panel, repair ........................................................................................................................... 4-38Maintenance allocation chart...................................................................... ............................................... B-1Manometer air regulator valve, remove/install............................................................ ............................... 4-91Motor controllers. remove/install .............................................................................................................. 4-60

Nomenclature cross reference list ............................................................................................................. 1-6

O

Operating instructions ............................................................................................................................ 2-1Operating procedures ............................................................................................................................ 2-47Operation in extreme climates................................................................................................................... 2-62Operation under unusual conditions .......................................................................................................... 2-62Operator controls and indicators................................................................................................................ 2-1Operator maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 3-1Operator preventive maintenance checks and services............................................................................. 2-30Operator troubleshooting........................................................................................................................... 3-1Overpack box handle and tie down ring, remove/install............................................................................. 3-22Oxidation stability bath, remove/install ...................................................................................................... 4-129

Index-4

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

P

Power cable, remove/install ...................................................................................................................... 4-32Power entry panel, remove/install ............................................................................................................. 4-24Power panel number 2, repair ................................................................................................................... 4-46Preparation for movement......................................................................................................................... 2-59Preparation for storage or shipment .......................................................................................................... 1-2Pressure recording gage, remove/install.................................................................................................... 3-20Propane locker vents, remove/install......................................................................................................... 4-26Purge exhaust door (machine room). Repair ............................................................................................ 4-75Purge exhaust door, curbside, remove/install ............................................................................................ 4-78Purge intake door damper motors, remove/install ..................................................................................... 4-69Purge intake door filters, remove/install .................................................................................................... 3-18Purge intake doors, repair ....................................................................... .................................................. 4-65Pyrometer indicator/control, remove/install................................................................................................ 5-46

Q

Quality assurance/quality control............................................................................................................... 1-2

R

Receptacles, remove/install ...................................................................................................................... 4-56Reference, appendix A ............................................................................................................................ A-1Repair parts and special tools list ...................................................................... ........................................ F-1Repair parts, special tools, TMDE and support equipment................................................... ...................... 4-1Reporting equipment improvement recommendations.......................................................... ..................... 1-2RVP testing system, remove/install .................................................................... ....................................... 4-115

Index-5

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

S

Safety, care and handling ....................................................................... ............................................... 1-2Service upon receipt ............................................................................................................................ 4-2Site and shelter requirements................................................................................................................. 2-42Steam boiler (high pressure remove/install ............................................................................................ 5-42Storage brackets, remove !install ........................................................................................................... 4-104Stowage box (roadside), remove/install.................................................................................................. 4.145Stowage box (curbside). remove/install................................................................................................. 4-148Sump pump, remove/install ................................................................................................................... 5-20Surge tank, remove/install ..................................................................................................................... 5-7

T

Technical principles of operation............................................................................................................ 1-22Thermal stability tester, remove/install ................................................................................................... 4-137Typewriter ribbon, remove/install ........................................................................................................... 3-29

U

Unit maintenance procedures................................................................................................................. 4-20Unit PMCS............................................................................................................................................. 4-4Unit troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................ 4-11Utilities box, repair ......................................................................... ................................................... 4-21

V

Vacuum system, repair .......................................................................................................................... 4-86

Index-6

TM 10-6640-215-13

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

W

Wall switches, remove/install ........................................................................ ............................................ 4-52Water chiller, remove/install........................................................................... ........................................... 5-8Water heater, remove/install .......................................................................... ........................................... 5-14Water level regulator, remove/install................................................................. ........................................ 4-142Water pump, remove/install .......................................................................... ............................................ 5-2Water system piping, repair........................................................................... ............................................ 5-12Water system, repair................................................. ................................................................................ 4-93Water tank drain, remove/install........................................................................ ........................................ 5-6Water tank, remove/install ........................................................................... ............................................. 5-4

Index-7/(Index-8 blank)

TM 10-6640-215-13

Figure FO-1. Petroleum Laboratory Electrical Schematic (Sheet 1 of 11)

FP-1/(FP-2 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-3/(FP-4 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-5/(FP-6 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-7/(FP-8 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-9/(FP-10 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-11/(FP-12 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-13/(FP-14 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-15/(FP-16 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-17/(FP-18 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-19/(FP-20 BLANK)

TM 10-6640-215-13


FP-21/(FP-22 BLANK)

1 centimeter = 10 millimeters = .39 inch 1 deciliter = 10 centiliters = 3.38 fl. ounces1 decimeter = 10 centimeters = 3.94 inches 1 liter = 10 deciliters = 33.81 fl. ounces1 meter = 10 decimeters = 39.37 inches 1 dekaliter = 10 liters = 2.64 gallons1 dekameter = 10 meters = 32.8 feet 1 hectoliter = 10 dekaliters = 26.42 gallons1 hectometer = 10 dekameters = 328.08 feet 1 kiloliter = 10 hectoliters = 264.18 gallons1 kilometer = 10 hectometers = 3,280.8 feet

Square MeasureWeights

1 sq. centimeter = 100 sq. millimeters = .155 sq. inch1 centigram = 10 milligrams = .15 grain 1 sq. decimeter = 100 sq. centimeters = 15.5 sq. inches1 decigram = 10 centigrams = 1.54 grains 1 sq. meter (centare) = 100 sq. decimeters = 10.76 sq. feet1 gram = 10 decigram = .035 ounce 1 sq. dekameter (are) = 100 sq. meters = 1,076.4 sq. feet1 decagram = 10 grams = .35 ounce 1 sq. hectometer (hectare) = 100 sq. dekameters = 2.47 acres1 hectogram = 10 decagrams = 3.52 ounces 1 sq. kilometer = 100 sq. hectometers = .386 sq. mile1 kilogram = 10 hectograms = 2.2 pounds1 quintal = 100 kilograms = 220.46 pounds Cubic Measure1 metric ton = 10 quintals = 1.1 short tons

1 cu. centimeter = 1000 cu. millimeters = .06 cu. inch1 cu. decimeter = 1000 cu. centimeters = 61.02 cu. inches1 cu. meter = 1000 cu. decimeters = 35.31 cu. feet

Approximate Conversion Factors

To change To Multiply by To change To Multiply by

inches centimeters 2.540 ounce-inches Newton-meters .007062feet meters .305 centimeters inches .394yards meters .914 meters feet 3.280miles kilometers 1.609 meters yards 1.094square inches square centimeters 6.451 kilometers miles .621square feet square meters .093 square centimeters square inches .155square yards square meters .836 square meters square feet 10.764square miles square kilometers 2.590 square meters square yards 1.196acres square hectometers .405 square kilometers square miles .386cubic feet cubic meters .028 square hectometers acres 2.471cubic yards cubic meters .765 cubic meters cubic feet 35.315fluid ounces milliliters 29,573 cubic meters cubic yards 1.308pints liters .473 milliliters fluid ounces .034quarts liters .946 liters pints 2.113gallons liters 3.785 liters quarts 1.057ounces grams 28.349 liters gallons .264pounds kilograms .454 grams ounces .035short tons metric tons .907 kilograms pounds 2.205pound-feet Newton-meters 1.356 metric tons short tons 1.102pound-inches Newton-meters .11296

Temperature (Exact)

°F Fahrenheit 5/9 (after Celsius °Ctemperature subtracting 32) temperature

This fine document...

Was brought to you by me:

Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals

Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it. Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it... They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends?

I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share, republish, sell and so on.

I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in search engines:

<A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A>

– SincerelyIgor Chudovhttp://igor.chudov.com/

– Chicago Machinery Movers

http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/

https://www.machinerymoverschicago.com/

http://igor.chudov.com/

http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/

Documents

* TM 10-6640-215-13 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S, · PDF fileTM 10-6640-215-13 C 1 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY NO. 1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 29 April 1994 Operator's, Unit,